Adding upstream version 4:7.4.7.upstream/4%7.4.7upstream

Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>

79 files changed, 17160 insertions, 0 deletions

diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/README b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/README
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..422a28959
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/README
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+This directory contains code for a simple archive file format, which
+is documented at http://wiki.mozilla.org/Software_Update:MAR
+
+The src directory builds a small static library used to create, read, and
+extract an archive file.  The tool directory builds a command line utility
+around the library.
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/Makefile.in b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..c5eaeb444
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# This makefile just builds support for reading archives.
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
+# The intermediate (.ii/.s) files for host and target can have the same name...
+# disable parallel builds
+.NOTPARALLEL:
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/mar_sign.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/mar_sign.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..161cadc0d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/mar_sign.c
@@ -0,0 +1,1160 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar_private.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar_cmdline.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar.h>
+#include "cryptox.h"
+#ifndef _WIN32
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "nss_secutil.h"
+#include "base64.h"
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the NSS context.
+ *
+ * @param NSSConfigDir The config dir containing the private key to use
+ * @return 0 on success
+ *         -1 on error
+*/
+int
+NSSInitCryptoContext(const char *NSSConfigDir)
+{
+  SECStatus status = NSS_Initialize(NSSConfigDir,
+                                    "", "", SECMOD_DB, NSS_INIT_READONLY);
+  if (SECSuccess != status) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not initialize NSS\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Obtains a signing context.
+ *
+ * @param  ctx A pointer to the signing context to fill
+ * @return 0 on success
+ *         -1 on error
+*/
+int
+NSSSignBegin(const char *certName,
+             SGNContext **ctx,
+             SECKEYPrivateKey **privKey,
+             CERTCertificate **cert,
+             uint32_t *signatureLength)
+{
+  secuPWData pwdata = { PW_NONE, 0 };
+  if (!certName || !ctx || !privKey || !cert || !signatureLength) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Invalid parameter passed to NSSSignBegin\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the cert and embedded public key out of the database */
+  *cert = PK11_FindCertFromNickname(certName, &pwdata);
+  if (!*cert) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not find cert from nickname\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the private key out of the database */
+  *privKey = PK11_FindKeyByAnyCert(*cert, &pwdata);
+  if (!*privKey) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not find private key\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  *signatureLength = PK11_SignatureLen(*privKey);
+
+  if (*signatureLength > BLOCKSIZE) {
+    fprintf(stderr,
+            "ERROR: Program must be compiled with a larger block size"
+            " to support signing with signatures this large: %u.\n",
+            *signatureLength);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the key length is large enough for our requirements */
+  if (*signatureLength < XP_MIN_SIGNATURE_LEN_IN_BYTES) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Key length must be >= %d bytes\n",
+            XP_MIN_SIGNATURE_LEN_IN_BYTES);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  *ctx = SGN_NewContext (SEC_OID_ISO_SHA1_WITH_RSA_SIGNATURE, *privKey);
+  if (!*ctx) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not create signature context\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (SGN_Begin(*ctx) != SECSuccess) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not begin signature\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Writes the passed buffer to the file fp and updates the signature contexts.
+ *
+ * @param  fpDest   The file pointer to write to.
+ * @param  buffer   The buffer to write.
+ * @param  size     The size of the buffer to write.
+ * @param  ctxs     Pointer to the first element in an array of signature
+ *                  contexts to update.
+ * @param  ctxCount The number of signature contexts pointed to by ctxs
+ * @param  err    The name of what is being written to in case of error.
+ * @return  0 on success
+ *         -2 on write error
+ *         -3 on signature update error
+*/
+int
+WriteAndUpdateSignatures(FILE *fpDest, void *buffer,
+                         uint32_t size, SGNContext **ctxs,
+                         uint32_t ctxCount,
+                         const char *err)
+{
+  uint32_t k;
+  if (!size) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (fwrite(buffer, size, 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write %s\n", err);
+    return -2;
+  }
+
+  for (k = 0; k < ctxCount; ++k) {
+    if (SGN_Update(ctxs[k], buffer, size) != SECSuccess) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not update signature context for %s\n", err);
+      return -3;
+    }
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Adjusts each entry's content offset in the passed in index by the
+ * specified amount.
+ *
+ * @param indexBuf     A buffer containing the MAR index
+ * @param indexLength  The length of the MAR index
+ * @param offsetAmount The amount to adjust each index entry by
+*/
+void
+AdjustIndexContentOffsets(char *indexBuf, uint32_t indexLength, uint32_t offsetAmount)
+{
+  char *indexBufLoc = indexBuf;
+
+  /* Consume the index and adjust each index by the specified amount */
+  while (indexBufLoc != (indexBuf + indexLength)) {
+    /* Adjust the offset */
+    uint32_t* offsetToContent = (uint32_t *)indexBufLoc;
+    *offsetToContent = ntohl(*offsetToContent);
+    *offsetToContent += offsetAmount;
+    *offsetToContent = htonl(*offsetToContent);
+    /* Skip past the offset, length, and flags */
+    indexBufLoc += 3 * sizeof(uint32_t);
+    indexBufLoc += strlen(indexBufLoc) + 1;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reads from fpSrc, writes it to fpDest, and updates the signature contexts.
+ *
+ * @param  fpSrc    The file pointer to read from.
+ * @param  fpDest   The file pointer to write to.
+ * @param  buffer   The buffer to write.
+ * @param  size     The size of the buffer to write.
+ * @param  ctxs     Pointer to the first element in an array of signature
+ *                  contexts to update.
+ * @param  ctxCount The number of signature contexts pointed to by ctxs
+ * @param  err    The name of what is being written to in case of error.
+ * @return  0 on success
+ *         -1 on read error
+ *         -2 on write error
+ *         -3 on signature update error
+*/
+int
+ReadWriteAndUpdateSignatures(FILE *fpSrc, FILE *fpDest, void *buffer,
+                             uint32_t size, SGNContext **ctxs,
+                             uint32_t ctxCount,
+                             const char *err)
+{
+  if (!size) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (fread(buffer, size, 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read %s\n", err);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  return WriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpDest, buffer, size, ctxs, ctxCount, err);
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Reads from fpSrc, writes it to fpDest.
+ *
+ * @param  fpSrc  The file pointer to read from.
+ * @param  fpDest The file pointer to write to.
+ * @param  buffer The buffer to write.
+ * @param  size   The size of the buffer to write.
+ * @param  err    The name of what is being written to in case of error.
+ * @return  0 on success
+ *         -1 on read error
+ *         -2 on write error
+*/
+int
+ReadAndWrite(FILE *fpSrc, FILE *fpDest, void *buffer,
+             uint32_t size, const char *err)
+{
+  if (!size) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (fread(buffer, size, 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read %s\n", err);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (fwrite(buffer, size, 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write %s\n", err);
+    return -2;
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Writes out a copy of the MAR at src but with the signature block stripped.
+ *
+ * @param  src  The path of the source MAR file
+ * @param  dest The path of the MAR file to write out that
+                has no signature block
+ * @return 0 on success
+ *         -1 on error
+*/
+int
+strip_signature_block(const char *src, const char * dest)
+{
+  uint32_t offsetToIndex, dstOffsetToIndex, indexLength,
+    numSignatures = 0, leftOver;
+  int32_t stripAmount = 0;
+  int64_t oldPos, sizeOfEntireMAR = 0, realSizeOfSrcMAR, numBytesToCopy,
+    numChunks, i;
+  FILE *fpSrc = NULL, *fpDest = NULL;
+  int rv = -1, hasSignatureBlock;
+  char buf[BLOCKSIZE];
+  char *indexBuf = NULL;
+
+  if (!src || !dest) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Invalid parameter passed in.\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  fpSrc = fopen(src, "rb");
+  if (!fpSrc) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open source file: %s\n", src);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  fpDest = fopen(dest, "wb");
+  if (!fpDest) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not create target file: %s\n", dest);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Determine if the source MAR file has the new fields for signing or not */
+  if (get_mar_file_info(src, &hasSignatureBlock, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not determine if MAR is old or new.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* MAR ID */
+  if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest, buf, MAR_ID_SIZE, "MAR ID")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Offset to index */
+  if (fread(&offsetToIndex, sizeof(offsetToIndex), 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read offset\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  offsetToIndex = ntohl(offsetToIndex);
+
+  /* Get the real size of the MAR */
+  oldPos = ftello(fpSrc);
+  if (fseeko(fpSrc, 0, SEEK_END)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to end of file.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  realSizeOfSrcMAR = ftello(fpSrc);
+  if (fseeko(fpSrc, oldPos, SEEK_SET)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek back to current location.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  if (hasSignatureBlock) {
+    /* Get the MAR length and adjust its size */
+    if (fread(&sizeOfEntireMAR,
+              sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR), 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could read mar size\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    sizeOfEntireMAR = NETWORK_TO_HOST64(sizeOfEntireMAR);
+    if (sizeOfEntireMAR != realSizeOfSrcMAR) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Source MAR is not of the right size\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the num signatures in the source file so we know what to strip */
+    if (fread(&numSignatures, sizeof(numSignatures), 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could read num signatures\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    numSignatures = ntohl(numSignatures);
+
+    for (i = 0; i < numSignatures; i++) {
+      uint32_t signatureLen;
+
+      /* Skip past the signature algorithm ID */
+      if (fseeko(fpSrc, sizeof(uint32_t), SEEK_CUR)) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not skip past signature algorithm ID\n");
+      }
+
+      /* Read in the length of the signature so we know how far to skip */
+      if (fread(&signatureLen, sizeof(uint32_t), 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read signatures length.\n");
+        return CryptoX_Error;
+      }
+      signatureLen = ntohl(signatureLen);
+
+      /* Skip past the signature */
+      if (fseeko(fpSrc, signatureLen, SEEK_CUR)) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not skip past signature algorithm ID\n");
+      }
+
+      stripAmount += sizeof(uint32_t) + sizeof(uint32_t) + signatureLen;
+    }
+
+  } else {
+    sizeOfEntireMAR = realSizeOfSrcMAR;
+    numSignatures = 0;
+  }
+
+  if (((int64_t)offsetToIndex) > sizeOfEntireMAR) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Offset to index is larger than the file size.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  dstOffsetToIndex = offsetToIndex;
+  if (!hasSignatureBlock) {
+    dstOffsetToIndex += sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR) + sizeof(numSignatures);
+  }
+  dstOffsetToIndex -= stripAmount;
+
+  /* Write out the index offset */
+  dstOffsetToIndex = htonl(dstOffsetToIndex);
+  if (fwrite(&dstOffsetToIndex, sizeof(dstOffsetToIndex), 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write offset to index\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  dstOffsetToIndex = ntohl(dstOffsetToIndex);
+
+  /* Write out the new MAR file size */
+  if (!hasSignatureBlock) {
+    sizeOfEntireMAR += sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR) + sizeof(numSignatures);
+  }
+  sizeOfEntireMAR -= stripAmount;
+
+  /* Write out the MAR size */
+  sizeOfEntireMAR = HOST_TO_NETWORK64(sizeOfEntireMAR);
+  if (fwrite(&sizeOfEntireMAR, sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR), 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write size of MAR\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  sizeOfEntireMAR = NETWORK_TO_HOST64(sizeOfEntireMAR);
+
+  /* Write out the number of signatures, which is 0 */
+  numSignatures = 0;
+  if (fwrite(&numSignatures, sizeof(numSignatures), 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write out num signatures\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the rest of the MAR excluding the index header and index
+     offsetToIndex unfortunately has to remain 32-bit because for backwards
+     compatibility with the old MAR file format. */
+  if (ftello(fpSrc) > ((int64_t)offsetToIndex)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Index offset is too small.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  numBytesToCopy = ((int64_t)offsetToIndex) - ftello(fpSrc);
+  numChunks = numBytesToCopy / BLOCKSIZE;
+  leftOver = numBytesToCopy % BLOCKSIZE;
+
+  /* Read each file and write it to the MAR file */
+  for (i = 0; i < numChunks; ++i) {
+    if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest, buf, BLOCKSIZE, "content block")) {
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the left over */
+  if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest, buf,
+                   leftOver, "left over content block")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Length of the index */
+  if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest, &indexLength,
+                   sizeof(indexLength), "index length")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  indexLength = ntohl(indexLength);
+
+  /* Consume the index and adjust each index by the difference */
+  indexBuf = malloc(indexLength);
+  if (fread(indexBuf, indexLength, 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read index\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Adjust each entry in the index */
+  if (hasSignatureBlock) {
+    AdjustIndexContentOffsets(indexBuf, indexLength, -stripAmount);
+  } else {
+    AdjustIndexContentOffsets(indexBuf, indexLength,
+                              sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR) +
+                              sizeof(numSignatures) -
+                              stripAmount);
+  }
+
+  if (fwrite(indexBuf, indexLength, 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write index\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  rv = 0;
+failure:
+  if (fpSrc) {
+    fclose(fpSrc);
+  }
+
+  if (fpDest) {
+    fclose(fpDest);
+  }
+
+  if (rv) {
+    remove(dest);
+  }
+
+  if (indexBuf) {
+    free(indexBuf);
+  }
+
+  if (rv) {
+    remove(dest);
+  }
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Extracts a signature from a MAR file, base64 encodes it, and writes it out
+ *
+ * @param  src       The path of the source MAR file
+ * @param  sigIndex  The index of the signature to extract
+ * @param  dest      The path of file to write the signature to
+ * @return 0 on success
+ *         -1 on error
+*/
+int
+extract_signature(const char *src, uint32_t sigIndex, const char * dest)
+{
+  FILE *fpSrc = NULL, *fpDest = NULL;
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t signatureCount;
+  uint32_t signatureLen = 0;
+  uint8_t *extractedSignature = NULL;
+  char *base64Encoded = NULL;
+  int rv = -1;
+  if (!src || !dest) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Invalid parameter passed in.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  fpSrc = fopen(src, "rb");
+  if (!fpSrc) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open source file: %s\n", src);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  fpDest = fopen(dest, "wb");
+  if (!fpDest) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not create target file: %s\n", dest);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Skip to the start of the signature block */
+  if (fseeko(fpSrc, SIGNATURE_BLOCK_OFFSET, SEEK_SET)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not seek to signature block\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the number of signatures */
+  if (fread(&signatureCount, sizeof(signatureCount), 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not read signature count\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  signatureCount = ntohl(signatureCount);
+  if (sigIndex >= signatureCount) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Signature index was out of range\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Skip to the correct signature */
+  for (i = 0; i <= sigIndex; i++) {
+    /* Avoid leaking while skipping signatures */
+    free(extractedSignature);
+
+    /* skip past the signature algorithm ID */
+    if (fseeko(fpSrc, sizeof(uint32_t), SEEK_CUR)) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek past sig algorithm ID.\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the signature length */
+    if (fread(&signatureLen, sizeof(signatureLen), 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not read signature length\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    signatureLen = ntohl(signatureLen);
+
+    /* Get the signature */
+    extractedSignature = malloc(signatureLen);
+    if (fread(extractedSignature, signatureLen, 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not read signature\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  base64Encoded = BTOA_DataToAscii(extractedSignature, signatureLen);
+  if (!base64Encoded) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not obtain base64 encoded data\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  if (fwrite(base64Encoded, strlen(base64Encoded), 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write base64 encoded string\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  rv = 0;
+failure:
+  if (base64Encoded) {
+    PORT_Free(base64Encoded);
+  }
+
+  if (extractedSignature) {
+    free(extractedSignature);
+  }
+
+  if (fpSrc) {
+    fclose(fpSrc);
+  }
+
+  if (fpDest) {
+    fclose(fpDest);
+  }
+
+  if (rv) {
+    remove(dest);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Imports a base64 encoded signature into a MAR file
+ *
+ * @param  src           The path of the source MAR file
+ * @param  sigIndex      The index of the signature to import
+ * @param  base64SigFile A file which contains the signature to import
+ * @param  dest          The path of the destination MAR file with replaced signature
+ * @return 0 on success
+ *         -1 on error
+*/
+int
+import_signature(const char *src, uint32_t sigIndex,
+                 const char *base64SigFile, const char *dest)
+{
+  int rv = -1;
+  FILE *fpSrc = NULL;
+  FILE *fpDest = NULL;
+  FILE *fpSigFile = NULL;
+  uint32_t i;
+  uint32_t signatureCount, signatureLen, signatureAlgorithmID,
+           numChunks, leftOver;
+  char buf[BLOCKSIZE];
+  uint64_t sizeOfSrcMAR, sizeOfBase64EncodedFile;
+  char *passedInSignatureB64 = NULL;
+  uint8_t *passedInSignatureRaw = NULL;
+  uint8_t *extractedMARSignature = NULL;
+  unsigned int passedInSignatureLenRaw;
+
+  if (!src || !dest) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Invalid parameter passed in.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  fpSrc = fopen(src, "rb");
+  if (!fpSrc) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open source file: %s\n", src);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  fpDest = fopen(dest, "wb");
+  if (!fpDest) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open dest file: %s\n", dest);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  fpSigFile = fopen(base64SigFile , "rb");
+  if (!fpSigFile) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open sig file: %s\n", base64SigFile);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the src file size */
+  if (fseeko(fpSrc, 0, SEEK_END)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to end of src file.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  sizeOfSrcMAR = ftello(fpSrc);
+  if (fseeko(fpSrc, 0, SEEK_SET)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to start of src file.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the sig file size */
+  if (fseeko(fpSigFile, 0, SEEK_END)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to end of sig file.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  sizeOfBase64EncodedFile= ftello(fpSigFile);
+  if (fseeko(fpSigFile, 0, SEEK_SET)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to start of sig file.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Read in the base64 encoded signature to import */
+  passedInSignatureB64 = malloc(sizeOfBase64EncodedFile + 1);
+  passedInSignatureB64[sizeOfBase64EncodedFile] = '\0';
+  if (fread(passedInSignatureB64, sizeOfBase64EncodedFile, 1, fpSigFile) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could read b64 sig file.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Decode the base64 encoded data */
+  passedInSignatureRaw = ATOB_AsciiToData(passedInSignatureB64, &passedInSignatureLenRaw);
+  if (!passedInSignatureRaw) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not obtain base64 decoded data\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Read everything up until the signature block offset and write it out */
+  if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest, buf,
+                   SIGNATURE_BLOCK_OFFSET, "signature block offset")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the number of signatures */
+  if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest, &signatureCount,
+                   sizeof(signatureCount), "signature count")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  signatureCount = ntohl(signatureCount);
+  if (signatureCount > MAX_SIGNATURES) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Signature count was out of range\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  if (sigIndex >= signatureCount) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Signature index was out of range\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Read and write the whole signature block, but if we reach the
+     signature offset, then we should replace it with the specified
+     base64 decoded signature */
+  for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; i++) {
+    /* Read/Write the signature algorithm ID */
+    if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest,
+                     &signatureAlgorithmID,
+                     sizeof(signatureAlgorithmID), "sig algorithm ID")) {
+      goto failure;
+    }
+
+    /* Read/Write the signature length */
+    if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest,
+                     &signatureLen, sizeof(signatureLen), "sig length")) {
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    signatureLen = ntohl(signatureLen);
+
+    /* Get the signature */
+    if (extractedMARSignature) {
+      free(extractedMARSignature);
+    }
+    extractedMARSignature = malloc(signatureLen);
+
+    if (sigIndex == i) {
+      if (passedInSignatureLenRaw != signatureLen) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Signature length must be the same\n");
+        goto failure;
+      }
+
+      if (fread(extractedMARSignature, signatureLen, 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read signature\n");
+        goto failure;
+      }
+
+      if (fwrite(passedInSignatureRaw, passedInSignatureLenRaw,
+                 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write signature\n");
+        goto failure;
+      }
+    } else {
+      if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest,
+                       extractedMARSignature, signatureLen, "signature")) {
+        goto failure;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* We replaced the signature so let's just skip past the rest o the
+     file. */
+  numChunks = (sizeOfSrcMAR - ftello(fpSrc)) / BLOCKSIZE;
+  leftOver = (sizeOfSrcMAR - ftello(fpSrc)) % BLOCKSIZE;
+
+  /* Read each file and write it to the MAR file */
+  for (i = 0; i < numChunks; ++i) {
+    if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest, buf, BLOCKSIZE, "content block")) {
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (ReadAndWrite(fpSrc, fpDest, buf, leftOver, "left over content block")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  rv = 0;
+
+failure:
+
+  if (fpSrc) {
+    fclose(fpSrc);
+  }
+
+  if (fpDest) {
+    fclose(fpDest);
+  }
+
+  if (fpSigFile) {
+    fclose(fpSigFile);
+  }
+
+  if (rv) {
+    remove(dest);
+  }
+
+  if (extractedMARSignature) {
+    free(extractedMARSignature);
+  }
+
+  if (passedInSignatureB64) {
+    free(passedInSignatureB64);
+  }
+
+  if (passedInSignatureRaw) {
+    PORT_Free(passedInSignatureRaw);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Writes out a copy of the MAR at src but with embedded signatures.
+ * The passed in MAR file must not already be signed or an error will
+ * be returned.
+ *
+ * @param  NSSConfigDir  The NSS directory containing the private key for signing
+ * @param  certNames     The nicknames of the certificate to use for signing
+ * @param  certCount     The number of certificate names contained in certNames.
+ *                       One signature will be produced for each certificate.
+ * @param  src           The path of the source MAR file to sign
+ * @param  dest          The path of the MAR file to write out that is signed
+ * @return 0 on success
+ *         -1 on error
+*/
+int
+mar_repackage_and_sign(const char *NSSConfigDir,
+                       const char * const *certNames,
+                       uint32_t certCount,
+                       const char *src,
+                       const char *dest)
+{
+  uint32_t offsetToIndex, dstOffsetToIndex, indexLength,
+    numSignatures = 0, leftOver,
+    signatureAlgorithmID, signatureSectionLength = 0;
+  uint32_t signatureLengths[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  int64_t oldPos, sizeOfEntireMAR = 0, realSizeOfSrcMAR,
+    signaturePlaceholderOffset, numBytesToCopy,
+    numChunks, i;
+  FILE *fpSrc = NULL, *fpDest = NULL;
+  int rv = -1, hasSignatureBlock;
+  SGNContext *ctxs[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  SECItem secItems[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  char buf[BLOCKSIZE];
+  SECKEYPrivateKey *privKeys[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  CERTCertificate *certs[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  char *indexBuf = NULL;
+  uint32_t k;
+
+  memset(signatureLengths, 0, sizeof(signatureLengths));
+  memset(ctxs, 0, sizeof(ctxs));
+  memset(secItems, 0, sizeof(secItems));
+  memset(privKeys, 0, sizeof(privKeys));
+  memset(certs, 0, sizeof(certs));
+
+  if (!NSSConfigDir || !certNames || certCount == 0 || !src || !dest) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Invalid parameter passed in.\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (NSSInitCryptoContext(NSSConfigDir)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not init config dir: %s\n", NSSConfigDir);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  PK11_SetPasswordFunc(SECU_GetModulePassword);
+
+  fpSrc = fopen(src, "rb");
+  if (!fpSrc) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open source file: %s\n", src);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  fpDest = fopen(dest, "wb");
+  if (!fpDest) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not create target file: %s\n", dest);
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Determine if the source MAR file has the new fields for signing or not */
+  if (get_mar_file_info(src, &hasSignatureBlock, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not determine if MAR is old or new.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  for (k = 0; k < certCount; k++) {
+    if (NSSSignBegin(certNames[k], &ctxs[k], &privKeys[k],
+                     &certs[k], &signatureLengths[k])) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: NSSSignBegin failed\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* MAR ID */
+  if (ReadWriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpSrc, fpDest,
+                                   buf, MAR_ID_SIZE,
+                                   ctxs, certCount, "MAR ID")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Offset to index */
+  if (fread(&offsetToIndex, sizeof(offsetToIndex), 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read offset\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  offsetToIndex = ntohl(offsetToIndex);
+
+  /* Get the real size of the MAR */
+  oldPos = ftello(fpSrc);
+  if (fseeko(fpSrc, 0, SEEK_END)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to end of file.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  realSizeOfSrcMAR = ftello(fpSrc);
+  if (fseeko(fpSrc, oldPos, SEEK_SET)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek back to current location.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  if (hasSignatureBlock) {
+    /* Get the MAR length and adjust its size */
+    if (fread(&sizeOfEntireMAR,
+              sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR), 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could read mar size\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    sizeOfEntireMAR = NETWORK_TO_HOST64(sizeOfEntireMAR);
+    if (sizeOfEntireMAR != realSizeOfSrcMAR) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Source MAR is not of the right size\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+
+    /* Get the num signatures in the source file */
+    if (fread(&numSignatures, sizeof(numSignatures), 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could read num signatures\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    numSignatures = ntohl(numSignatures);
+
+    /* We do not support resigning, if you have multiple signatures,
+       you must add them all at the same time. */
+    if (numSignatures) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: MAR is already signed\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  } else {
+    sizeOfEntireMAR = realSizeOfSrcMAR;
+  }
+
+  if (((int64_t)offsetToIndex) > sizeOfEntireMAR) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Offset to index is larger than the file size.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Calculate the total signature block length */
+  for (k = 0; k < certCount; k++) {
+    signatureSectionLength += sizeof(signatureAlgorithmID) +
+                              sizeof(signatureLengths[k]) +
+                              signatureLengths[k];
+  }
+  dstOffsetToIndex = offsetToIndex;
+  if (!hasSignatureBlock) {
+    dstOffsetToIndex += sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR) + sizeof(numSignatures);
+  }
+  dstOffsetToIndex += signatureSectionLength;
+
+  /* Write out the index offset */
+  dstOffsetToIndex = htonl(dstOffsetToIndex);
+  if (WriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpDest, &dstOffsetToIndex,
+                               sizeof(dstOffsetToIndex), ctxs, certCount,
+                               "index offset")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  dstOffsetToIndex = ntohl(dstOffsetToIndex);
+
+  /* Write out the new MAR file size */
+  sizeOfEntireMAR += signatureSectionLength;
+  if (!hasSignatureBlock) {
+    sizeOfEntireMAR += sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR) + sizeof(numSignatures);
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the MAR size */
+  sizeOfEntireMAR = HOST_TO_NETWORK64(sizeOfEntireMAR);
+  if (WriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpDest, &sizeOfEntireMAR,
+                               sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR), ctxs, certCount,
+                               "size of MAR")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  sizeOfEntireMAR = NETWORK_TO_HOST64(sizeOfEntireMAR);
+
+  /* Write out the number of signatures */
+  numSignatures = certCount;
+  numSignatures = htonl(numSignatures);
+  if (WriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpDest, &numSignatures,
+                               sizeof(numSignatures), ctxs, certCount,
+                               "num signatures")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  numSignatures = ntohl(numSignatures);
+
+  signaturePlaceholderOffset = ftello(fpDest);
+
+  for (k = 0; k < certCount; k++) {
+    /* Write out the signature algorithm ID, Only an ID of 1 is supported */
+    signatureAlgorithmID = htonl(1);
+    if (WriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpDest, &signatureAlgorithmID,
+                                 sizeof(signatureAlgorithmID),
+                                 ctxs, certCount, "num signatures")) {
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    signatureAlgorithmID = ntohl(signatureAlgorithmID);
+
+    /* Write out the signature length */
+    signatureLengths[k] = htonl(signatureLengths[k]);
+    if (WriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpDest, &signatureLengths[k],
+                                 sizeof(signatureLengths[k]),
+                                 ctxs, certCount, "signature length")) {
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    signatureLengths[k] = ntohl(signatureLengths[k]);
+
+    /* Write out a placeholder for the signature, we'll come back to this later
+      *** THIS IS NOT SIGNED because it is a placeholder that will be replaced
+          below, plus it is going to be the signature itself. *** */
+    memset(buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
+    if (fwrite(buf, signatureLengths[k], 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write signature length\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the rest of the MAR excluding the index header and index
+     offsetToIndex unfortunately has to remain 32-bit because for backwards
+     compatibility with the old MAR file format. */
+  if (ftello(fpSrc) > ((int64_t)offsetToIndex)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Index offset is too small.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  numBytesToCopy = ((int64_t)offsetToIndex) - ftello(fpSrc);
+  numChunks = numBytesToCopy / BLOCKSIZE;
+  leftOver = numBytesToCopy % BLOCKSIZE;
+
+  /* Read each file and write it to the MAR file */
+  for (i = 0; i < numChunks; ++i) {
+    if (ReadWriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpSrc, fpDest, buf,
+                                     BLOCKSIZE, ctxs, certCount,
+                                     "content block")) {
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the left over */
+  if (ReadWriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpSrc, fpDest, buf,
+                                   leftOver, ctxs, certCount,
+                                   "left over content block")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Length of the index */
+  if (ReadWriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpSrc, fpDest, &indexLength,
+                                   sizeof(indexLength), ctxs, certCount,
+                                   "index length")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  indexLength = ntohl(indexLength);
+
+  /* Consume the index and adjust each index by signatureSectionLength */
+  indexBuf = malloc(indexLength);
+  if (fread(indexBuf, indexLength, 1, fpSrc) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read index\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Adjust each entry in the index */
+  if (hasSignatureBlock) {
+    AdjustIndexContentOffsets(indexBuf, indexLength, signatureSectionLength);
+  } else {
+    AdjustIndexContentOffsets(indexBuf, indexLength,
+                              sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR) +
+                              sizeof(numSignatures) +
+                              signatureSectionLength);
+  }
+
+  if (WriteAndUpdateSignatures(fpDest, indexBuf,
+                               indexLength, ctxs, certCount, "index")) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Ensure that we don't sign a file that is too large to be accepted by
+     the verification function. */
+  if (ftello(fpDest) > MAX_SIZE_OF_MAR_FILE) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  for (k = 0; k < certCount; k++) {
+    /* Get the signature */
+    if (SGN_End(ctxs[k], &secItems[k]) != SECSuccess) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not end signature context\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    if (signatureLengths[k] != secItems[k].len) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Signature is not the expected length\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Get back to the location of the signature placeholder */
+  if (fseeko(fpDest, signaturePlaceholderOffset, SEEK_SET)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to signature offset\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  for (k = 0; k < certCount; k++) {
+    /* Skip to the position of the next signature */
+    if (fseeko(fpDest, sizeof(signatureAlgorithmID) +
+               sizeof(signatureLengths[k]), SEEK_CUR)) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to signature offset\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+
+    /* Write out the calculated signature.
+      *** THIS IS NOT SIGNED because it is the signature itself. *** */
+    if (fwrite(secItems[k].data, secItems[k].len, 1, fpDest) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not write signature\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = 0;
+failure:
+  if (fpSrc) {
+    fclose(fpSrc);
+  }
+
+  if (fpDest) {
+    fclose(fpDest);
+  }
+
+  if (rv) {
+    remove(dest);
+  }
+
+  if (indexBuf) {
+    free(indexBuf);
+  }
+
+  /* Cleanup */
+  for (k = 0; k < certCount; k++) {
+    if (ctxs[k]) {
+      SGN_DestroyContext(ctxs[k], PR_TRUE);
+    }
+
+    if (certs[k]) {
+      CERT_DestroyCertificate(certs[k]);
+    }
+
+    if (privKeys[k]) {
+      SECKEY_DestroyPrivateKey(privKeys[k]);
+    }
+
+    SECITEM_FreeItem(&secItems[k], PR_FALSE);
+  }
+
+  if (rv) {
+    remove(dest);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/nss_secutil.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/nss_secutil.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..875c14309
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/nss_secutil.c
@@ -0,0 +1,238 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* With the exception of GetPasswordString, this file was
+   copied from NSS's cmd/lib/secutil.c hg revision 8f011395145e */
+
+#include "nss_secutil.h"
+
+#include "prprf.h"
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <io.h>
+#else
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+static char consoleName[] =  {
+#ifdef UNIX
+  "/dev/tty"
+#else
+  "CON:"
+#endif
+};
+
+#if defined(_WINDOWS)
+static char * quiet_fgets (char *buf, int length, FILE *input)
+{
+  char *end = buf;
+
+  /* fflush (input); */
+  memset (buf, 0, length);
+
+  if (!isatty(fileno(input))) {
+    return fgets(buf,length,input);
+  }
+
+  while (1)
+  {
+    int c;
+#if defined (_WIN32_WCE)
+    c = getchar();      /* gets a character from stdin */
+#else
+    c = getch();        /* getch gets a character from the console */
+#endif
+    if (c == '\b')
+    {
+      if (end > buf)
+        end--;
+    }
+
+    else if (--length > 0)
+      *end++ = c;
+
+    if (!c || c == '\n' || c == '\r')
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return buf;
+}
+#endif
+
+char *
+GetPasswordString(void *arg, char *prompt)
+{
+  FILE *input = stdin;
+  char phrase[200] = {'\0'};
+  int isInputTerminal = isatty(fileno(stdin));
+
+  (void) arg; (void) prompt; // avoid warnings
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS
+  if (isInputTerminal) {
+    input = fopen(consoleName, "r");
+    if (input == NULL) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "Error opening input terminal for read\n");
+      return NULL;
+    }
+  }
+#endif
+
+  if (isInputTerminal) {
+    fprintf(stdout, "Please enter your password:\n");
+    fflush(stdout);
+  }
+
+  QUIET_FGETS (phrase, sizeof(phrase), input);
+
+  if (isInputTerminal) {
+    fprintf(stdout, "\n");
+  }
+
+#ifndef _WINDOWS
+  if (isInputTerminal) {
+    fclose(input);
+  }
+#endif
+
+  /* Strip off the newlines if present */
+  if (phrase[PORT_Strlen(phrase)-1] == '\n' ||
+      phrase[PORT_Strlen(phrase)-1] == '\r') {
+    phrase[PORT_Strlen(phrase)-1] = 0;
+  }
+  return (char*) PORT_Strdup(phrase);
+}
+
+char *
+SECU_FilePasswd(PK11SlotInfo *slot, PRBool retry, void *arg)
+{
+  char* phrases, *phrase;
+  PRFileDesc *fd;
+  int32_t nb;
+  char *pwFile = arg;
+  int i;
+  const long maxPwdFileSize = 4096;
+  char* tokenName = NULL;
+  int tokenLen = 0;
+
+  if (!pwFile)
+    return 0;
+
+  if (retry) {
+    return 0;  /* no good retrying - the files contents will be the same */
+  }
+
+  phrases = PORT_ZAlloc(maxPwdFileSize + 1);
+
+  if (!phrases) {
+    return 0; /* out of memory */
+  }
+
+  fd = PR_Open(pwFile, PR_RDONLY, 0);
+  if (!fd) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "No password file \"%s\" exists.\n", pwFile);
+    PORT_Free(phrases);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  nb = PR_Read(fd, phrases, maxPwdFileSize);
+
+  PR_Close(fd);
+
+  if (nb == 0) {
+    fprintf(stderr,"password file contains no data\n");
+    PORT_Free(phrases);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  if (slot) {
+    tokenName = PK11_GetTokenName(slot);
+    if (tokenName) {
+      tokenLen = PORT_Strlen(tokenName);
+    }
+  }
+  i = 0;
+  do
+  {
+    int startphrase = i;
+    int phraseLen;
+
+    /* handle the Windows EOL case */
+    while (i < nb && phrases[i] != '\r' && phrases[i] != '\n') i++;
+    /* terminate passphrase */
+    phrases[i++] = '\0';
+    /* clean up any EOL before the start of the next passphrase */
+    while ( (i<nb) && (phrases[i] == '\r' || phrases[i] == '\n')) {
+      phrases[i++] = '\0';
+    }
+    /* now analyze the current passphrase */
+    phrase = &phrases[startphrase];
+    if (!tokenName)
+      break;
+    if (PORT_Strncmp(phrase, tokenName, tokenLen)) continue;
+    phraseLen = PORT_Strlen(phrase);
+    if (phraseLen < (tokenLen+1)) continue;
+    if (phrase[tokenLen] != ':') continue;
+    phrase = &phrase[tokenLen+1];
+    break;
+
+  } while (i<nb);
+
+  phrase = PORT_Strdup((char*)phrase);
+  PORT_Free(phrases);
+  return phrase;
+}
+
+char *
+SECU_GetModulePassword(PK11SlotInfo *slot, PRBool retry, void *arg)
+{
+    char prompt[255];
+    secuPWData *pwdata = (secuPWData *)arg;
+    secuPWData pwnull = { PW_NONE, 0 };
+    secuPWData pwxtrn = { PW_EXTERNAL, "external" };
+    char *pw;
+
+    if (pwdata == NULL)
+  pwdata = &pwnull;
+
+    if (PK11_ProtectedAuthenticationPath(slot)) {
+  pwdata = &pwxtrn;
+    }
+    if (retry && pwdata->source != PW_NONE) {
+  PR_fprintf(PR_STDERR, "Incorrect password/PIN entered.\n");
+      return NULL;
+    }
+
+    switch (pwdata->source) {
+    case PW_NONE:
+  sprintf(prompt, "Enter Password or Pin for \"%s\":",
+                   PK11_GetTokenName(slot));
+  return GetPasswordString(NULL, prompt);
+    case PW_FROMFILE:
+  /* Instead of opening and closing the file every time, get the pw
+   * once, then keep it in memory (duh).
+   */
+  pw = SECU_FilePasswd(slot, retry, pwdata->data);
+  pwdata->source = PW_PLAINTEXT;
+  pwdata->data = strdup(pw);
+  /* it's already been dup'ed */
+  return pw;
+    case PW_EXTERNAL:
+  sprintf(prompt,
+          "Press Enter, then enter PIN for \"%s\" on external device.\n",
+    PK11_GetTokenName(slot));
+  pw = GetPasswordString(NULL, prompt);
+  if (pw) {
+    memset(pw, 0, PORT_Strlen(pw));
+    PORT_Free(pw);
+  }
+      /* Fall Through */
+    case PW_PLAINTEXT:
+  return strdup(pwdata->data);
+    default:
+  break;
+    }
+
+    PR_fprintf(PR_STDERR, "Password check failed:  No password found.\n");
+    return NULL;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/nss_secutil.h b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/nss_secutil.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f599fcce5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/sign/nss_secutil.h
@@ -0,0 +1,43 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* With the exception of GetPasswordString, this file was
+   copied from NSS's cmd/lib/secutil.h hg revision 8f011395145e */
+
+#ifndef NSS_SECUTIL_H_
+#define NSS_SECUTIL_H_
+
+#include "nss.h"
+#include "pk11pub.h"
+#include "cryptohi.h"
+#include "hasht.h"
+#include "cert.h"
+#include "key.h"
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+typedef struct
+{
+    enum
+    {
+        PW_NONE = 0,
+        PW_FROMFILE = 1,
+        PW_PLAINTEXT = 2,
+        PW_EXTERNAL = 3
+    } source;
+    char *data;
+} secuPWData;
+
+#if( defined(_WINDOWS) && !defined(_WIN32_WCE))
+#include <conio.h>
+#include <io.h>
+#define QUIET_FGETS quiet_fgets
+static char * quiet_fgets (char *buf, int length, FILE *input);
+#else
+#define QUIET_FGETS fgets
+#endif
+
+char *
+SECU_GetModulePassword(PK11SlotInfo *slot, PRBool retry, void *arg);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/Makefile.in b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1da582e5b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# vim:set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet:
+#
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# This makefile just builds support for reading archives.
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
+# The intermediate (.ii/.s) files for host and target can have the same name...
+# disable parallel builds
+.NOTPARALLEL:
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/mar_create.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/mar_create.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..599e0a2a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/mar_create.c
@@ -0,0 +1,398 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar_private.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar_cmdline.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <winsock2.h>
+#else
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+struct MarItemStack {
+  void *head;
+  uint32_t size_used;
+  uint32_t size_allocated;
+  uint32_t last_offset;
+};
+
+/**
+ * Push a new item onto the stack of items.  The stack is a single block
+ * of memory.
+ */
+static int mar_push(struct MarItemStack *stack, uint32_t length, uint32_t flags,
+                    const char *name) {
+  int namelen;
+  uint32_t n_offset, n_length, n_flags;
+  uint32_t size;
+  char *data;
+
+  namelen = strlen(name);
+  size = MAR_ITEM_SIZE(namelen);
+
+  if (stack->size_allocated - stack->size_used < size) {
+    /* increase size of stack */
+    size_t size_needed = ROUND_UP(stack->size_used + size, BLOCKSIZE);
+    stack->head = realloc(stack->head, size_needed);
+    if (!stack->head)
+      return -1;
+    stack->size_allocated = size_needed;
+  }
+
+  data = (((char *) stack->head) + stack->size_used);
+
+  n_offset = htonl(stack->last_offset);
+  n_length = htonl(length);
+  n_flags = htonl(flags);
+
+  memcpy(data, &n_offset, sizeof(n_offset));
+  data += sizeof(n_offset);
+
+  memcpy(data, &n_length, sizeof(n_length));
+  data += sizeof(n_length);
+
+  memcpy(data, &n_flags, sizeof(n_flags));
+  data += sizeof(n_flags);
+
+  memcpy(data, name, namelen + 1);
+
+  stack->size_used += size;
+  stack->last_offset += length;
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int mar_concat_file(FILE *fp, const char *path) {
+  FILE *in;
+  char buf[BLOCKSIZE];
+  size_t len;
+  int rv = 0;
+
+  in = fopen(path, "rb");
+  if (!in) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open file in mar_concat_file()\n");
+    perror(path);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  while ((len = fread(buf, 1, BLOCKSIZE, in)) > 0) {
+    if (fwrite(buf, len, 1, fp) != 1) {
+      rv = -1;
+      break;
+    }
+  }
+
+  fclose(in);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Writes out the product information block to the specified file.
+ *
+ * @param fp           The opened MAR file being created.
+ * @param stack        A pointer to the MAR item stack being used to create
+ *                     the MAR
+ * @param infoBlock    The product info block to store in the file.
+ * @return 0 on success.
+*/
+static int
+mar_concat_product_info_block(FILE *fp,
+                              struct MarItemStack *stack,
+                              struct ProductInformationBlock *infoBlock)
+{
+  char buf[PIB_MAX_MAR_CHANNEL_ID_SIZE + PIB_MAX_PRODUCT_VERSION_SIZE];
+  uint32_t additionalBlockID = 1, infoBlockSize, unused;
+  if (!fp || !infoBlock ||
+      !infoBlock->MARChannelID ||
+      !infoBlock->productVersion) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* The MAR channel name must be < 64 bytes per the spec */
+  if (strlen(infoBlock->MARChannelID) > PIB_MAX_MAR_CHANNEL_ID_SIZE) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* The product version must be < 32 bytes per the spec */
+  if (strlen(infoBlock->productVersion) > PIB_MAX_PRODUCT_VERSION_SIZE) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Although we don't need the product information block size to include the
+     maximum MAR channel name and product version, we allocate the maximum
+     amount to make it easier to modify the MAR file for repurposing MAR files
+     to different MAR channels. + 2 is for the NULL terminators. */
+  infoBlockSize = sizeof(infoBlockSize) +
+                  sizeof(additionalBlockID) +
+                  PIB_MAX_MAR_CHANNEL_ID_SIZE +
+                  PIB_MAX_PRODUCT_VERSION_SIZE + 2;
+  if (stack) {
+    stack->last_offset += infoBlockSize;
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the product info block size */
+  infoBlockSize = htonl(infoBlockSize);
+  if (fwrite(&infoBlockSize,
+      sizeof(infoBlockSize), 1, fp) != 1) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+  infoBlockSize = ntohl(infoBlockSize);
+
+  /* Write out the product info block ID */
+  additionalBlockID = htonl(additionalBlockID);
+  if (fwrite(&additionalBlockID,
+      sizeof(additionalBlockID), 1, fp) != 1) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+  additionalBlockID = ntohl(additionalBlockID);
+
+  /* Write out the channel name and NULL terminator */
+  if (fwrite(infoBlock->MARChannelID,
+      strlen(infoBlock->MARChannelID) + 1, 1, fp) != 1) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the product version string and NULL terminator */
+  if (fwrite(infoBlock->productVersion,
+      strlen(infoBlock->productVersion) + 1, 1, fp) != 1) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the rest of the block that is unused */
+  unused = infoBlockSize - (sizeof(infoBlockSize) +
+                            sizeof(additionalBlockID) +
+                            strlen(infoBlock->MARChannelID) +
+                            strlen(infoBlock->productVersion) + 2);
+  memset(buf, 0, sizeof(buf));
+  if (fwrite(buf, unused, 1, fp) != 1) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Refreshes the product information block with the new information.
+ * The input MAR must not be signed or the function call will fail.
+ *
+ * @param path             The path to the MAR file whose product info block
+ *                         should be refreshed.
+ * @param infoBlock        Out parameter for where to store the result to
+ * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
+*/
+int
+refresh_product_info_block(const char *path,
+                           struct ProductInformationBlock *infoBlock)
+{
+  FILE *fp ;
+  int rv;
+  uint32_t numSignatures, additionalBlockSize, additionalBlockID,
+    offsetAdditionalBlocks, numAdditionalBlocks, i;
+  int additionalBlocks, hasSignatureBlock;
+
+  rv = get_mar_file_info(path,
+                         &hasSignatureBlock,
+                         &numSignatures,
+                         &additionalBlocks,
+                         &offsetAdditionalBlocks,
+                         &numAdditionalBlocks);
+  if (rv) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not obtain MAR information.\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (hasSignatureBlock && numSignatures) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Cannot refresh a signed MAR\n");
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  fp = fopen(path, "r+b");
+  if (!fp) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open target file: %s\n", path);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (fseeko(fp, offsetAdditionalBlocks, SEEK_SET)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not seek to additional blocks\n");
+    fclose(fp);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < numAdditionalBlocks; ++i) {
+    /* Get the position of the start of this block */
+    int64_t oldPos = ftello(fp);
+
+    /* Read the additional block size */
+    if (fread(&additionalBlockSize,
+              sizeof(additionalBlockSize),
+              1, fp) != 1) {
+      fclose(fp);
+      return -1;
+    }
+    additionalBlockSize = ntohl(additionalBlockSize);
+
+    /* Read the additional block ID */
+    if (fread(&additionalBlockID,
+              sizeof(additionalBlockID),
+              1, fp) != 1) {
+      fclose(fp);
+      return -1;
+    }
+    additionalBlockID = ntohl(additionalBlockID);
+
+    if (PRODUCT_INFO_BLOCK_ID == additionalBlockID) {
+      if (fseeko(fp, oldPos, SEEK_SET)) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Could not seek back to Product Information Block\n");
+        fclose(fp);
+        return -1;
+      }
+
+      if (mar_concat_product_info_block(fp, NULL, infoBlock)) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Could not concat Product Information Block\n");
+        fclose(fp);
+        return -1;
+      }
+
+      fclose(fp);
+      return 0;
+    } else {
+      /* This is not the additional block you're looking for. Move along. */
+      if (fseek(fp, additionalBlockSize, SEEK_CUR)) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek past current block.\n");
+        fclose(fp);
+        return -1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we had a product info block we would have already returned */
+  fclose(fp);
+  fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not refresh because block does not exist\n");
+  return -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Create a MAR file from a set of files.
+ * @param dest      The path to the file to create.  This path must be
+ *                  compatible with fopen.
+ * @param numfiles  The number of files to store in the archive.
+ * @param files     The list of null-terminated file paths.  Each file
+ *                  path must be compatible with fopen.
+ * @param infoBlock The information to store in the product information block.
+ * @return A non-zero value if an error occurs.
+ */
+int mar_create(const char *dest, int
+               num_files, char **files,
+               struct ProductInformationBlock *infoBlock) {
+  struct MarItemStack stack;
+  uint32_t offset_to_index = 0, size_of_index,
+    numSignatures, numAdditionalSections;
+  uint64_t sizeOfEntireMAR = 0;
+  struct stat st;
+  FILE *fp;
+  int i, rv = -1;
+
+  memset(&stack, 0, sizeof(stack));
+
+  fp = fopen(dest, "wb");
+  if (!fp) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not create target file: %s\n", dest);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (fwrite(MAR_ID, MAR_ID_SIZE, 1, fp) != 1)
+    goto failure;
+  if (fwrite(&offset_to_index, sizeof(uint32_t), 1, fp) != 1)
+    goto failure;
+
+  stack.last_offset = MAR_ID_SIZE +
+                      sizeof(offset_to_index) +
+                      sizeof(numSignatures) +
+                      sizeof(numAdditionalSections) +
+                      sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR);
+
+  /* We will circle back on this at the end of the MAR creation to fill it */
+  if (fwrite(&sizeOfEntireMAR, sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR), 1, fp) != 1) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the number of signatures, for now only at most 1 is supported */
+  numSignatures = 0;
+  if (fwrite(&numSignatures, sizeof(numSignatures), 1, fp) != 1) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Write out the number of additional sections, for now just 1
+     for the product info block */
+  numAdditionalSections = htonl(1);
+  if (fwrite(&numAdditionalSections,
+             sizeof(numAdditionalSections), 1, fp) != 1) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+  numAdditionalSections = ntohl(numAdditionalSections);
+
+  if (mar_concat_product_info_block(fp, &stack, infoBlock)) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < num_files; ++i) {
+    if (stat(files[i], &st)) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: file not found: %s\n", files[i]);
+      goto failure;
+    }
+
+    if (mar_push(&stack, st.st_size, st.st_mode & 0777, files[i]))
+      goto failure;
+
+    /* concatenate input file to archive */
+    if (mar_concat_file(fp, files[i]))
+      goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* write out the index (prefixed with length of index) */
+  size_of_index = htonl(stack.size_used);
+  if (fwrite(&size_of_index, sizeof(size_of_index), 1, fp) != 1)
+    goto failure;
+  if (fwrite(stack.head, stack.size_used, 1, fp) != 1)
+    goto failure;
+
+  /* To protect against invalid MAR files, we assume that the MAR file
+     size is less than or equal to MAX_SIZE_OF_MAR_FILE. */
+  if (ftell(fp) > MAX_SIZE_OF_MAR_FILE) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* write out offset to index file in network byte order */
+  offset_to_index = htonl(stack.last_offset);
+  if (fseek(fp, MAR_ID_SIZE, SEEK_SET))
+    goto failure;
+  if (fwrite(&offset_to_index, sizeof(offset_to_index), 1, fp) != 1)
+    goto failure;
+  offset_to_index = ntohl(stack.last_offset);
+
+  sizeOfEntireMAR = ((uint64_t)stack.last_offset) +
+                    stack.size_used +
+                    sizeof(size_of_index);
+  sizeOfEntireMAR = HOST_TO_NETWORK64(sizeOfEntireMAR);
+  if (fwrite(&sizeOfEntireMAR, sizeof(sizeOfEntireMAR), 1, fp) != 1)
+    goto failure;
+  sizeOfEntireMAR = NETWORK_TO_HOST64(sizeOfEntireMAR);
+
+  rv = 0;
+failure:
+  if (stack.head)
+    free(stack.head);
+  fclose(fp);
+  if (rv)
+    remove(dest);
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/mar_extract.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/mar_extract.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..11e570242
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/mar_extract.c
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar_private.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <io.h>
+#include <direct.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Ensure that the directory containing this file exists */
+static int mar_ensure_parent_dir(const char *path)
+{
+  char *slash = strrchr(path, '/');
+  if (slash)
+  {
+    *slash = '\0';
+    mar_ensure_parent_dir(path);
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    _mkdir(path);
+#else
+    mkdir(path, 0755);
+#endif
+    *slash = '/';
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int mar_test_callback(MarFile *mar, const MarItem *item, void *unused) {
+  FILE *fp;
+  char buf[BLOCKSIZE];
+  int fd, len, offset = 0;
+
+  (void) unused; // avoid warnings
+
+  if (mar_ensure_parent_dir(item->name))
+    return -1;
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+  fd = _open(item->name, _O_BINARY|_O_CREAT|_O_TRUNC|_O_WRONLY, item->flags);
+#else
+  fd = creat(item->name, item->flags);
+#endif
+  if (fd == -1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not create file in mar_test_callback()\n");
+    perror(item->name);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  fp = fdopen(fd, "wb");
+  if (!fp)
+    return -1;
+
+  while ((len = mar_read(mar, item, offset, buf, sizeof(buf))) > 0) {
+    if (fwrite(buf, len, 1, fp) != 1)
+      break;
+    offset += len;
+  }
+
+  fclose(fp);
+  return len == 0 ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+int mar_extract(const char *path) {
+  MarFile *mar;
+  int rv;
+
+  mar = mar_open(path);
+  if (!mar)
+    return -1;
+
+  rv = mar_enum_items(mar, mar_test_callback, NULL);
+
+  mar_close(mar);
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/mar_read.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/mar_read.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2a6238ca2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/src/mar_read.c
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar_private.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <winsock2.h>
+#else
+#include <netinet/in.h>
+#endif
+
+
+/* this is the same hash algorithm used by nsZipArchive.cpp */
+static uint32_t mar_hash_name(const char *name) {
+  uint32_t val = 0;
+  unsigned char* c;
+
+  for (c = (unsigned char *) name; *c; ++c)
+    val = val*37 + *c;
+
+  return val % TABLESIZE;
+}
+
+static int mar_insert_item(MarFile *mar, const char *name, int namelen,
+                           uint32_t offset, uint32_t length, uint32_t flags) {
+  MarItem *item, *root;
+  uint32_t hash;
+
+  item = (MarItem *) malloc(sizeof(MarItem) + namelen);
+  if (!item)
+    return -1;
+  item->next = NULL;
+  item->offset = offset;
+  item->length = length;
+  item->flags = flags;
+  memcpy(item->name, name, namelen + 1);
+
+  hash = mar_hash_name(name);
+
+  root = mar->item_table[hash];
+  if (!root) {
+    mar->item_table[hash] = item;
+  } else {
+    /* append item */
+    while (root->next)
+      root = root->next;
+    root->next = item;
+  }
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int mar_consume_index(MarFile *mar, char **buf, const char *buf_end) {
+  /*
+   * Each item has the following structure:
+   *   uint32_t offset      (network byte order)
+   *   uint32_t length      (network byte order)
+   *   uint32_t flags       (network byte order)
+   *   char     name[N]     (where N >= 1)
+   *   char     null_byte;
+   */
+  uint32_t offset;
+  uint32_t length;
+  uint32_t flags;
+  const char *name;
+  int namelen;
+
+  if ((buf_end - *buf) < (int)(3*sizeof(uint32_t) + 2))
+    return -1;
+
+  memcpy(&offset, *buf, sizeof(offset));
+  *buf += sizeof(offset);
+
+  memcpy(&length, *buf, sizeof(length));
+  *buf += sizeof(length);
+
+  memcpy(&flags, *buf, sizeof(flags));
+  *buf += sizeof(flags);
+
+  offset = ntohl(offset);
+  length = ntohl(length);
+  flags = ntohl(flags);
+
+  name = *buf;
+  /* find namelen; must take care not to read beyond buf_end */
+  while (**buf) {
+    if (*buf == buf_end)
+      return -1;
+    ++(*buf);
+  }
+  namelen = (*buf - name);
+  /* consume null byte */
+  if (*buf == buf_end)
+    return -1;
+  ++(*buf);
+
+  return mar_insert_item(mar, name, namelen, offset, length, flags);
+}
+
+static int mar_read_index(MarFile *mar) {
+  char id[MAR_ID_SIZE], *buf, *bufptr, *bufend;
+  uint32_t offset_to_index, size_of_index;
+
+  /* verify MAR ID */
+  if (fread(id, MAR_ID_SIZE, 1, mar->fp) != 1)
+    return -1;
+  if (memcmp(id, MAR_ID, MAR_ID_SIZE) != 0)
+    return -1;
+
+  if (fread(&offset_to_index, sizeof(uint32_t), 1, mar->fp) != 1)
+    return -1;
+  offset_to_index = ntohl(offset_to_index);
+
+  if (fseek(mar->fp, offset_to_index, SEEK_SET))
+    return -1;
+  if (fread(&size_of_index, sizeof(uint32_t), 1, mar->fp) != 1)
+    return -1;
+  size_of_index = ntohl(size_of_index);
+
+  buf = (char *) malloc(size_of_index);
+  if (!buf)
+    return -1;
+  if (fread(buf, size_of_index, 1, mar->fp) != 1) {
+    free(buf);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  bufptr = buf;
+  bufend = buf + size_of_index;
+  while (bufptr < bufend && mar_consume_index(mar, &bufptr, bufend) == 0);
+
+  free(buf);
+  return (bufptr == bufend) ? 0 : -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Internal shared code for mar_open and mar_wopen.
+ * On failure, will fclose(fp).
+ */
+static MarFile *mar_fpopen(FILE *fp)
+{
+  MarFile *mar;
+
+  mar = (MarFile *) malloc(sizeof(*mar));
+  if (!mar) {
+    fclose(fp);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  mar->fp = fp;
+  memset(mar->item_table, 0, sizeof(mar->item_table));
+  if (mar_read_index(mar)) {
+    mar_close(mar);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  return mar;
+}
+
+MarFile *mar_open(const char *path) {
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  fp = fopen(path, "rb");
+  if (!fp) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open file in mar_open()\n");
+    perror(path);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  return mar_fpopen(fp);
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+MarFile *mar_wopen(const wchar_t *path) {
+  FILE *fp;
+
+  _wfopen_s(&fp, path, L"rb");
+  if (!fp) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open file in mar_wopen()\n");
+    _wperror(path);
+    return NULL;
+  }
+
+  return mar_fpopen(fp);
+}
+#endif
+
+void mar_close(MarFile *mar) {
+  MarItem *item;
+  int i;
+
+  fclose(mar->fp);
+
+  for (i = 0; i < TABLESIZE; ++i) {
+    item = mar->item_table[i];
+    while (item) {
+      MarItem *temp = item;
+      item = item->next;
+      free(temp);
+    }
+  }
+
+  free(mar);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines the MAR file information.
+ *
+ * @param fp                     An opened MAR file in read mode.
+ * @param hasSignatureBlock      Optional out parameter specifying if the MAR
+ *                               file has a signature block or not.
+ * @param numSignatures          Optional out parameter for storing the number
+ *                               of signatures in the MAR file.
+ * @param hasAdditionalBlocks    Optional out parameter specifying if the MAR
+ *                               file has additional blocks or not.
+ * @param offsetAdditionalBlocks Optional out parameter for the offset to the
+ *                               first additional block. Value is only valid if
+ *                               hasAdditionalBlocks is not equal to 0.
+ * @param numAdditionalBlocks    Optional out parameter for the number of
+ *                               additional blocks.  Value is only valid if
+ *                               hasAdditionalBlocks is not equal to 0.
+ * @return 0 on success and non-zero on failure.
+ */
+int get_mar_file_info_fp(FILE *fp,
+                         int *hasSignatureBlock,
+                         uint32_t *numSignatures,
+                         int *hasAdditionalBlocks,
+                         uint32_t *offsetAdditionalBlocks,
+                         uint32_t *numAdditionalBlocks)
+{
+  uint32_t offsetToIndex, offsetToContent, signatureCount, signatureLen, i;
+
+  /* One of hasSignatureBlock or hasAdditionalBlocks must be non NULL */
+  if (!hasSignatureBlock && !hasAdditionalBlocks) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+
+  /* Skip to the start of the offset index */
+  if (fseek(fp, MAR_ID_SIZE, SEEK_SET)) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the offset to the index. */
+  if (fread(&offsetToIndex, sizeof(offsetToIndex), 1, fp) != 1) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+  offsetToIndex = ntohl(offsetToIndex);
+
+  if (numSignatures) {
+     /* Skip past the MAR file size field */
+    if (fseek(fp, sizeof(uint64_t), SEEK_CUR)) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* Read the number of signatures field */
+    if (fread(numSignatures, sizeof(*numSignatures), 1, fp) != 1) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    *numSignatures = ntohl(*numSignatures);
+  }
+
+  /* Skip to the first index entry past the index size field
+     We do it in 2 calls because offsetToIndex + sizeof(uint32_t)
+     could overflow in theory. */
+  if (fseek(fp, offsetToIndex, SEEK_SET)) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  if (fseek(fp, sizeof(uint32_t), SEEK_CUR)) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the first offset to content field. */
+  if (fread(&offsetToContent, sizeof(offsetToContent), 1, fp) != 1) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+  offsetToContent = ntohl(offsetToContent);
+
+  /* Check if we have a new or old MAR file */
+  if (hasSignatureBlock) {
+    if (offsetToContent == MAR_ID_SIZE + sizeof(uint32_t)) {
+      *hasSignatureBlock = 0;
+    } else {
+      *hasSignatureBlock = 1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If the caller doesn't care about the product info block
+     value, then just return */
+  if (!hasAdditionalBlocks) {
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+   /* Skip to the start of the signature block */
+  if (fseeko(fp, SIGNATURE_BLOCK_OFFSET, SEEK_SET)) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the number of signatures */
+  if (fread(&signatureCount, sizeof(signatureCount), 1, fp) != 1) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+  signatureCount = ntohl(signatureCount);
+
+  /* Check that we have less than the max amount of signatures so we don't
+     waste too much of either updater's or signmar's time. */
+  if (signatureCount > MAX_SIGNATURES) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  /* Skip past the whole signature block */
+  for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; i++) {
+    /* Skip past the signature algorithm ID */
+    if (fseek(fp, sizeof(uint32_t), SEEK_CUR)) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    /* Read the signature length and skip past the signature */
+    if (fread(&signatureLen, sizeof(uint32_t), 1, fp) != 1) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    signatureLen = ntohl(signatureLen);
+    if (fseek(fp, signatureLen, SEEK_CUR)) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (ftell(fp) == (long)offsetToContent) {
+    *hasAdditionalBlocks = 0;
+  } else {
+    if (numAdditionalBlocks) {
+      /* We have an additional block, so read in the number of additional blocks
+         and set the offset. */
+      *hasAdditionalBlocks = 1;
+      if (fread(numAdditionalBlocks, sizeof(uint32_t), 1, fp) != 1) {
+        return -1;
+      }
+      *numAdditionalBlocks = ntohl(*numAdditionalBlocks);
+      if (offsetAdditionalBlocks) {
+        *offsetAdditionalBlocks = ftell(fp);
+      }
+    } else if (offsetAdditionalBlocks) {
+      /* numAdditionalBlocks is not specified but offsetAdditionalBlocks
+         is, so fill it! */
+      *offsetAdditionalBlocks = ftell(fp) + sizeof(uint32_t);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reads the product info block from the MAR file's additional block section.
+ * The caller is responsible for freeing the fields in infoBlock
+ * if the return is successful.
+ *
+ * @param infoBlock Out parameter for where to store the result to
+ * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
+*/
+int
+read_product_info_block(char *path,
+                        struct ProductInformationBlock *infoBlock)
+{
+  int rv;
+  MarFile mar;
+  mar.fp = fopen(path, "rb");
+  if (!mar.fp) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open file in read_product_info_block()\n");
+    perror(path);
+    return -1;
+  }
+  rv = mar_read_product_info_block(&mar, infoBlock);
+  fclose(mar.fp);
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Reads the product info block from the MAR file's additional block section.
+ * The caller is responsible for freeing the fields in infoBlock
+ * if the return is successful.
+ *
+ * @param infoBlock Out parameter for where to store the result to
+ * @return 0 on success, -1 on failure
+*/
+int
+mar_read_product_info_block(MarFile *mar,
+                            struct ProductInformationBlock *infoBlock)
+{
+  uint32_t i, offsetAdditionalBlocks, numAdditionalBlocks,
+    additionalBlockSize, additionalBlockID;
+  int hasAdditionalBlocks;
+
+  /* The buffer size is 97 bytes because the MAR channel name < 64 bytes, and
+     product version < 32 bytes + 3 NULL terminator bytes. */
+  char buf[97] = { '\0' };
+  int ret = get_mar_file_info_fp(mar->fp, NULL, NULL,
+                                 &hasAdditionalBlocks,
+                                 &offsetAdditionalBlocks,
+                                 &numAdditionalBlocks);
+  if (ret)
+    return ret;
+  for (i = 0; i < numAdditionalBlocks; ++i) {
+    /* Read the additional block size */
+    if (fread(&additionalBlockSize,
+              sizeof(additionalBlockSize),
+              1, mar->fp) != 1) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    additionalBlockSize = ntohl(additionalBlockSize) -
+                          sizeof(additionalBlockSize) -
+                          sizeof(additionalBlockID);
+
+    /* Read the additional block ID */
+    if (fread(&additionalBlockID,
+              sizeof(additionalBlockID),
+              1, mar->fp) != 1) {
+      return -1;
+    }
+    additionalBlockID = ntohl(additionalBlockID);
+
+    if (PRODUCT_INFO_BLOCK_ID == additionalBlockID) {
+      const char *location;
+      int len;
+
+      /* This block must be at most 104 bytes.
+         MAR channel name < 64 bytes, and product version < 32 bytes + 3 NULL
+         terminator bytes. We only check for 96 though because we remove 8
+         bytes above from the additionalBlockSize: We subtract
+         sizeof(additionalBlockSize) and sizeof(additionalBlockID) */
+      if (additionalBlockSize > 96) {
+        return -1;
+      }
+
+    if (fread(buf, additionalBlockSize, 1, mar->fp) != 1) {
+        return -1;
+      }
+
+      /* Extract the MAR channel name from the buffer.  For now we
+         point to the stack allocated buffer but we strdup this
+         if we are within bounds of each field's max length. */
+      location = buf;
+      len = strlen(location);
+      infoBlock->MARChannelID = location;
+      location += len + 1;
+      if (len >= 64) {
+        infoBlock->MARChannelID = NULL;
+        return -1;
+      }
+
+      /* Extract the version from the buffer */
+      len = strlen(location);
+      infoBlock->productVersion = location;
+      location += len + 1;
+      if (len >= 32) {
+        infoBlock->MARChannelID = NULL;
+        infoBlock->productVersion = NULL;
+        return -1;
+      }
+      infoBlock->MARChannelID =
+        strdup(infoBlock->MARChannelID);
+      infoBlock->productVersion =
+        strdup(infoBlock->productVersion);
+      return 0;
+    } else {
+      /* This is not the additional block you're looking for. Move along. */
+      if (fseek(mar->fp, additionalBlockSize, SEEK_CUR)) {
+        return -1;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* If we had a product info block we would have already returned */
+  return -1;
+}
+
+const MarItem *mar_find_item(MarFile *mar, const char *name) {
+  uint32_t hash;
+  const MarItem *item;
+
+  hash = mar_hash_name(name);
+
+  item = mar->item_table[hash];
+  while (item && strcmp(item->name, name) != 0)
+    item = item->next;
+
+  return item;
+}
+
+int mar_enum_items(MarFile *mar, MarItemCallback callback, void *closure) {
+  MarItem *item;
+  int i;
+
+  for (i = 0; i < TABLESIZE; ++i) {
+    item = mar->item_table[i];
+    while (item) {
+      int rv = callback(mar, item, closure);
+      if (rv)
+        return rv;
+      item = item->next;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int mar_read(MarFile *mar, const MarItem *item, int offset, char *buf,
+             int bufsize) {
+  int nr;
+
+  if (offset == (int) item->length)
+    return 0;
+  if (offset > (int) item->length)
+    return -1;
+
+  nr = item->length - offset;
+  if (nr > bufsize)
+    nr = bufsize;
+
+  if (fseek(mar->fp, item->offset + offset, SEEK_SET))
+    return -1;
+
+  return fread(buf, 1, nr, mar->fp);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines the MAR file information.
+ *
+ * @param path                   The path of the MAR file to check.
+ * @param hasSignatureBlock      Optional out parameter specifying if the MAR
+ *                               file has a signature block or not.
+ * @param numSignatures          Optional out parameter for storing the number
+ *                               of signatures in the MAR file.
+ * @param hasAdditionalBlocks    Optional out parameter specifying if the MAR
+ *                               file has additional blocks or not.
+ * @param offsetAdditionalBlocks Optional out parameter for the offset to the
+ *                               first additional block. Value is only valid if
+ *                               hasAdditionalBlocks is not equal to 0.
+ * @param numAdditionalBlocks    Optional out parameter for the number of
+ *                               additional blocks.  Value is only valid if
+ *                               has_additional_blocks is not equal to 0.
+ * @return 0 on success and non-zero on failure.
+ */
+int get_mar_file_info(const char *path,
+                      int *hasSignatureBlock,
+                      uint32_t *numSignatures,
+                      int *hasAdditionalBlocks,
+                      uint32_t *offsetAdditionalBlocks,
+                      uint32_t *numAdditionalBlocks)
+{
+  int rv;
+  FILE *fp = fopen(path, "rb");
+  if (!fp) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not open file in get_mar_file_info()\n");
+    perror(path);
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  rv = get_mar_file_info_fp(fp, hasSignatureBlock,
+                            numSignatures, hasAdditionalBlocks,
+                            offsetAdditionalBlocks, numAdditionalBlocks);
+
+  fclose(fp);
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/tool/Makefile.in b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/tool/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..20a7c475a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/tool/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+# vim:set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet:
+#
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# The mar executable is output into dist/host/bin since it is something that
+# would only be used by our build system and should not itself be included in a
+# Mozilla distribution.
+
+HOST_CFLAGS += \
+  -DNO_SIGN_VERIFY \
+  $(DEFINES) \
+  $(NULL)
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
+ifdef CROSS_COMPILE
+ifdef HOST_NSPR_MDCPUCFG
+HOST_CFLAGS += -DMDCPUCFG=$(HOST_NSPR_MDCPUCFG)
+CFLAGS += -DMDCPUCFG=$(HOST_NSPR_MDCPUCFG)
+endif
+endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/tool/mar.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/tool/mar.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3db3bb86e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/tool/mar.c
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar_cmdline.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <direct.h>
+#define chdir _chdir
+#else
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef APP_VERSION
+#error "Missing APP_VERSION"
+#endif
+
+#define MAR_CHANNEL_ID "LOOnlineUpdater" /* Dummy value; replace or
+                                            remove in the future */
+
+#if !defined(NO_SIGN_VERIFY) && (!defined(_WIN32) || defined(MAR_NSS))
+#include "cert.h"
+#include "pk11pub.h"
+int NSSInitCryptoContext(const char *NSSConfigDir);
+#endif
+
+int mar_repackage_and_sign(const char *NSSConfigDir,
+                           const char * const *certNames,
+                           uint32_t certCount,
+                           const char *src,
+                           const char * dest);
+
+static void print_version(void) {
+  printf("Version: %s\n", APP_VERSION);
+  printf("Default Channel ID: %s\n", MAR_CHANNEL_ID);
+}
+
+static void print_usage(void) {
+  printf("usage:\n");
+  printf("Create a MAR file:\n");
+  printf("  mar [-H MARChannelID] [-V ProductVersion] [-C workingDir] "
+         "-c archive.mar [files...]\n");
+  printf("  mar [-H MARChannelID] [-V ProductVersion] [-C workingDir] "
+         "-c archive.mar -f input_file.txt\n");
+
+  printf("Extract a MAR file:\n");
+  printf("  mar [-C workingDir] -x archive.mar\n");
+#ifndef NO_SIGN_VERIFY
+  printf("Sign a MAR file:\n");
+  printf("  mar [-C workingDir] -d NSSConfigDir -n certname -s "
+         "archive.mar out_signed_archive.mar\n");
+
+  printf("Strip a MAR signature:\n");
+  printf("  mar [-C workingDir] -r "
+         "signed_input_archive.mar output_archive.mar\n");
+
+  printf("Extract a MAR signature:\n");
+  printf("  mar [-C workingDir] -n(i) -X "
+         "signed_input_archive.mar base_64_encoded_signature_file\n");
+
+  printf("Import a MAR signature:\n");
+  printf("  mar [-C workingDir] -n(i) -I "
+         "signed_input_archive.mar base_64_encoded_signature_file "
+         "changed_signed_output.mar\n");
+  printf("(i) is the index of the certificate to extract\n");
+#if defined(MACOSX) || (defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAR_NSS))
+  printf("Verify a MAR file:\n");
+  printf("  mar [-C workingDir] -D DERFilePath -v signed_archive.mar\n");
+  printf("At most %d signature certificate DER files are specified by "
+         "-D0 DERFilePath1 -D1 DERFilePath2, ...\n", MAX_SIGNATURES);
+#else
+  printf("Verify a MAR file:\n");
+  printf("  mar [-C workingDir] -d NSSConfigDir -n certname "
+         "-v signed_archive.mar\n");
+  printf("At most %d signature certificate names are specified by "
+         "-n0 certName -n1 certName2, ...\n", MAX_SIGNATURES);
+#endif
+  printf("At most %d verification certificate names are specified by "
+         "-n0 certName -n1 certName2, ...\n", MAX_SIGNATURES);
+#endif
+  printf("Print information on a MAR file:\n");
+  printf("  mar -t archive.mar\n");
+
+  printf("Print detailed information on a MAR file including signatures:\n");
+  printf("  mar -T archive.mar\n");
+
+  printf("Refresh the product information block of a MAR file:\n");
+  printf("  mar [-H MARChannelID] [-V ProductVersion] [-C workingDir] "
+         "-i unsigned_archive_to_refresh.mar\n");
+
+  printf("Print executable version:\n");
+  printf("  mar --version\n");
+  printf("This program does not handle unicode file paths properly\n");
+}
+
+static int mar_test_callback(MarFile *mar,
+                             const MarItem *item,
+                             void *unused) {
+  (void) mar; (void) unused; // avoid warnings
+
+  printf("%u\t0%o\t%s\n", item->length, item->flags, item->name);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+static int mar_test(const char *path) {
+  MarFile *mar;
+
+  mar = mar_open(path);
+  if (!mar)
+    return -1;
+
+  printf("SIZE\tMODE\tNAME\n");
+  mar_enum_items(mar, mar_test_callback, NULL);
+
+  mar_close(mar);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int main(int argc, char **argv) {
+  char *NSSConfigDir = NULL;
+  const char *certNames[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  char *MARChannelID = MAR_CHANNEL_ID;
+  char *productVersion = APP_VERSION;
+#ifndef NO_SIGN_VERIFY
+  uint32_t k;
+#endif
+  int rv = -1;
+  uint32_t certCount = 0;
+  int32_t sigIndex = -1;
+
+#if !defined(NO_SIGN_VERIFY)
+  uint32_t fileSizes[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  const uint8_t* certBuffers[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  char* DERFilePaths[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+#if (!defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MACOSX)) || defined(MAR_NSS)
+  CERTCertificate* certs[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+#endif
+#endif
+
+  memset((void*)certNames, 0, sizeof(certNames));
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MAR_NSS) && !defined(NO_SIGN_VERIFY)
+  memset((void*)certBuffers, 0, sizeof(certBuffers));
+#endif
+#if !defined(NO_SIGN_VERIFY) && ((!defined(MAR_NSS) && defined(_WIN32)) || \
+                                 defined(MACOSX))
+  memset(DERFilePaths, 0, sizeof(DERFilePaths));
+  memset(fileSizes, 0, sizeof(fileSizes));
+#endif
+
+  if (argc > 1 && 0 == strcmp(argv[1], "--version")) {
+    print_version();
+    return 0;
+  }
+
+  if (argc < 3) {
+    print_usage();
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  while (argc > 0) {
+    if (argv[1][0] == '-' && (argv[1][1] == 'c' ||
+        argv[1][1] == 't' || argv[1][1] == 'x' ||
+        argv[1][1] == 'v' || argv[1][1] == 's' ||
+        argv[1][1] == 'i' || argv[1][1] == 'T' ||
+        argv[1][1] == 'r' || argv[1][1] == 'X' ||
+        argv[1][1] == 'I')) {
+      break;
+    /* -C workingdirectory */
+    } else if (argv[1][0] == '-' && argv[1][1] == 'C') {
+      chdir(argv[2]);
+      argv += 2;
+      argc -= 2;
+    }
+#if !defined(NO_SIGN_VERIFY) && ((!defined(MAR_NSS) && defined(_WIN32)) || \
+                                 defined(MACOSX))
+    /* -D DERFilePath, also matches -D[index] DERFilePath
+       We allow an index for verifying to be symmetric
+       with the import and export command line arguments. */
+    else if (argv[1][0] == '-' &&
+             argv[1][1] == 'D' &&
+             (argv[1][2] == (char)('0' + certCount) || argv[1][2] == '\0')) {
+      if (certCount >= MAX_SIGNATURES) {
+        print_usage();
+        return -1;
+      }
+      DERFilePaths[certCount++] = argv[2];
+      argv += 2;
+      argc -= 2;
+    }
+#endif
+    /* -d NSSConfigdir */
+    else if (argv[1][0] == '-' && argv[1][1] == 'd') {
+      NSSConfigDir = argv[2];
+      argv += 2;
+      argc -= 2;
+     /* -n certName, also matches -n[index] certName
+        We allow an index for verifying to be symmetric
+        with the import and export command line arguments. */
+    } else if (argv[1][0] == '-' &&
+               argv[1][1] == 'n' &&
+               (argv[1][2] == (char)('0' + certCount) ||
+                argv[1][2] == '\0' ||
+                !strcmp(argv[2], "-X") ||
+                !strcmp(argv[2], "-I"))) {
+      if (certCount >= MAX_SIGNATURES) {
+        print_usage();
+        return -1;
+      }
+      certNames[certCount++] = argv[2];
+      if (strlen(argv[1]) > 2 &&
+          (!strcmp(argv[2], "-X") || !strcmp(argv[2], "-I")) &&
+          argv[1][2] >= '0' && argv[1][2] <= '9') {
+        sigIndex = argv[1][2] - '0';
+        argv++;
+        argc--;
+      } else {
+        argv += 2;
+        argc -= 2;
+      }
+    /* MAR channel ID */
+    } else if (argv[1][0] == '-' && argv[1][1] == 'H') {
+      MARChannelID = argv[2];
+      argv += 2;
+      argc -= 2;
+    /* Product Version */
+    } else if (argv[1][0] == '-' && argv[1][1] == 'V') {
+      productVersion = argv[2];
+      argv += 2;
+      argc -= 2;
+    }
+    else {
+      print_usage();
+      return -1;
+    }
+  }
+
+  if (argv[1][0] != '-') {
+    print_usage();
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  switch (argv[1][1]) {
+  case 'c': {
+    struct ProductInformationBlock infoBlock;
+    infoBlock.MARChannelID = MARChannelID;
+    infoBlock.productVersion = productVersion;
+    if (argv[argc - 2][0] == '-' && argv[argc - 2][1] == 'f')
+    {
+      char buf[1000];
+      FILE* file;
+      char** files;
+      int num_files = 0;
+
+      files = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char*)*10000);
+      errno = 0;
+      file = fopen(argv[argc - 1], "r");
+      if (!file)
+      {
+        printf("%d %s", errno, strerror(errno));
+        printf("Could not open file: %s", argv[argc - 1]);
+        exit(1);
+      }
+
+      while(fgets(buf, 1000, file) != NULL)
+      {
+        int j;
+        size_t str_len;
+        for (j=strlen(buf)-1;j>=0 && (buf[j]=='\n' || buf[j]=='\r');j--)
+          ;
+        buf[j+1]='\0';
+        str_len = strlen(buf) + 1;
+        files[num_files] = (char*)malloc(sizeof(char)*str_len);
+        strcpy(files[num_files], buf);
+        ++num_files;
+      }
+      fclose(file);
+      return mar_create(argv[2], num_files, files, &infoBlock);
+    }
+    else
+      return mar_create(argv[2], argc - 3, argv + 3, &infoBlock);
+  }
+  case 'i': {
+    struct ProductInformationBlock infoBlock;
+    infoBlock.MARChannelID = MARChannelID;
+    infoBlock.productVersion = productVersion;
+    return refresh_product_info_block(argv[2], &infoBlock);
+  }
+  case 'T': {
+    struct ProductInformationBlock infoBlock;
+    uint32_t numSignatures, numAdditionalBlocks;
+    int hasSignatureBlock, hasAdditionalBlock;
+    if (!get_mar_file_info(argv[2],
+                           &hasSignatureBlock,
+                           &numSignatures,
+                           &hasAdditionalBlock,
+                           NULL, &numAdditionalBlocks)) {
+      if (hasSignatureBlock) {
+        printf("Signature block found with %d signature%s\n",
+               numSignatures,
+               numSignatures != 1 ? "s" : "");
+      }
+      if (hasAdditionalBlock) {
+        printf("%d additional block%s found:\n",
+               numAdditionalBlocks,
+               numAdditionalBlocks != 1 ? "s" : "");
+      }
+
+      rv = read_product_info_block(argv[2], &infoBlock);
+      if (!rv) {
+        printf("  - Product Information Block:\n");
+        printf("    - MAR channel name: %s\n"
+               "    - Product version: %s\n",
+               infoBlock.MARChannelID,
+               infoBlock.productVersion);
+        free((void *)infoBlock.MARChannelID);
+        free((void *)infoBlock.productVersion);
+      }
+     }
+    printf("\n");
+    /* The fall through from 'T' to 't' is intentional */
+  }
+  /* Fall through */
+  case 't':
+    return mar_test(argv[2]);
+
+  /* Extract a MAR file */
+  case 'x':
+    return mar_extract(argv[2]);
+
+#ifndef NO_SIGN_VERIFY
+  /* Extract a MAR signature */
+  case 'X':
+    if (sigIndex == -1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Signature index was not passed.\n");
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if (sigIndex >= MAX_SIGNATURES || sigIndex < -1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Signature index is out of range: %d.\n",
+              sigIndex);
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return extract_signature(argv[2], sigIndex, argv[3]);
+
+  /* Import a MAR signature */
+  case 'I':
+    if (sigIndex == -1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: signature index was not passed.\n");
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if (sigIndex >= MAX_SIGNATURES || sigIndex < -1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Signature index is out of range: %d.\n",
+              sigIndex);
+      return -1;
+    }
+    if (argc < 5) {
+      print_usage();
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return import_signature(argv[2], sigIndex, argv[3], argv[4]);
+
+  case 'v':
+    if (certCount == 0) {
+      print_usage();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+#if (!defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MACOSX)) || defined(MAR_NSS)
+    if (!NSSConfigDir || certCount == 0) {
+      print_usage();
+      return -1;
+    }
+
+    if (NSSInitCryptoContext(NSSConfigDir)) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not initialize crypto library.\n");
+      return -1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    rv = 0;
+    for (k = 0; k < certCount; ++k) {
+#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(MACOSX)) && !defined(MAR_NSS)
+      rv = mar_read_entire_file(DERFilePaths[k], MAR_MAX_CERT_SIZE,
+                                &certBuffers[k], &fileSizes[k]);
+#else
+      /* It is somewhat circuitous to look up a CERTCertificate and then pass
+       * in its DER encoding just so we can later re-create that
+       * CERTCertificate to extract the public key out of it. However, by doing
+       * things this way, we maximize the reuse of the mar_verify_signatures
+       * function and also we keep the control flow as similar as possible
+       * between programs and operating systems, at least for the functions
+       * that are critically important to security.
+       */
+      certs[k] = PK11_FindCertFromNickname(certNames[k], NULL);
+      if (certs[k]) {
+        certBuffers[k] = certs[k]->derCert.data;
+        fileSizes[k] = certs[k]->derCert.len;
+      } else {
+        rv = -1;
+      }
+#endif
+      if (rv) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not read file %s", DERFilePaths[k]);
+        break;
+      }
+    }
+
+    if (!rv) {
+      MarFile *mar = mar_open(argv[2]);
+      if (mar) {
+        rv = mar_verify_signatures(mar, certBuffers, fileSizes, certCount);
+        mar_close(mar);
+      } else {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not open MAR file.\n");
+        rv = -1;
+      }
+    }
+    for (k = 0; k < certCount; ++k) {
+#if (defined(_WIN32) || defined(MACOSX)) && !defined(MAR_NSS)
+      free((void*)certBuffers[k]);
+#else
+      /* certBuffers[k] is owned by certs[k] so don't free it */
+      CERT_DestroyCertificate(certs[k]);
+#endif
+    }
+    if (rv) {
+      /* Determine if the source MAR file has the new fields for signing */
+      int hasSignatureBlock;
+      if (get_mar_file_info(argv[2], &hasSignatureBlock,
+                            NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL)) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: could not determine if MAR is old or new.\n");
+      } else if (!hasSignatureBlock) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: The MAR file is in the old format so has"
+                        " no signature to verify.\n");
+      }
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return 0;
+
+  case 's':
+    if (!NSSConfigDir || certCount == 0 || argc < 4) {
+      print_usage();
+      return -1;
+    }
+    return mar_repackage_and_sign(NSSConfigDir, certNames, certCount,
+                                  argv[2], argv[3]);
+
+  case 'r':
+    return strip_signature_block(argv[2], argv[3]);
+#endif /* endif NO_SIGN_VERIFY disabled */
+
+  default:
+    print_usage();
+    return -1;
+  }
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/MacVerifyCrypto.cpp b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/MacVerifyCrypto.cpp
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e86fac3c5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/MacVerifyCrypto.cpp
@@ -0,0 +1,414 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <CoreFoundation/CoreFoundation.h>
+#include <Security/Security.h>
+#include <dlfcn.h>
+
+#include "cryptox.h"
+
+// We declare the necessary parts of the Security Transforms API here since
+// we're building with the 10.6 SDK, which doesn't know about Security
+// Transforms.
+extern "C" {
+  const CFStringRef kSecTransformInputAttributeName = CFSTR("INPUT");
+  typedef CFTypeRef SecTransformRef;
+  typedef struct OpaqueSecKeyRef* SecKeyRef;
+
+  typedef SecTransformRef (*SecTransformCreateReadTransformWithReadStreamFunc)
+                            (CFReadStreamRef inputStream);
+  SecTransformCreateReadTransformWithReadStreamFunc
+    SecTransformCreateReadTransformWithReadStreamPtr = NULL;
+  typedef CFTypeRef (*SecTransformExecuteFunc)(SecTransformRef transform,
+                                               CFErrorRef* error);
+  SecTransformExecuteFunc SecTransformExecutePtr = NULL;
+  typedef SecTransformRef (*SecVerifyTransformCreateFunc)(SecKeyRef key,
+                                                          CFDataRef signature,
+                                                          CFErrorRef* error);
+  SecVerifyTransformCreateFunc SecVerifyTransformCreatePtr = NULL;
+  typedef Boolean (*SecTransformSetAttributeFunc)(SecTransformRef transform,
+                                                  CFStringRef key,
+                                                  CFTypeRef value,
+                                                  CFErrorRef* error);
+  SecTransformSetAttributeFunc SecTransformSetAttributePtr = NULL;
+}
+
+#define MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_7_HEX 0x00001070
+
+static int sOnLionOrLater = -1;
+
+static bool OnLionOrLater()
+{
+  if (sOnLionOrLater < 0) {
+    SInt32 major = 0, minor = 0;
+
+    CFURLRef url =
+      CFURLCreateWithString(kCFAllocatorDefault,
+                            CFSTR("file:///System/Library/CoreServices/SystemVersion.plist"),
+                            NULL);
+    CFReadStreamRef stream =
+      CFReadStreamCreateWithFile(kCFAllocatorDefault, url);
+    CFReadStreamOpen(stream);
+    CFDictionaryRef sysVersionPlist = (CFDictionaryRef)
+      CFPropertyListCreateWithStream(kCFAllocatorDefault,
+                                     stream, 0, kCFPropertyListImmutable,
+                                     NULL, NULL);
+    CFReadStreamClose(stream);
+    CFRelease(stream);
+    CFRelease(url);
+
+    CFStringRef versionString = (CFStringRef)
+      CFDictionaryGetValue(sysVersionPlist, CFSTR("ProductVersion"));
+    CFArrayRef versions =
+      CFStringCreateArrayBySeparatingStrings(kCFAllocatorDefault,
+                                             versionString, CFSTR("."));
+    CFIndex count = CFArrayGetCount(versions);
+    if (count > 0) {
+      CFStringRef component = (CFStringRef) CFArrayGetValueAtIndex(versions, 0);
+      major = CFStringGetIntValue(component);
+      if (count > 1) {
+        component = (CFStringRef) CFArrayGetValueAtIndex(versions, 1);
+        minor = CFStringGetIntValue(component);
+      }
+    }
+    CFRelease(sysVersionPlist);
+    CFRelease(versions);
+
+    if (major < 10) {
+      sOnLionOrLater = 0;
+    } else {
+      int version = 0x1000 + (minor << 4);
+      sOnLionOrLater = version >= MAC_OS_X_VERSION_10_7_HEX ? 1 : 0;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return sOnLionOrLater > 0 ? true : false;
+}
+
+static bool sCssmInitialized = false;
+static CSSM_VERSION sCssmVersion = {2, 0};
+static const CSSM_GUID sMozCssmGuid =
+  { 0x9243121f, 0x5820, 0x4b41,
+    { 0xa6, 0x52, 0xba, 0xb6, 0x3f, 0x9d, 0x3d, 0x7f }};
+static CSSM_CSP_HANDLE sCspHandle = CSSM_INVALID_HANDLE;
+
+void* cssmMalloc (CSSM_SIZE aSize, void* aAllocRef) {
+  (void)aAllocRef;
+  return malloc(aSize);
+}
+
+void cssmFree (void* aPtr, void* aAllocRef) {
+  (void)aAllocRef;
+  free(aPtr);
+  return;
+}
+
+void* cssmRealloc (void* aPtr, CSSM_SIZE aSize, void* aAllocRef) {
+  (void)aAllocRef;
+  return realloc(aPtr, aSize);
+}
+
+void* cssmCalloc (uint32 aNum, CSSM_SIZE aSize, void* aAllocRef) {
+  (void)aAllocRef;
+  return calloc(aNum, aSize);
+}
+
+static CSSM_API_MEMORY_FUNCS cssmMemFuncs = {
+    &cssmMalloc,
+    &cssmFree,
+    &cssmRealloc,
+    &cssmCalloc,
+    NULL
+ };
+
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoMac_InitCryptoProvider()
+{
+  if (!OnLionOrLater()) {
+    return CryptoX_Success;
+  }
+
+  if (!SecTransformCreateReadTransformWithReadStreamPtr) {
+    SecTransformCreateReadTransformWithReadStreamPtr =
+      (SecTransformCreateReadTransformWithReadStreamFunc)
+        dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, "SecTransformCreateReadTransformWithReadStream");
+  }
+  if (!SecTransformExecutePtr) {
+    SecTransformExecutePtr = (SecTransformExecuteFunc)
+      dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, "SecTransformExecute");
+  }
+  if (!SecVerifyTransformCreatePtr) {
+    SecVerifyTransformCreatePtr = (SecVerifyTransformCreateFunc)
+      dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, "SecVerifyTransformCreate");
+  }
+  if (!SecTransformSetAttributePtr) {
+    SecTransformSetAttributePtr = (SecTransformSetAttributeFunc)
+      dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, "SecTransformSetAttribute");
+  }
+  if (!SecTransformCreateReadTransformWithReadStreamPtr ||
+      !SecTransformExecutePtr ||
+      !SecVerifyTransformCreatePtr ||
+      !SecTransformSetAttributePtr) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+  return CryptoX_Success;
+}
+
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoMac_VerifyBegin(CryptoX_SignatureHandle* aInputData)
+{
+  if (!aInputData) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  void* inputData = CFDataCreateMutable(kCFAllocatorDefault, 0);
+  if (!inputData) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  if (!OnLionOrLater()) {
+    CSSM_DATA_PTR cssmData = (CSSM_DATA_PTR)malloc(sizeof(CSSM_DATA));
+    if (!cssmData) {
+      CFRelease(inputData);
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+    cssmData->Data = (uint8*)inputData;
+    cssmData->Length = 0;
+    *aInputData = cssmData;
+    return CryptoX_Success;
+  }
+
+  *aInputData = inputData;
+  return CryptoX_Success;
+}
+
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoMac_VerifyUpdate(CryptoX_SignatureHandle* aInputData, void* aBuf,
+                       unsigned int aLen)
+{
+  if (aLen == 0) {
+    return CryptoX_Success;
+  }
+  if (!aInputData || !*aInputData) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  CFMutableDataRef inputData;
+  if (!OnLionOrLater()) {
+    inputData = (CFMutableDataRef)((CSSM_DATA_PTR)*aInputData)->Data;
+    ((CSSM_DATA_PTR)*aInputData)->Length += aLen;
+  } else {
+    inputData = (CFMutableDataRef)*aInputData;
+  }
+
+  CFDataAppendBytes(inputData, (const uint8*)aBuf, aLen);
+  return CryptoX_Success;
+}
+
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoMac_LoadPublicKey(const unsigned char* aCertData,
+                        unsigned int aDataSize,
+                        CryptoX_PublicKey* aPublicKey)
+{
+  if (!aCertData || aDataSize == 0 || !aPublicKey) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+  *aPublicKey = NULL;
+
+  if (!OnLionOrLater()) {
+    if (!sCspHandle) {
+      CSSM_RETURN rv;
+      if (!sCssmInitialized) {
+        CSSM_PVC_MODE pvcPolicy = CSSM_PVC_NONE;
+        rv = CSSM_Init(&sCssmVersion,
+                       CSSM_PRIVILEGE_SCOPE_PROCESS,
+                       &sMozCssmGuid,
+                       CSSM_KEY_HIERARCHY_NONE,
+                       &pvcPolicy,
+                       NULL);
+        if (rv != CSSM_OK) {
+          return CryptoX_Error;
+        }
+        sCssmInitialized = true;
+      }
+
+      rv = CSSM_ModuleLoad(&gGuidAppleCSP,
+                           CSSM_KEY_HIERARCHY_NONE,
+                           NULL,
+                           NULL);
+      if (rv != CSSM_OK) {
+        return CryptoX_Error;
+      }
+
+      CSSM_CSP_HANDLE cspHandle;
+      rv = CSSM_ModuleAttach(&gGuidAppleCSP,
+                             &sCssmVersion,
+                             &cssmMemFuncs,
+                             0,
+                             CSSM_SERVICE_CSP,
+                             0,
+                             CSSM_KEY_HIERARCHY_NONE,
+                             NULL,
+                             0,
+                             NULL,
+                             &cspHandle);
+      if (rv != CSSM_OK) {
+        return CryptoX_Error;
+      }
+      sCspHandle = cspHandle;
+    }
+  }
+
+  CFDataRef certData = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault,
+                                    aCertData,
+                                    aDataSize);
+  if (!certData) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  SecCertificateRef cert = SecCertificateCreateWithData(kCFAllocatorDefault,
+                                                        certData);
+  CFRelease(certData);
+  if (!cert) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  OSStatus status = SecCertificateCopyPublicKey(cert,
+                                                (SecKeyRef*)aPublicKey);
+  CFRelease(cert);
+  if (status != 0) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  return CryptoX_Success;
+}
+
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoMac_VerifySignature(CryptoX_SignatureHandle* aInputData,
+                          CryptoX_PublicKey* aPublicKey,
+                          const unsigned char* aSignature,
+                          unsigned int aSignatureLen)
+{
+  if (!aInputData || !*aInputData || !aPublicKey || !*aPublicKey ||
+      !aSignature || aSignatureLen == 0) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  if (!OnLionOrLater()) {
+    if (!sCspHandle) {
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+
+    CSSM_KEY* publicKey;
+    OSStatus status = SecKeyGetCSSMKey((SecKeyRef)*aPublicKey,
+                                       (const CSSM_KEY**)&publicKey);
+    if (status) {
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+
+    CSSM_CC_HANDLE ccHandle;
+    if (CSSM_CSP_CreateSignatureContext(sCspHandle,
+                                        CSSM_ALGID_SHA1WithRSA,
+                                        NULL,
+                                        publicKey,
+                                        &ccHandle) != CSSM_OK) {
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+
+    CryptoX_Result result = CryptoX_Error;
+    CSSM_DATA signatureData;
+    signatureData.Data = (uint8*)aSignature;
+    signatureData.Length = aSignatureLen;
+    CSSM_DATA inputData;
+    inputData.Data =
+      CFDataGetMutableBytePtr((CFMutableDataRef)
+                                (((CSSM_DATA_PTR)*aInputData)->Data));
+    inputData.Length = ((CSSM_DATA_PTR)*aInputData)->Length;
+    if (CSSM_VerifyData(ccHandle,
+                        &inputData,
+                        1,
+                        CSSM_ALGID_NONE,
+                        &signatureData) == CSSM_OK) {
+      result = CryptoX_Success;
+    }
+    return result;
+  }
+
+  CFDataRef signatureData = CFDataCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault,
+                                         aSignature, aSignatureLen);
+  if (!signatureData) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  CFErrorRef error;
+  SecTransformRef verifier =
+    SecVerifyTransformCreatePtr((SecKeyRef)*aPublicKey,
+                                signatureData,
+                                &error);
+  if (!verifier || error) {
+    CFRelease(signatureData);
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  SecTransformSetAttributePtr(verifier,
+                              kSecTransformInputAttributeName,
+                              (CFDataRef)*aInputData,
+                              &error);
+  if (error) {
+    CFRelease(signatureData);
+    CFRelease(verifier);
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  CryptoX_Result result = CryptoX_Error;
+  CFTypeRef rv = SecTransformExecutePtr(verifier, &error);
+  if (error) {
+    CFRelease(signatureData);
+    CFRelease(verifier);
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  if (CFGetTypeID(rv) == CFBooleanGetTypeID() &&
+      CFBooleanGetValue((CFBooleanRef)rv) == true) {
+    result = CryptoX_Success;
+  }
+
+  CFRelease(signatureData);
+  CFRelease(verifier);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+void
+CryptoMac_FreeSignatureHandle(CryptoX_SignatureHandle* aInputData)
+{
+  if (!aInputData || !*aInputData) {
+    return;
+  }
+
+  CFMutableDataRef inputData = NULL;
+  if (OnLionOrLater()) {
+    inputData = (CFMutableDataRef)*aInputData;
+  } else {
+    inputData = (CFMutableDataRef)((CSSM_DATA_PTR)*aInputData)->Data;
+  }
+
+  CFRelease(inputData);
+  if (!OnLionOrLater()) {
+    free((CSSM_DATA_PTR)*aInputData);
+  }
+}
+
+void
+CryptoMac_FreePublicKey(CryptoX_PublicKey* aPublicKey)
+{
+  if (!aPublicKey || !*aPublicKey) {
+    return;
+  }
+  if (!OnLionOrLater() && sCspHandle != CSSM_INVALID_HANDLE) {
+    CSSM_ModuleDetach(sCspHandle);
+    sCspHandle = CSSM_INVALID_HANDLE;
+  }
+  CFRelease((SecKeyRef)*aPublicKey);
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7cce8bf03
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.c
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include "cryptox.h"
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#pragma warning(push)
+#pragma warning(disable: 4204)
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MAR_NSS)
+
+/**
+ * Loads the public key for the specified cert name from the NSS store.
+ *
+ * @param certData  The DER-encoded X509 certificate to extract the key from.
+ * @param certDataSize The size of certData.
+ * @param publicKey Out parameter for the public key to use.
+ * @return CryptoX_Success on success, CryptoX_Error on error.
+*/
+CryptoX_Result
+NSS_LoadPublicKey(const unsigned char *certData, unsigned int certDataSize,
+                  SECKEYPublicKey **publicKey)
+{
+  CERTCertificate * cert;
+  SECItem certDataItem = { siBuffer, (unsigned char*) certData, certDataSize };
+
+  if (!certData || !publicKey) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  cert = CERT_NewTempCertificate(CERT_GetDefaultCertDB(), &certDataItem, NULL,
+                                 PR_FALSE, PR_TRUE);
+  /* Get the cert and embedded public key out of the database */
+  if (!cert) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+  *publicKey = CERT_ExtractPublicKey(cert);
+  CERT_DestroyCertificate(cert);
+
+  if (!*publicKey) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+  return CryptoX_Success;
+}
+
+CryptoX_Result
+NSS_VerifyBegin(VFYContext **ctx,
+                SECKEYPublicKey * const *publicKey)
+{
+  SECStatus status;
+  if (!ctx || !publicKey || !*publicKey) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  /* Check that the key length is large enough for our requirements */
+  if ((SECKEY_PublicKeyStrength(*publicKey) * 8) <
+      XP_MIN_SIGNATURE_LEN_IN_BYTES) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Key length must be >= %d bytes\n",
+            XP_MIN_SIGNATURE_LEN_IN_BYTES);
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  *ctx = VFY_CreateContext(*publicKey, NULL,
+                           SEC_OID_ISO_SHA1_WITH_RSA_SIGNATURE, NULL);
+  if (*ctx == NULL) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  status = VFY_Begin(*ctx);
+  return SECSuccess == status ? CryptoX_Success : CryptoX_Error;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Verifies if a verify context matches the passed in signature.
+ *
+ * @param ctx          The verify context that the signature should match.
+ * @param signature    The signature to match.
+ * @param signatureLen The length of the signature.
+ * @return CryptoX_Success on success, CryptoX_Error on error.
+*/
+CryptoX_Result
+NSS_VerifySignature(VFYContext * const *ctx,
+                    const unsigned char *signature,
+                    unsigned int signatureLen)
+{
+  SECItem signedItem;
+  SECStatus status;
+  if (!ctx || !signature || !*ctx) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  signedItem.len = signatureLen;
+  signedItem.data = (unsigned char*)signature;
+  status = VFY_EndWithSignature(*ctx, &signedItem);
+  return SECSuccess == status ? CryptoX_Success : CryptoX_Error;
+}
+
+#elif defined(WNT)
+/**
+ * Verifies if a signature + public key matches a hash context.
+ *
+ * @param hash      The hash context that the signature should match.
+ * @param pubKey    The public key to use on the signature.
+ * @param signature The signature to check.
+ * @param signatureLen The length of the signature.
+ * @return CryptoX_Success on success, CryptoX_Error on error.
+*/
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoAPI_VerifySignature(HCRYPTHASH *hash,
+                          HCRYPTKEY *pubKey,
+                          const BYTE *signature,
+                          DWORD signatureLen)
+{
+  DWORD i;
+  BOOL result;
+/* Windows APIs expect the bytes in the signature to be in little-endian
+ * order, but we write the signature in big-endian order.  Other APIs like
+ * NSS and OpenSSL expect big-endian order.
+ */
+  BYTE *signatureReversed;
+  if (!hash || !pubKey || !signature || signatureLen < 1) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  signatureReversed = malloc(signatureLen);
+  if (!signatureReversed) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < signatureLen; i++) {
+    signatureReversed[i] = signature[signatureLen - 1 - i];
+  }
+  result = CryptVerifySignature(*hash, signatureReversed,
+                                signatureLen, *pubKey, NULL, 0);
+  free(signatureReversed);
+  return result ? CryptoX_Success : CryptoX_Error;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Obtains the public key for the passed in cert data
+ *
+ * @param provider        The crypto provider
+ * @param certData        Data of the certificate to extract the public key from
+ * @param sizeOfCertData  The size of the certData buffer
+ * @param certStore       Pointer to the handle of the certificate store to use
+ * @param CryptoX_Success on success
+*/
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoAPI_LoadPublicKey(HCRYPTPROV provider,
+                        BYTE *certData,
+                        DWORD sizeOfCertData,
+                        HCRYPTKEY *publicKey)
+{
+  CRYPT_DATA_BLOB blob;
+  CERT_CONTEXT *context;
+  if (!provider || !certData || !publicKey) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  blob.cbData = sizeOfCertData;
+  blob.pbData = certData;
+  if (!CryptQueryObject(CERT_QUERY_OBJECT_BLOB, &blob,
+                        CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_CERT,
+                        CERT_QUERY_FORMAT_FLAG_BINARY,
+                        0, NULL, NULL, NULL,
+                        NULL, NULL, (const void **)&context)) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  if (!CryptImportPublicKeyInfo(provider,
+                                PKCS_7_ASN_ENCODING | X509_ASN_ENCODING,
+                                &context->pCertInfo->SubjectPublicKeyInfo,
+                                publicKey)) {
+    CertFreeCertificateContext(context);
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  CertFreeCertificateContext(context);
+  return CryptoX_Success;
+}
+
+/* Try to acquire context in this way:
+  * 1. Enhanced provider without creating a new key set
+  * 2. Enhanced provider with creating a new key set
+  * 3. Default provider without creating a new key set
+  * 4. Default provider without creating a new key set
+  * #2 and #4 should not be needed because of the CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT,
+  * but we add it just in case.
+  *
+  * @param provider Out parameter containing the provider handle.
+  * @return CryptoX_Success on success, CryptoX_Error on error.
+ */
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoAPI_InitCryptoContext(HCRYPTPROV *provider)
+{
+  if (!CryptAcquireContext(provider,
+                           NULL,
+                           MS_ENHANCED_PROV,
+                           PROV_RSA_FULL,
+                           CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT)) {
+    if (!CryptAcquireContext(provider,
+                             NULL,
+                             MS_ENHANCED_PROV,
+                             PROV_RSA_FULL,
+                             CRYPT_NEWKEYSET | CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT)) {
+      if (!CryptAcquireContext(provider,
+                               NULL,
+                               NULL,
+                               PROV_RSA_FULL,
+                               CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT)) {
+        if (!CryptAcquireContext(provider,
+                                 NULL,
+                                 NULL,
+                                 PROV_RSA_FULL,
+                                 CRYPT_NEWKEYSET | CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT)) {
+          *provider = CryptoX_InvalidHandleValue;
+          return CryptoX_Error;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  return CryptoX_Success;
+}
+
+/**
+  * Begins a signature verification hash context
+  *
+  * @param provider The crypt provider to use
+  * @param hash     Out parameter for a handle to the hash context
+  * @return CryptoX_Success on success, CryptoX_Error on error.
+*/
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoAPI_VerifyBegin(HCRYPTPROV provider, HCRYPTHASH* hash)
+{
+  BOOL result;
+  if (!provider || !hash) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  *hash = (HCRYPTHASH)NULL;
+  result = CryptCreateHash(provider, CALG_SHA1,
+                           0, 0, hash);
+  return result ? CryptoX_Success : CryptoX_Error;
+}
+
+/**
+  * Updates a signature verification hash context
+  *
+  * @param hash The hash context to update
+  * @param buf  The buffer to update the hash context with
+  * @param len The size of the passed in buffer
+  * @return CryptoX_Success on success, CryptoX_Error on error.
+*/
+CryptoX_Result
+CryptoAPI_VerifyUpdate(HCRYPTHASH* hash, BYTE *buf, DWORD len)
+{
+  BOOL result;
+  if (!hash || !buf) {
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  result = CryptHashData(*hash, buf, len, 0);
+  return result ? CryptoX_Success : CryptoX_Error;
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#pragma warning(pop)
+#endif
+
+#endif
+
+
+
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.h b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b0f00725f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/cryptox.h
@@ -0,0 +1,172 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef CRYPTOX_H
+#define CRYPTOX_H
+
+#define XP_MIN_SIGNATURE_LEN_IN_BYTES 256
+
+#define CryptoX_Result int
+#define CryptoX_Success 0
+#define CryptoX_Error (-1)
+#define CryptoX_Succeeded(X) ((X) == CryptoX_Success)
+#define CryptoX_Failed(X) ((X) != CryptoX_Success)
+
+#if defined(MAR_NSS)
+
+#include "cert.h"
+#include "keyhi.h"
+#include "cryptohi.h"
+
+#define CryptoX_InvalidHandleValue NULL
+#define CryptoX_ProviderHandle void*
+#define CryptoX_SignatureHandle VFYContext *
+#define CryptoX_PublicKey SECKEYPublicKey *
+#define CryptoX_Certificate CERTCertificate *
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+CryptoX_Result NSS_LoadPublicKey(const unsigned char* certData,
+                                 unsigned int certDataSize,
+                                 SECKEYPublicKey** publicKey);
+CryptoX_Result NSS_VerifyBegin(VFYContext **ctx,
+                               SECKEYPublicKey * const *publicKey);
+CryptoX_Result NSS_VerifySignature(VFYContext * const *ctx ,
+                                   const unsigned char *signature,
+                                   unsigned int signatureLen);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#define CryptoX_InitCryptoProvider(CryptoHandle) \
+  CryptoX_Success
+#define CryptoX_VerifyBegin(CryptoHandle, SignatureHandle, PublicKey) \
+  NSS_VerifyBegin(SignatureHandle, PublicKey)
+#define CryptoX_FreeSignatureHandle(SignatureHandle) \
+  VFY_DestroyContext(*SignatureHandle, PR_TRUE)
+#define CryptoX_VerifyUpdate(SignatureHandle, buf, len) \
+  VFY_Update(*SignatureHandle, (const unsigned char*)(buf), len)
+#define CryptoX_LoadPublicKey(CryptoHandle, certData, dataSize, publicKey) \
+  NSS_LoadPublicKey(certData, dataSize, publicKey)
+#define CryptoX_VerifySignature(hash, publicKey, signedData, len) \
+  NSS_VerifySignature(hash, (const unsigned char *)(signedData), len)
+#define CryptoX_FreePublicKey(key) \
+  SECKEY_DestroyPublicKey(*key)
+#define CryptoX_FreeCertificate(cert) \
+  CERT_DestroyCertificate(*cert)
+
+#elif defined(MACOSX)
+
+#define CryptoX_InvalidHandleValue NULL
+#define CryptoX_ProviderHandle void*
+#define CryptoX_SignatureHandle void*
+#define CryptoX_PublicKey void*
+#define CryptoX_Certificate void*
+
+// Forward-declare Objective-C functions implemented in MacVerifyCrypto.mm.
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+CryptoX_Result CryptoMac_InitCryptoProvider();
+CryptoX_Result CryptoMac_VerifyBegin(CryptoX_SignatureHandle* aInputData);
+CryptoX_Result CryptoMac_VerifyUpdate(CryptoX_SignatureHandle* aInputData,
+                                      void* aBuf, unsigned int aLen);
+CryptoX_Result CryptoMac_LoadPublicKey(const unsigned char* aCertData,
+                                       unsigned int aDataSize,
+                                       CryptoX_PublicKey* aPublicKey);
+CryptoX_Result CryptoMac_VerifySignature(CryptoX_SignatureHandle* aInputData,
+        CryptoX_PublicKey* aPublicKey,
+        const unsigned char* aSignature,
+        unsigned int aSignatureLen);
+void CryptoMac_FreeSignatureHandle(CryptoX_SignatureHandle* aInputData);
+void CryptoMac_FreePublicKey(CryptoX_PublicKey* aPublicKey);
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
+
+#define CryptoX_InitCryptoProvider(aProviderHandle) \
+  CryptoMac_InitCryptoProvider()
+#define CryptoX_VerifyBegin(aCryptoHandle, aInputData, aPublicKey) \
+  CryptoMac_VerifyBegin(aInputData)
+#define CryptoX_VerifyUpdate(aInputData, aBuf, aLen) \
+  CryptoMac_VerifyUpdate(aInputData, aBuf, aLen)
+#define CryptoX_LoadPublicKey(aProviderHandle, aCertData, aDataSize, \
+                              aPublicKey) \
+  CryptoMac_LoadPublicKey(aCertData, aDataSize, aPublicKey)
+#define CryptoX_VerifySignature(aInputData, aPublicKey, aSignature, \
+                                aSignatureLen) \
+  CryptoMac_VerifySignature(aInputData, aPublicKey, aSignature, aSignatureLen)
+#define CryptoX_FreeSignatureHandle(aInputData) \
+  CryptoMac_FreeSignatureHandle(aInputData)
+#define CryptoX_FreePublicKey(aPublicKey) \
+  CryptoMac_FreePublicKey(aPublicKey)
+#define CryptoX_FreeCertificate(aCertificate)
+
+#elif defined(WNT)
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <wincrypt.h>
+
+CryptoX_Result CryptoAPI_InitCryptoContext(HCRYPTPROV *provider);
+CryptoX_Result CryptoAPI_LoadPublicKey(HCRYPTPROV hProv,
+                                       BYTE *certData,
+                                       DWORD sizeOfCertData,
+                                       HCRYPTKEY *publicKey);
+CryptoX_Result CryptoAPI_VerifyBegin(HCRYPTPROV provider, HCRYPTHASH* hash);
+CryptoX_Result CryptoAPI_VerifyUpdate(HCRYPTHASH* hash,
+                                      BYTE *buf, DWORD len);
+CryptoX_Result CryptoAPI_VerifySignature(HCRYPTHASH *hash,
+        HCRYPTKEY *pubKey,
+        const BYTE *signature,
+        DWORD signatureLen);
+
+#define CryptoX_InvalidHandleValue ((ULONG_PTR)NULL)
+#define CryptoX_ProviderHandle HCRYPTPROV
+#define CryptoX_SignatureHandle HCRYPTHASH
+#define CryptoX_PublicKey HCRYPTKEY
+#define CryptoX_Certificate HCERTSTORE
+#define CryptoX_InitCryptoProvider(CryptoHandle) \
+  CryptoAPI_InitCryptoContext(CryptoHandle)
+#define CryptoX_VerifyBegin(CryptoHandle, SignatureHandle, PublicKey) \
+  CryptoAPI_VerifyBegin(CryptoHandle, SignatureHandle)
+#define CryptoX_FreeSignatureHandle(SignatureHandle)
+#define CryptoX_VerifyUpdate(SignatureHandle, buf, len) \
+  CryptoAPI_VerifyUpdate(SignatureHandle, (BYTE *)(buf), len)
+#define CryptoX_LoadPublicKey(CryptoHandle, certData, dataSize, publicKey) \
+  CryptoAPI_LoadPublicKey(CryptoHandle, (BYTE*)(certData), dataSize, publicKey)
+#define CryptoX_VerifySignature(hash, publicKey, signedData, len) \
+  CryptoAPI_VerifySignature(hash, publicKey, signedData, len)
+#define CryptoX_FreePublicKey(key) \
+  CryptDestroyKey(*(key))
+#define CryptoX_FreeCertificate(cert) \
+  CertCloseStore(*(cert), CERT_CLOSE_STORE_FORCE_FLAG);
+
+#else
+
+/* This default implementation is necessary because we don't want to
+ * link to NSS from updater code on non Windows platforms.  On Windows
+ * we use CryptoAPI instead of NSS.  We don't call any function as they
+ * would just fail, but this simplifies linking.
+ */
+
+#define CryptoX_InvalidHandleValue NULL
+#define CryptoX_ProviderHandle void*
+#define CryptoX_SignatureHandle void*
+#define CryptoX_PublicKey void*
+#define CryptoX_Certificate void*
+#define CryptoX_InitCryptoProvider(CryptoHandle) \
+  CryptoX_Error
+#define CryptoX_VerifyBegin(CryptoHandle, SignatureHandle, PublicKey) \
+  CryptoX_Error
+#define CryptoX_FreeSignatureHandle(SignatureHandle)
+#define CryptoX_VerifyUpdate(SignatureHandle, buf, len) CryptoX_Error
+#define CryptoX_LoadPublicKey(CryptoHandle, certData, dataSize, publicKey) \
+  CryptoX_Error
+#define CryptoX_VerifySignature(hash, publicKey, signedData, len) CryptoX_Error
+#define CryptoX_FreePublicKey(key) CryptoX_Error
+
+#endif
+
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9f33f8bad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/libmar/verify/mar_verify.c
@@ -0,0 +1,466 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#ifndef WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar_private.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar.h>
+#include "cryptox.h"
+
+int
+mar_read_entire_file(const char * filePath, uint32_t maxSize,
+                     /*out*/ const uint8_t * *data,
+                     /*out*/ uint32_t *size)
+{
+  int result;
+  FILE * f;
+
+  if (!filePath || !data || !size) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  f = fopen(filePath, "rb");
+  if (!f) {
+    return -1;
+  }
+
+  result = -1;
+  if (!fseeko(f, 0, SEEK_END)) {
+    int64_t fileSize = ftello(f);
+    if (fileSize > 0 && fileSize <= maxSize && !fseeko(f, 0, SEEK_SET)) {
+      unsigned char * fileData;
+
+      *size = (unsigned int) fileSize;
+      fileData = malloc(*size);
+      if (fileData) {
+        if (fread(fileData, *size, 1, f) == 1) {
+          *data = fileData;
+          result = 0;
+        } else {
+          free(fileData);
+        }
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  fclose(f);
+
+  return result;
+}
+
+int mar_extract_and_verify_signatures_fp(FILE *fp,
+                                         CryptoX_ProviderHandle provider,
+                                         CryptoX_PublicKey *keys,
+                                         uint32_t keyCount);
+int mar_verify_signatures_for_fp(FILE *fp,
+                                 CryptoX_ProviderHandle provider,
+                                 CryptoX_PublicKey *keys,
+                                 const uint8_t * const *extractedSignatures,
+                                 uint32_t keyCount,
+                                 uint32_t *numVerified);
+
+/**
+ * Reads the specified number of bytes from the file pointer and
+ * stores them in the passed buffer.
+ *
+ * @param  fp     The file pointer to read from.
+ * @param  buffer The buffer to store the read results.
+ * @param  size   The number of bytes to read, buffer must be
+ *                at least of this size.
+ * @param  ctxs   Pointer to the first element in an array of verify context.
+ * @param  count  The number of elements in ctxs
+ * @param  err    The name of what is being written to in case of error.
+ * @return  0 on success
+ *         -1 on read error
+ *         -2 on verify update error
+*/
+int
+ReadAndUpdateVerifyContext(FILE *fp,
+                           void *buffer,
+                           uint32_t size,
+                           CryptoX_SignatureHandle *ctxs,
+                           uint32_t count,
+                           const char *err)
+{
+  uint32_t k;
+  if (!fp || !buffer || !ctxs || count == 0 || !err) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Invalid parameter specified.\n");
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  if (!size) {
+    return CryptoX_Success;
+  }
+
+  if (fread(buffer, size, 1, fp) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read %s\n", err);
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  for (k = 0; k < count; k++) {
+    if (CryptoX_Failed(CryptoX_VerifyUpdate(&ctxs[k], buffer, size))) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not update verify context for %s\n", err);
+      return -2;
+    }
+  }
+  return CryptoX_Success;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Verifies a MAR file by verifying each signature with the corresponding
+ * certificate. That is, the first signature will be verified using the first
+ * certificate given, the second signature will be verified using the second
+ * certificate given, etc. The signature count must exactly match the number of
+ * certificates given, and all signature verifications must succeed.
+ *
+ * @param  mar            The file who's signature should be calculated
+ * @param  certData       Pointer to the first element in an array of
+ *                        certificate data
+ * @param  certDataSizes  Pointer to the first element in an array for size of
+ *                        the data stored
+ * @param  certCount      The number of elements in certData and certDataSizes
+ * @return 0 on success
+*/
+int
+mar_verify_signatures(MarFile *mar,
+                      const uint8_t * const *certData,
+                      const uint32_t *certDataSizes,
+                      uint32_t certCount) {
+  int rv = -1;
+  CryptoX_ProviderHandle provider = CryptoX_InvalidHandleValue;
+  CryptoX_PublicKey keys[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  uint32_t k;
+
+  memset(keys, 0, sizeof(keys));
+
+  if (!mar || !certData || !certDataSizes || certCount == 0) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Invalid parameter specified.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  if (!mar->fp) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: MAR file is not open.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  if (CryptoX_Failed(CryptoX_InitCryptoProvider(&provider))) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not init crypto library.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  for (k = 0; k < certCount; ++k) {
+    if (CryptoX_Failed(CryptoX_LoadPublicKey(provider, certData[k], certDataSizes[k],
+                                             &keys[k]))) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not load public key.\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = mar_extract_and_verify_signatures_fp(mar->fp, provider, keys, certCount);
+
+failure:
+
+  for (k = 0; k < certCount; ++k) {
+    if (keys[k]) {
+      CryptoX_FreePublicKey(&keys[k]);
+    }
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Extracts each signature from the specified MAR file,
+ * then calls mar_verify_signatures_for_fp to verify each signature.
+ *
+ * @param  fp       An opened MAR file handle
+ * @param  provider A library provider
+ * @param  keys     The public keys to use to verify the MAR
+ * @param  keyCount The number of keys pointed to by keys
+ * @return 0 on success
+*/
+int
+mar_extract_and_verify_signatures_fp(FILE *fp,
+                                     CryptoX_ProviderHandle provider,
+                                     CryptoX_PublicKey *keys,
+                                     uint32_t keyCount) {
+  uint32_t signatureCount, signatureLen, numVerified = 0;
+  uint32_t signatureAlgorithmIDs[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  int rv = -1;
+  uint8_t *extractedSignatures[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  uint32_t i;
+
+  memset(signatureAlgorithmIDs, 0, sizeof(signatureAlgorithmIDs));
+  memset(extractedSignatures, 0, sizeof(extractedSignatures));
+
+  if (!fp) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Invalid file pointer passed.\n");
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  /* To protect against invalid MAR files, we assume that the MAR file
+     size is less than or equal to MAX_SIZE_OF_MAR_FILE. */
+  if (fseeko(fp, 0, SEEK_END)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to the end of the MAR file.\n");
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+  if (ftello(fp) > MAX_SIZE_OF_MAR_FILE) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: MAR file is too large to be verified.\n");
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  /* Skip to the start of the signature block */
+  if (fseeko(fp, SIGNATURE_BLOCK_OFFSET, SEEK_SET)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to the signature block.\n");
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the number of signatures */
+  if (fread(&signatureCount, sizeof(signatureCount), 1, fp) != 1) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read number of signatures.\n");
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+  signatureCount = ntohl(signatureCount);
+
+  /* Check that we have less than the max amount of signatures so we don't
+     waste too much of either updater's or signmar's time. */
+  if (signatureCount > MAX_SIGNATURES) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: At most %d signatures can be specified.\n",
+            MAX_SIGNATURES);
+    return CryptoX_Error;
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; i++) {
+    /* Get the signature algorithm ID */
+    if (fread(&signatureAlgorithmIDs[i], sizeof(uint32_t), 1, fp) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read signatures algorithm ID.\n");
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+    signatureAlgorithmIDs[i] = ntohl(signatureAlgorithmIDs[i]);
+
+    if (fread(&signatureLen, sizeof(uint32_t), 1, fp) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read signatures length.\n");
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+    signatureLen = ntohl(signatureLen);
+
+    /* To protected against invalid input make sure the signature length
+       isn't too big. */
+    if (signatureLen > MAX_SIGNATURE_LENGTH) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Signature length is too large to verify.\n");
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+
+    extractedSignatures[i] = malloc(signatureLen);
+    if (!extractedSignatures[i]) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could allocate buffer for signature.\n");
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+    if (fread(extractedSignatures[i], signatureLen, 1, fp) != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not read extracted signature.\n");
+      for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; ++i) {
+        free(extractedSignatures[i]);
+      }
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+
+    /* We don't try to verify signatures we don't know about */
+    if (signatureAlgorithmIDs[i] != 1) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Unknown signature algorithm ID.\n");
+      for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; ++i) {
+        free(extractedSignatures[i]);
+      }
+      return CryptoX_Error;
+    }
+  }
+
+  rv = mar_verify_signatures_for_fp(fp,
+                                    provider,
+                                    keys,
+                                    (const uint8_t * const *)extractedSignatures,
+                                    signatureCount,
+                                    &numVerified);
+  for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; ++i) {
+    free(extractedSignatures[i]);
+  }
+
+  /* If we reached here and we verified every
+     signature, return success. */
+  if (numVerified == signatureCount && keyCount == numVerified) {
+    assert(rv == 0); (void) rv;
+    return CryptoX_Success;
+  }
+
+  if (numVerified == 0) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Not all signatures were verified.\n");
+  } else {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Only %d of %d signatures were verified.\n",
+            numVerified, signatureCount);
+  }
+  return CryptoX_Error;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Verifies a MAR file by verifying each signature with the corresponding
+ * certificate. That is, the first signature will be verified using the first
+ * certificate given, the second signature will be verified using the second
+ * certificate given, etc. The signature count must exactly match the number of
+ * certificates given, and all signature verifications must succeed.
+ *
+ * @param  fp                   An opened MAR file handle
+ * @param  provider             A library provider
+ * @param  keys                 A pointer to the first element in an
+ *                              array of keys.
+ * @param  extractedSignatures  Pointer to the first element in an array
+ *                              of extracted signatures.
+ * @param  signatureCount       The number of signatures in the MAR file
+ * @param numVerified           Out parameter which will be filled with
+ *                              the number of verified signatures.
+ *                              This information can be useful for printing
+ *                              error messages.
+ * @return 0 on success, *numVerified == signatureCount.
+*/
+int
+mar_verify_signatures_for_fp(FILE *fp,
+                             CryptoX_ProviderHandle provider,
+                             CryptoX_PublicKey *keys,
+                             const uint8_t * const *extractedSignatures,
+                             uint32_t signatureCount,
+                             uint32_t *numVerified)
+{
+  CryptoX_SignatureHandle signatureHandles[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  char buf[BLOCKSIZE];
+  uint32_t signatureLengths[MAX_SIGNATURES];
+  uint32_t i;
+  int rv = CryptoX_Error;
+
+  (void) provider; (void) keys; // avoid warnings
+
+  memset(signatureHandles, 0, sizeof(signatureHandles));
+  memset(signatureLengths, 0, sizeof(signatureLengths));
+
+  if (!extractedSignatures || !numVerified) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Invalid parameter specified.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  *numVerified = 0;
+
+  /* This function is only called when we have at least one signature,
+     but to protected against future people who call this function we
+     make sure a non zero value is passed in.
+   */
+  if (!signatureCount) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: There must be at least one signature.\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; i++) {
+    if (CryptoX_Failed(CryptoX_VerifyBegin(provider,
+                                           &signatureHandles[i], &keys[i]))) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not initialize signature handle.\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Skip to the start of the file */
+  if (fseeko(fp, 0, SEEK_SET)) {
+    fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek to start of the file\n");
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Bytes 0-3: MAR1
+     Bytes 4-7: index offset
+     Bytes 8-15: size of entire MAR
+   */
+  if (CryptoX_Failed(ReadAndUpdateVerifyContext(fp, buf,
+                                                SIGNATURE_BLOCK_OFFSET +
+                                                sizeof(uint32_t),
+                                                signatureHandles,
+                                                signatureCount,
+                                                "signature block"))) {
+    goto failure;
+  }
+
+  /* Read the signature block */
+  for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; i++) {
+    /* Get the signature algorithm ID */
+    if (CryptoX_Failed(ReadAndUpdateVerifyContext(fp,
+                                                  &buf,
+                                                  sizeof(uint32_t),
+                                                  signatureHandles,
+                                                  signatureCount,
+                                                  "signature algorithm ID"))) {
+      goto failure;
+    }
+
+    if (CryptoX_Failed(ReadAndUpdateVerifyContext(fp,
+                                                  &signatureLengths[i],
+                                                  sizeof(uint32_t),
+                                                  signatureHandles,
+                                                  signatureCount,
+                                                  "signature length"))) {
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    signatureLengths[i] = ntohl(signatureLengths[i]);
+    if (signatureLengths[i] > MAX_SIGNATURE_LENGTH) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Embedded signature length is too large.\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+
+    /* Skip past the signature itself as those are not included */
+    if (fseeko(fp, signatureLengths[i], SEEK_CUR)) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Could not seek past signature.\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Read the rest of the file after the signature block */
+  while (!feof(fp)) {
+    int numRead = fread(buf, 1, BLOCKSIZE , fp);
+    if (ferror(fp)) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Error reading data block.\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+
+    for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; i++) {
+      if (CryptoX_Failed(CryptoX_VerifyUpdate(&signatureHandles[i],
+                                              buf, numRead))) {
+        fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Error updating verify context with"
+                        " data block.\n");
+        goto failure;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Verify the signatures */
+  for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; i++) {
+    if (CryptoX_Failed(CryptoX_VerifySignature(&signatureHandles[i],
+                                               &keys[i],
+                                               extractedSignatures[i],
+                                               signatureLengths[i]))) {
+      fprintf(stderr, "ERROR: Error verifying signature.\n");
+      goto failure;
+    }
+    ++*numVerified;
+  }
+
+  rv = CryptoX_Success;
+failure:
+  for (i = 0; i < signatureCount; i++) {
+    CryptoX_FreeSignatureHandle(&signatureHandles[i]);
+  }
+
+  return rv;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/mbsdiff/bsdiff.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/mbsdiff/bsdiff.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..72bbcde18
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/mbsdiff/bsdiff.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,405 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+  bsdiff.c -- Binary patch generator.
+
+  Copyright 2003 Colin Percival
+
+  For the terms under which this work may be distributed, please see
+  the adjoining file "LICENSE".
+
+  ChangeLog:
+  2005-05-05 - Use the modified header struct from bspatch.h; use 32-bit
+               values throughout.
+                 --Benjamin Smedberg <benjamin@smedbergs.us>
+  2005-05-18 - Use the same CRC algorithm as bzip2, and leverage the CRC table
+               provided by libbz2.
+                 --Darin Fisher <darin@meer.net>
+*/
+
+#include "bspatch.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <io.h>
+#include <winsock2.h>
+#else
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include <arpa/inet.h>
+#define _O_BINARY 0
+#endif
+
+#undef MIN
+#define MIN(x,y) (((x)<(y)) ? (x) : (y))
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* This variable lives in libbz2.  It's declared in bzlib_private.h, so we just
+ * declare it here to avoid including that entire header file.
+ */
+extern "C"  unsigned int BZ2_crc32Table[256];
+
+static unsigned int
+crc32(const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len)
+{
+    unsigned int crc = 0xffffffffL;
+
+    const unsigned char *end = buf + len;
+    for (; buf != end; ++buf)
+        crc = (crc << 8) ^ BZ2_crc32Table[(crc >> 24) ^ *buf];
+
+    crc = ~crc;
+    return crc;
+}
+
+/*---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void
+reporterr(int e, const char *fmt, ...)
+{
+    if (fmt) {
+        va_list args;
+        va_start(args, fmt);
+        vfprintf(stderr, fmt, args);
+        va_end(args);
+    }
+
+    exit(e);
+}
+
+static void
+split(int32_t *I,int32_t *V,int32_t start,int32_t len,int32_t h)
+{
+    int32_t i,j,k,x,tmp,jj,kk;
+
+    if(len<16) {
+        for(k=start;k<start+len;k+=j) {
+            j=1;x=V[I[k]+h];
+            for(i=1;k+i<start+len;i++) {
+                if(V[I[k+i]+h]<x) {
+                    x=V[I[k+i]+h];
+                    j=0;
+                };
+                if(V[I[k+i]+h]==x) {
+                    tmp=I[k+j];I[k+j]=I[k+i];I[k+i]=tmp;
+                    j++;
+                };
+            };
+            for(i=0;i<j;i++) V[I[k+i]]=k+j-1;
+            if(j==1) I[k]=-1;
+        };
+        return;
+    };
+
+    x=V[I[start+len/2]+h];
+    jj=0;kk=0;
+    for(i=start;i<start+len;i++) {
+        if(V[I[i]+h]<x) jj++;
+        if(V[I[i]+h]==x) kk++;
+    };
+    jj+=start;kk+=jj;
+
+    i=start;j=0;k=0;
+    while(i<jj) {
+        if(V[I[i]+h]<x) {
+            i++;
+        } else if(V[I[i]+h]==x) {
+            tmp=I[i];I[i]=I[jj+j];I[jj+j]=tmp;
+            j++;
+        } else {
+            tmp=I[i];I[i]=I[kk+k];I[kk+k]=tmp;
+            k++;
+        };
+    };
+
+    while(jj+j<kk) {
+        if(V[I[jj+j]+h]==x) {
+            j++;
+        } else {
+            tmp=I[jj+j];I[jj+j]=I[kk+k];I[kk+k]=tmp;
+            k++;
+        };
+    };
+
+    if(jj>start) split(I,V,start,jj-start,h);
+
+    for(i=0;i<kk-jj;i++) V[I[jj+i]]=kk-1;
+    if(jj==kk-1) I[jj]=-1;
+
+    if(start+len>kk) split(I,V,kk,start+len-kk,h);
+}
+
+static void
+qsufsort(int32_t *I,int32_t *V,unsigned char *old,int32_t oldsize)
+{
+    int32_t buckets[256];
+    int32_t i,h,len;
+
+    for(i=0;i<256;i++) buckets[i]=0;
+    for(i=0;i<oldsize;i++) buckets[old[i]]++;
+    for(i=1;i<256;i++) buckets[i]+=buckets[i-1];
+    for(i=255;i>0;i--) buckets[i]=buckets[i-1];
+    buckets[0]=0;
+
+    for(i=0;i<oldsize;i++) I[++buckets[old[i]]]=i;
+    I[0]=oldsize;
+    for(i=0;i<oldsize;i++) V[i]=buckets[old[i]];
+    V[oldsize]=0;
+    for(i=1;i<256;i++) if(buckets[i]==buckets[i-1]+1) I[buckets[i]]=-1;
+    I[0]=-1;
+
+    for(h=1;I[0]!=-(oldsize+1);h+=h) {
+        len=0;
+        for(i=0;i<oldsize+1;) {
+            if(I[i]<0) {
+                len-=I[i];
+                i-=I[i];
+            } else {
+                if(len) I[i-len]=-len;
+                len=V[I[i]]+1-i;
+                split(I,V,i,len,h);
+                i+=len;
+                len=0;
+            };
+        };
+        if(len) I[i-len]=-len;
+    };
+
+    for(i=0;i<oldsize+1;i++) I[V[i]]=i;
+}
+
+static int32_t
+matchlen(unsigned char *old,int32_t oldsize,unsigned char *newbuf,int32_t newsize)
+{
+    int32_t i;
+
+    for(i=0;(i<oldsize)&&(i<newsize);i++)
+        if(old[i]!=newbuf[i]) break;
+
+    return i;
+}
+
+static int32_t
+search(int32_t *I,unsigned char *old,int32_t oldsize,
+       unsigned char *newbuf,int32_t newsize,int32_t st,int32_t en,int32_t *pos)
+{
+    int32_t x,y;
+
+    if(en-st<2) {
+        x=matchlen(old+I[st],oldsize-I[st],newbuf,newsize);
+        y=matchlen(old+I[en],oldsize-I[en],newbuf,newsize);
+
+        if(x>y) {
+            *pos=I[st];
+            return x;
+        } else {
+            *pos=I[en];
+            return y;
+        }
+    };
+
+    x=st+(en-st)/2;
+    if(memcmp(old+I[x],newbuf,MIN(oldsize-I[x],newsize))<0) {
+        return search(I,old,oldsize,newbuf,newsize,x,en,pos);
+    } else {
+        return search(I,old,oldsize,newbuf,newsize,st,x,pos);
+    };
+}
+
+int main(int argc,char *argv[])
+{
+    int fd;
+    unsigned char *old = nullptr,*newbuf = nullptr;
+    int32_t oldsize = 0, newsize = 0;
+    int32_t *I = nullptr,*V = nullptr;
+
+    int32_t scan,pos = 0,len;
+    int32_t lastscan,lastpos,lastoffset;
+    int32_t oldscore,scsc;
+
+    int32_t s,Sf,lenf,Sb,lenb;
+    int32_t overlap,Ss,lens;
+    int32_t i;
+
+    int32_t dblen,eblen;
+    unsigned char *db,*eb = nullptr;
+
+    unsigned int scrc;
+
+    MBSPatchHeader header = {
+        {'M','B','D','I','F','F','1','0'},
+        0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0
+    };
+
+    uint32_t numtriples;
+
+    if(argc!=4)
+        reporterr(1,"usage: %s <oldfile> <newfile> <patchfile>\n",argv[0]);
+
+    /* Allocate oldsize+1 bytes instead of oldsize bytes to ensure
+        that we never try to malloc(0) and get a NULL pointer */
+    if(((fd=open(argv[1],O_RDONLY|_O_BINARY,0))<0) ||
+        ((oldsize=lseek(fd,0,SEEK_END))==-1) ||
+        ((old=(unsigned char*) malloc(oldsize+1))==NULL) ||
+        (lseek(fd,0,SEEK_SET)!=0) ||
+        (read(fd,old,oldsize)!=oldsize) ||
+        (close(fd)==-1))
+        reporterr(1,"%s\n",argv[1]);
+
+    scrc = crc32(old, oldsize);
+
+    if(((I=(int32_t*) malloc((oldsize+1)*sizeof(int32_t)))==NULL) ||
+        ((V=(int32_t*) malloc((oldsize+1)*sizeof(int32_t)))==NULL))
+        reporterr(1,NULL);
+
+    qsufsort(I,V,old,oldsize);
+
+    free(V);
+
+    /* Allocate newsize+1 bytes instead of newsize bytes to ensure
+        that we never try to malloc(0) and get a NULL pointer */
+    if(((fd=open(argv[2],O_RDONLY|_O_BINARY,0))<0) ||
+        ((newsize=lseek(fd,0,SEEK_END))==-1) ||
+        ((newbuf=(unsigned char*) malloc(newsize+1))==NULL) ||
+        (lseek(fd,0,SEEK_SET)!=0) ||
+        (read(fd,newbuf,newsize)!=newsize) ||
+        (close(fd)==-1)) reporterr(1,"%s\n",argv[2]);
+
+    if(((db=(unsigned char*) malloc(newsize+1))==NULL) ||
+        ((eb=(unsigned char*) malloc(newsize+1))==NULL))
+        reporterr(1,NULL);
+
+    dblen=0;
+    eblen=0;
+
+    if((fd=open(argv[3],O_CREAT|O_TRUNC|O_WRONLY|_O_BINARY,0666))<0)
+        reporterr(1,"%s\n",argv[3]);
+
+    /* start writing here */
+
+    /* We don't know the lengths yet, so we will write the header again
+         at the end */
+
+    if(write(fd,&header,sizeof(MBSPatchHeader))!=sizeof(MBSPatchHeader))
+        reporterr(1,"%s\n",argv[3]);
+
+    scan=0;len=0;
+    lastscan=0;lastpos=0;lastoffset=0;
+    numtriples = 0;
+    while(scan<newsize) {
+        oldscore=0;
+
+        for(scsc=scan+=len;scan<newsize;scan++) {
+            len=search(I,old,oldsize,newbuf+scan,newsize-scan,
+                    0,oldsize,&pos);
+
+            for(;scsc<scan+len;scsc++)
+            if((scsc+lastoffset<oldsize) &&
+                (old[scsc+lastoffset] == newbuf[scsc]))
+                oldscore++;
+
+            if(((len==oldscore) && (len!=0)) ||
+                (len>oldscore+8)) break;
+
+            if((scan+lastoffset<oldsize) &&
+                (old[scan+lastoffset] == newbuf[scan]))
+                oldscore--;
+        };
+
+        if((len!=oldscore) || (scan==newsize)) {
+            MBSPatchTriple triple;
+
+            s=0;Sf=0;lenf=0;
+            for(i=0;(lastscan+i<scan)&&(lastpos+i<oldsize);) {
+                if(old[lastpos+i]==newbuf[lastscan+i]) s++;
+                i++;
+                if(s*2-i>Sf*2-lenf) { Sf=s; lenf=i; };
+            };
+
+            lenb=0;
+            if(scan<newsize) {
+                s=0;Sb=0;
+                for(i=1;(scan>=lastscan+i)&&(pos>=i);i++) {
+                    if(old[pos-i]==newbuf[scan-i]) s++;
+                    if(s*2-i>Sb*2-lenb) { Sb=s; lenb=i; };
+                };
+            };
+
+            if(lastscan+lenf>scan-lenb) {
+                overlap=(lastscan+lenf)-(scan-lenb);
+                s=0;Ss=0;lens=0;
+                for(i=0;i<overlap;i++) {
+                    if(newbuf[lastscan+lenf-overlap+i]==
+                       old[lastpos+lenf-overlap+i]) s++;
+                    if(newbuf[scan-lenb+i]==
+                       old[pos-lenb+i]) s--;
+                    if(s>Ss) { Ss=s; lens=i+1; };
+                };
+
+                lenf+=lens-overlap;
+                lenb-=lens;
+            };
+
+            for(i=0;i<lenf;i++)
+                db[dblen+i]=newbuf[lastscan+i]-old[lastpos+i];
+            for(i=0;i<(scan-lenb)-(lastscan+lenf);i++)
+                eb[eblen+i]=newbuf[lastscan+lenf+i];
+
+            dblen+=lenf;
+            eblen+=(scan-lenb)-(lastscan+lenf);
+
+            triple.x = htonl(lenf);
+            triple.y = htonl((scan-lenb)-(lastscan+lenf));
+            triple.z = htonl((pos-lenb)-(lastpos+lenf));
+            if (write(fd,&triple,sizeof(triple)) != sizeof(triple))
+                reporterr(1,NULL);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bsmedberg
+            printf("Writing a block:\n"
+                   "    X: %u\n"
+                   "    Y: %u\n"
+                   "    Z: %i\n",
+                   (uint32_t) lenf,
+                   (uint32_t) ((scan-lenb)-(lastscan+lenf)),
+                   (uint32_t) ((pos-lenb)-(lastpos+lenf)));
+#endif
+
+            ++numtriples;
+
+            lastscan=scan-lenb;
+            lastpos=pos-lenb;
+            lastoffset=pos-scan;
+        };
+    };
+
+    if(write(fd,db,dblen)!=dblen)
+        reporterr(1,NULL);
+
+    if(write(fd,eb,eblen)!=eblen)
+        reporterr(1,NULL);
+
+    header.slen    = htonl(oldsize);
+    header.scrc32    = htonl(scrc);
+    header.dlen    = htonl(newsize);
+    header.cblen    = htonl(numtriples * sizeof(MBSPatchTriple));
+    header.difflen    = htonl(dblen);
+    header.extralen = htonl(eblen);
+
+    if (lseek(fd,0,SEEK_SET) == -1 ||
+        write(fd,&header,sizeof(header)) != sizeof(header) ||
+        close(fd) == -1)
+        reporterr(1,NULL);
+
+    free(db);
+    free(eb);
+    free(I);
+    free(old);
+    free(newbuf);
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab: */
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/certificatecheck.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/certificatecheck.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..58d70162f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/certificatecheck.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,292 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <softpub.h>
+#include <wintrust.h>
+
+#include "certificatecheck.hxx"
+#include "servicebase.hxx"
+
+#pragma comment(lib, "wintrust.lib")
+#pragma comment(lib, "crypt32.lib")
+
+static const int ENCODING = X509_ASN_ENCODING | PKCS_7_ASN_ENCODING;
+
+/**
+ * Checks to see if a file stored at filePath matches the specified info.
+ *
+ * @param  filePath    The PE file path to check
+ * @param  infoToMatch The acceptable information to match
+ * @return ERROR_SUCCESS if successful, ERROR_NOT_FOUND if the info
+ *         does not match, or the last error otherwise.
+ */
+DWORD
+CheckCertificateForPEFile(LPCWSTR filePath,
+                          CertificateCheckInfo &infoToMatch)
+{
+    HCERTSTORE certStore = nullptr;
+    HCRYPTMSG cryptMsg = nullptr;
+    PCCERT_CONTEXT certContext = nullptr;
+    PCMSG_SIGNER_INFO signerInfo = nullptr;
+    DWORD lastError = ERROR_SUCCESS;
+
+    // Get the HCERTSTORE and HCRYPTMSG from the signed file.
+    DWORD encoding, contentType, formatType;
+    BOOL result = CryptQueryObject(CERT_QUERY_OBJECT_FILE,
+                                   filePath,
+                                   CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_PKCS7_SIGNED_EMBED,
+                                   CERT_QUERY_CONTENT_FLAG_ALL,
+                                   0, &encoding, &contentType,
+                                   &formatType, &certStore, &cryptMsg, nullptr);
+    if (!result)
+    {
+        lastError = GetLastError();
+        LOG_WARN(("CryptQueryObject failed.  (%d)", lastError));
+        goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+    // Pass in nullptr to get the needed signer information size.
+    DWORD signerInfoSize;
+    result = CryptMsgGetParam(cryptMsg, CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_PARAM, 0,
+                              nullptr, &signerInfoSize);
+    if (!result)
+    {
+        lastError = GetLastError();
+        LOG_WARN(("CryptMsgGetParam failed.  (%d)", lastError));
+        goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+    // Allocate the needed size for the signer information.
+    signerInfo = (PCMSG_SIGNER_INFO)LocalAlloc(LPTR, signerInfoSize);
+    if (!signerInfo)
+    {
+        lastError = GetLastError();
+        LOG_WARN(("Unable to allocate memory for Signer Info.  (%d)", lastError));
+        goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+    // Get the signer information (PCMSG_SIGNER_INFO).
+    // In particular we want the issuer and serial number.
+    result = CryptMsgGetParam(cryptMsg, CMSG_SIGNER_INFO_PARAM, 0,
+                              (PVOID)signerInfo, &signerInfoSize);
+    if (!result)
+    {
+        lastError = GetLastError();
+        LOG_WARN(("CryptMsgGetParam failed.  (%d)", lastError));
+        goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+    // Search for the signer certificate in the certificate store.
+    CERT_INFO certInfo;
+    certInfo.Issuer = signerInfo->Issuer;
+    certInfo.SerialNumber = signerInfo->SerialNumber;
+    certContext = CertFindCertificateInStore(certStore, ENCODING, 0,
+                  CERT_FIND_SUBJECT_CERT,
+                  (PVOID)&certInfo, nullptr);
+    if (!certContext)
+    {
+        lastError = GetLastError();
+        LOG_WARN(("CertFindCertificateInStore failed.  (%d)", lastError));
+        goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+    if (!DoCertificateAttributesMatch(certContext, infoToMatch))
+    {
+        lastError = ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
+        LOG_WARN(("Certificate did not match issuer or name.  (%d)", lastError));
+        goto cleanup;
+    }
+
+cleanup:
+    if (signerInfo)
+    {
+        LocalFree(signerInfo);
+    }
+    if (certContext)
+    {
+        CertFreeCertificateContext(certContext);
+    }
+    if (certStore)
+    {
+        CertCloseStore(certStore, 0);
+    }
+    if (cryptMsg)
+    {
+        CryptMsgClose(cryptMsg);
+    }
+    return lastError;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Checks to see if a file stored at filePath matches the specified info.
+ *
+ * @param  certContext  The certificate context of the file
+ * @param  infoToMatch  The acceptable information to match
+ * @return FALSE if the info does not match or if any error occurs in the check
+ */
+BOOL
+DoCertificateAttributesMatch(PCCERT_CONTEXT certContext,
+                             CertificateCheckInfo &infoToMatch)
+{
+    DWORD dwData;
+    LPTSTR szName = nullptr;
+
+    if (infoToMatch.issuer)
+    {
+        // Pass in nullptr to get the needed size of the issuer buffer.
+        dwData = CertGetNameString(certContext,
+                                   CERT_NAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_TYPE,
+                                   CERT_NAME_ISSUER_FLAG, nullptr,
+                                   nullptr, 0);
+
+        if (!dwData)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("CertGetNameString failed.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // Allocate memory for Issuer name buffer.
+        LPTSTR szName = (LPTSTR)LocalAlloc(LPTR, dwData * sizeof(WCHAR));
+        if (!szName)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Unable to allocate memory for issuer name.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // Get Issuer name.
+        if (!CertGetNameString(certContext, CERT_NAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_TYPE,
+                               CERT_NAME_ISSUER_FLAG, nullptr, szName, dwData))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("CertGetNameString failed.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+            LocalFree(szName);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // If the issuer does not match, return a failure.
+        if (!infoToMatch.issuer ||
+                wcscmp(szName, infoToMatch.issuer))
+        {
+            LocalFree(szName);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        LocalFree(szName);
+        szName = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if (infoToMatch.name)
+    {
+        // Pass in nullptr to get the needed size of the name buffer.
+        dwData = CertGetNameString(certContext, CERT_NAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_TYPE,
+                                   0, nullptr, nullptr, 0);
+        if (!dwData)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("CertGetNameString failed.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // Allocate memory for the name buffer.
+        szName = (LPTSTR)LocalAlloc(LPTR, dwData * sizeof(WCHAR));
+        if (!szName)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Unable to allocate memory for subject name.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // Obtain the name.
+        if (!(CertGetNameString(certContext, CERT_NAME_SIMPLE_DISPLAY_TYPE, 0,
+                                nullptr, szName, dwData)))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("CertGetNameString failed.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+            LocalFree(szName);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // If the issuer does not match, return a failure.
+        if (!infoToMatch.name ||
+                wcscmp(szName, infoToMatch.name))
+        {
+            LocalFree(szName);
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // We have a match!
+        LocalFree(szName);
+    }
+
+    // If there were any errors we would have aborted by now.
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Duplicates the specified string
+ *
+ * @param  inputString The string to duplicate
+ * @return The duplicated string which should be freed by the caller.
+ */
+LPWSTR
+AllocateAndCopyWideString(LPCWSTR inputString)
+{
+    LPWSTR outputString =
+        (LPWSTR)LocalAlloc(LPTR, (wcslen(inputString) + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    if (outputString)
+    {
+        lstrcpyW(outputString, inputString);
+    }
+    return outputString;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Verifies the trust of the specified file path.
+ *
+ * @param  filePath  The file path to check.
+ * @return ERROR_SUCCESS if successful, or the last error code otherwise.
+ */
+DWORD
+VerifyCertificateTrustForFile(LPCWSTR filePath)
+{
+    // Setup the file to check.
+    WINTRUST_FILE_INFO fileToCheck;
+    ZeroMemory(&fileToCheck, sizeof(fileToCheck));
+    fileToCheck.cbStruct = sizeof(WINTRUST_FILE_INFO);
+    fileToCheck.pcwszFilePath = filePath;
+
+    // Setup what to check, we want to check it is signed and trusted.
+    WINTRUST_DATA trustData;
+    ZeroMemory(&trustData, sizeof(trustData));
+    trustData.cbStruct = sizeof(trustData);
+    trustData.pPolicyCallbackData = nullptr;
+    trustData.pSIPClientData = nullptr;
+    trustData.dwUIChoice = WTD_UI_NONE;
+    trustData.fdwRevocationChecks = WTD_REVOKE_NONE;
+    trustData.dwUnionChoice = WTD_CHOICE_FILE;
+    trustData.dwStateAction = 0;
+    trustData.hWVTStateData = nullptr;
+    trustData.pwszURLReference = nullptr;
+    // no UI
+    trustData.dwUIContext = 0;
+    trustData.pFile = &fileToCheck;
+
+    GUID policyGUID = WINTRUST_ACTION_GENERIC_VERIFY_V2;
+    // Check if the file is signed by something that is trusted.
+    LONG ret = WinVerifyTrust(nullptr, &policyGUID, &trustData);
+    if (ERROR_SUCCESS == ret)
+    {
+        // The hash that represents the subject is trusted and there were no
+        // verification errors.  No publisher nor time stamp chain errors.
+        LOG(("The file \"%ls\" is signed and the signature was verified.",
+             filePath));
+        return ERROR_SUCCESS;
+    }
+
+    DWORD lastError = GetLastError();
+    LOG_WARN(("There was an error validating trust of the certificate for file"
+              " \"%ls\". Returned: %d.  (%d)", filePath, ret, lastError));
+    return ret;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/certificatecheck.hxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/certificatecheck.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1efbcb153
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/certificatecheck.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _CERTIFICATECHECK_H_
+#define _CERTIFICATECHECK_H_
+
+#include <wincrypt.h>
+
+struct CertificateCheckInfo
+{
+    LPCWSTR name;
+    LPCWSTR issuer;
+};
+
+BOOL DoCertificateAttributesMatch(PCCERT_CONTEXT pCertContext,
+                                  CertificateCheckInfo &infoToMatch);
+DWORD VerifyCertificateTrustForFile(LPCWSTR filePath);
+DWORD CheckCertificateForPEFile(LPCWSTR filePath,
+                                CertificateCheckInfo &infoToMatch);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/maintenanceservice.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/maintenanceservice.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..da324de54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/maintenanceservice.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,438 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <shlwapi.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <shlobj.h>
+
+#include "serviceinstall.hxx"
+#include "maintenanceservice.hxx"
+#include "servicebase.hxx"
+#include "workmonitor.hxx"
+#include "uachelper.h"
+#include "updatehelper.h"
+
+// Link w/ subsystem window so we don't get a console when executing
+// this binary through the installer.
+#pragma comment(linker, "/SUBSYSTEM:windows")
+
+SERVICE_STATUS gSvcStatus = { 0 };
+SERVICE_STATUS_HANDLE gSvcStatusHandle = nullptr;
+HANDLE gWorkDoneEvent = nullptr;
+HANDLE gThread = nullptr;
+bool gServiceControlStopping = false;
+
+// logs are pretty small, about 20 lines, so 10 seems reasonable.
+#define LOGS_TO_KEEP 10
+
+BOOL GetLogDirectoryPath(WCHAR *path);
+
+int
+wmain(int argc, WCHAR **argv)
+{
+    if (argc < 2)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("missing mandatory command line argument"));
+        return 1;
+    }
+    // If command-line parameter is "install", install the service
+    // or upgrade if already installed
+    // If command line parameter is "forceinstall", install the service
+    // even if it is older than what is already installed.
+    // If command-line parameter is "upgrade", upgrade the service
+    // but do not install it if it is not already installed.
+    // If command line parameter is "uninstall", uninstall the service.
+    // Otherwise, the service is probably being started by the SCM.
+    bool forceInstall = !lstrcmpi(argv[1], L"forceinstall");
+    if (!lstrcmpi(argv[1], L"install") || forceInstall)
+    {
+        WCHAR updatePath[MAX_PATH + 1];
+        if (GetLogDirectoryPath(updatePath))
+        {
+            LogInit(updatePath, L"maintenanceservice-install.log");
+        }
+
+        SvcInstallAction action = InstallSvc;
+        if (forceInstall)
+        {
+            action = ForceInstallSvc;
+            LOG(("Installing service with force specified..."));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            LOG(("Installing service..."));
+        }
+
+        bool ret = SvcInstall(action);
+        if (!ret)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not install service.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+            LogFinish();
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+        LOG(("The service was installed successfully"));
+        LogFinish();
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (!lstrcmpi(argv[1], L"upgrade"))
+    {
+        WCHAR updatePath[MAX_PATH + 1];
+        if (GetLogDirectoryPath(updatePath))
+        {
+            LogInit(updatePath, L"maintenanceservice-install.log");
+        }
+
+        LOG(("Upgrading service if installed..."));
+        if (!SvcInstall(UpgradeSvc))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not upgrade service.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+            LogFinish();
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+        LOG(("The service was upgraded successfully"));
+        LogFinish();
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (!lstrcmpi(argv[1], L"uninstall"))
+    {
+        WCHAR updatePath[MAX_PATH + 1];
+        if (GetLogDirectoryPath(updatePath))
+        {
+            LogInit(updatePath, L"maintenanceservice-uninstall.log");
+        }
+        LOG(("Uninstalling service..."));
+        if (!SvcUninstall())
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not uninstall service.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+            LogFinish();
+            return 1;
+        }
+        LOG(("The service was uninstalled successfully"));
+        LogFinish();
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    SERVICE_TABLE_ENTRYW DispatchTable[] =
+    {
+        { SVC_NAME, (LPSERVICE_MAIN_FUNCTIONW) SvcMain },
+        { nullptr, nullptr }
+    };
+
+    // This call returns when the service has stopped.
+    // The process should simply terminate when the call returns.
+    if (!StartServiceCtrlDispatcherW(DispatchTable))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("StartServiceCtrlDispatcher failed.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Obtains the base path where logs should be stored
+ *
+ * @param  path The out buffer for the backup log path of size MAX_PATH + 1
+ * @return TRUE if successful.
+ */
+BOOL
+GetLogDirectoryPath(WCHAR *path)
+{
+    HRESULT hr = SHGetFolderPathW(nullptr, CSIDL_COMMON_APPDATA, nullptr,
+                                  SHGFP_TYPE_CURRENT, path);
+    if (FAILED(hr))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(path, L"Mozilla"))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    // The directory should already be created from the installer, but
+    // just to be safe in case someone deletes.
+    CreateDirectoryW(path, nullptr);
+
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(path, L"logs"))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    CreateDirectoryW(path, nullptr);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Calculated a backup path based on the log number.
+ *
+ * @param  path      The out buffer to store the log path of size MAX_PATH + 1
+ * @param  basePath  The base directory where the calculated path should go
+ * @param  logNumber The log number, 0 == updater.log
+ * @return TRUE if successful.
+ */
+BOOL
+GetBackupLogPath(LPWSTR path, LPCWSTR basePath, int logNumber)
+{
+    WCHAR logName[64] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(path, basePath, sizeof(logName) / sizeof(logName[0]) - 1);
+    if (logNumber <= 0)
+    {
+        swprintf(logName, sizeof(logName) / sizeof(logName[0]),
+                 L"maintenanceservice.log");
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        swprintf(logName, sizeof(logName) / sizeof(logName[0]),
+                 L"maintenanceservice-%d.log", logNumber);
+    }
+    return PathAppendSafe(path, logName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Moves the old log files out of the way before a new one is written.
+ * If you for example keep 3 logs, then this function will do:
+ *   updater2.log -> updater3.log
+ *   updater1.log -> updater2.log
+ *   updater.log -> updater1.log
+ * Which clears room for a new updater.log in the basePath directory
+ *
+ * @param basePath      The base directory path where log files are stored
+ * @param numLogsToKeep The number of logs to keep
+ */
+void
+BackupOldLogs(LPCWSTR basePath, int numLogsToKeep)
+{
+    WCHAR oldPath[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    WCHAR newPath[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    for (int i = numLogsToKeep; i >= 1; i--)
+    {
+        if (!GetBackupLogPath(oldPath, basePath, i -1))
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        if (!GetBackupLogPath(newPath, basePath, i))
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        if (!MoveFileExW(oldPath, newPath, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING))
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Ensures the service is shutdown once all work is complete.
+ * There is an issue on XP SP2 and below where the service can hang
+ * in a stop pending state even though the SCM is notified of a stopped
+ * state.  Control *should* be returned to StartServiceCtrlDispatcher from the
+ * call to SetServiceStatus on a stopped state in the wmain thread.
+ * Sometimes this is not the case though. This thread will terminate the process
+ * if it has been 5 seconds after all work is done and the process is still not
+ * terminated.  This thread is only started once a stopped state was sent to the
+ * SCM. The stop pending hang can be reproduced intermittently even if you set
+ * a stopped state directly and never set a stop pending state. It is safe to
+ * forcefully terminate the process ourselves since all work is done once we
+ * start this thread.
+*/
+DWORD WINAPI
+EnsureProcessTerminatedThread(LPVOID)
+{
+    Sleep(5000);
+    exit(0);
+}
+
+void
+StartTerminationThread()
+{
+    // If the process does not self terminate like it should, this thread
+    // will terminate the process after 5 seconds.
+    HANDLE thread = CreateThread(nullptr, 0, EnsureProcessTerminatedThread,
+                                 nullptr, 0, nullptr);
+    if (thread)
+    {
+        CloseHandle(thread);
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Main entry point when running as a service.
+ */
+void WINAPI
+SvcMain(DWORD argc, LPWSTR *argv)
+{
+    // Setup logging, and backup the old logs
+    WCHAR updatePath[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    if (GetLogDirectoryPath(updatePath))
+    {
+        BackupOldLogs(updatePath, LOGS_TO_KEEP);
+        LogInit(updatePath, L"maintenanceservice.log");
+    }
+
+    // Disable every privilege we don't need. Processes started using
+    // CreateProcess will use the same token as this process.
+    UACHelper::DisablePrivileges(nullptr);
+
+    // Register the handler function for the service
+    gSvcStatusHandle = RegisterServiceCtrlHandlerW(SVC_NAME, SvcCtrlHandler);
+    if (!gSvcStatusHandle)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("RegisterServiceCtrlHandler failed.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        ExecuteServiceCommand(argc, argv);
+        LogFinish();
+        exit(1);
+    }
+
+    // These values will be re-used later in calls involving gSvcStatus
+    gSvcStatus.dwServiceType = SERVICE_WIN32_OWN_PROCESS;
+    gSvcStatus.dwServiceSpecificExitCode = 0;
+
+    // Report initial status to the SCM
+    ReportSvcStatus(SERVICE_START_PENDING, NO_ERROR, 3000);
+
+    // This event will be used to tell the SvcCtrlHandler when the work is
+    // done for when a stop command is manually issued.
+    gWorkDoneEvent = CreateEvent(nullptr, TRUE, FALSE, nullptr);
+    if (!gWorkDoneEvent)
+    {
+        ReportSvcStatus(SERVICE_STOPPED, 1, 0);
+        StartTerminationThread();
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Initialization complete and we're about to start working on
+    // the actual command.  Report the service state as running to the SCM.
+    ReportSvcStatus(SERVICE_RUNNING, NO_ERROR, 0);
+
+    // The service command was executed, stop logging and set an event
+    // to indicate the work is done in case someone is waiting on a
+    // service stop operation.
+    ExecuteServiceCommand(argc, argv);
+    LogFinish();
+
+    SetEvent(gWorkDoneEvent);
+
+    // If we aren't already in a stopping state then tell the SCM we're stopped
+    // now.  If we are already in a stopping state then the SERVICE_STOPPED state
+    // will be set by the SvcCtrlHandler.
+    if (!gServiceControlStopping)
+    {
+        ReportSvcStatus(SERVICE_STOPPED, NO_ERROR, 0);
+        StartTerminationThread();
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets the current service status and reports it to the SCM.
+ *
+ * @param currentState  The current state (see SERVICE_STATUS)
+ * @param exitCode      The system error code
+ * @param waitHint      Estimated time for pending operation in milliseconds
+ */
+void
+ReportSvcStatus(DWORD currentState,
+                DWORD exitCode,
+                DWORD waitHint)
+{
+    static DWORD dwCheckPoint = 1;
+
+    gSvcStatus.dwCurrentState = currentState;
+    gSvcStatus.dwWin32ExitCode = exitCode;
+    gSvcStatus.dwWaitHint = waitHint;
+
+    if (SERVICE_START_PENDING == currentState ||
+            SERVICE_STOP_PENDING == currentState)
+    {
+        gSvcStatus.dwControlsAccepted = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        gSvcStatus.dwControlsAccepted = SERVICE_ACCEPT_STOP |
+                                        SERVICE_ACCEPT_SHUTDOWN;
+    }
+
+    if ((SERVICE_RUNNING == currentState) ||
+            (SERVICE_STOPPED == currentState))
+    {
+        gSvcStatus.dwCheckPoint = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        gSvcStatus.dwCheckPoint = dwCheckPoint++;
+    }
+
+    // Report the status of the service to the SCM.
+    SetServiceStatus(gSvcStatusHandle, &gSvcStatus);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Since the SvcCtrlHandler should only spend at most 30 seconds before
+ * returning, this function does the service stop work for the SvcCtrlHandler.
+*/
+DWORD WINAPI
+StopServiceAndWaitForCommandThread(LPVOID)
+{
+    do
+    {
+        ReportSvcStatus(SERVICE_STOP_PENDING, NO_ERROR, 1000);
+    }
+    while (WaitForSingleObject(gWorkDoneEvent, 100) == WAIT_TIMEOUT);
+    CloseHandle(gWorkDoneEvent);
+    gWorkDoneEvent = nullptr;
+    ReportSvcStatus(SERVICE_STOPPED, NO_ERROR, 0);
+    StartTerminationThread();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Called by SCM whenever a control code is sent to the service
+ * using the ControlService function.
+ */
+void WINAPI
+SvcCtrlHandler(DWORD dwCtrl)
+{
+    // After a SERVICE_CONTROL_STOP there should be no more commands sent to
+    // the SvcCtrlHandler.
+    if (gServiceControlStopping)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+
+    // Handle the requested control code.
+    switch (dwCtrl)
+    {
+        case SERVICE_CONTROL_SHUTDOWN:
+        case SERVICE_CONTROL_STOP:
+        {
+            gServiceControlStopping = true;
+            ReportSvcStatus(SERVICE_STOP_PENDING, NO_ERROR, 1000);
+
+            // The SvcCtrlHandler thread should not spend more than 30 seconds in
+            // shutdown so we spawn a new thread for stopping the service
+            HANDLE thread = CreateThread(nullptr, 0,
+                                         StopServiceAndWaitForCommandThread,
+                                         nullptr, 0, nullptr);
+            if (thread)
+            {
+                CloseHandle(thread);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Couldn't start the thread so just call the stop ourselves.
+                // If it happens to take longer than 30 seconds the caller will
+                // get an error.
+                StopServiceAndWaitForCommandThread(nullptr);
+            }
+        }
+        break;
+        default:
+            break;
+    }
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/maintenanceservice.hxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/maintenanceservice.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..af5db9e29
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/maintenanceservice.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+void WINAPI SvcMain(DWORD dwArgc, LPWSTR *lpszArgv);
+void SvcInit(DWORD dwArgc, LPWSTR *lpszArgv);
+void WINAPI SvcCtrlHandler(DWORD dwCtrl);
+void ReportSvcStatus(DWORD dwCurrentState,
+                     DWORD dwWin32ExitCode,
+                     DWORD dwWaitHint);
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/registrycertificates.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/registrycertificates.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ea0905cea
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/registrycertificates.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <windows.h>
+
+#include <memory>
+
+#include "registrycertificates.hxx"
+#include "pathhash.h"
+#include "servicebase.hxx"
+#include "updatehelper.h"
+#define MAX_KEY_LENGTH 255
+
+namespace {
+
+struct AutoRegKey
+{
+    AutoRegKey(HKEY key):
+        mKey(key)
+    {
+    }
+
+    ~AutoRegKey()
+    {
+        releaseKey(mKey);
+    }
+
+    void releaseKey(HKEY key)
+    {
+        if (key != nullptr)
+        {
+            RegCloseKey(key);
+        }
+    }
+
+    HKEY mKey;
+
+    HKEY get()
+    {
+        return mKey;
+    }
+};
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Verifies if the file path matches any certificate stored in the registry.
+ *
+ * @param  filePath The file path of the application to check if allowed.
+ * @return TRUE if the binary matches any of the allowed certificates.
+ */
+BOOL
+DoesBinaryMatchAllowedCertificates(LPCWSTR basePathForUpdate, LPCWSTR filePath)
+{
+    WCHAR maintenanceServiceKey[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    if (!CalculateRegistryPathFromFilePath(basePathForUpdate,
+                                           maintenanceServiceKey))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // We use KEY_WOW64_64KEY to always force 64-bit view.
+    // The user may have both x86 and x64 applications installed
+    // which each register information.  We need a consistent place
+    // to put those certificate attributes in and hence why we always
+    // force the non redirected registry under Wow6432Node.
+    // This flag is ignored on 32bit systems.
+    HKEY baseKeyRaw;
+    LONG retCode = RegOpenKeyExW(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,
+                                 maintenanceServiceKey, 0,
+                                 KEY_READ | KEY_WOW64_64KEY, &baseKeyRaw);
+    if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not open key.  (%d)", retCode));
+        // Our tests run with a different apply directory for each test.
+        // We use this registry key on our test slaves to store the
+        // allowed name/issuers.
+        retCode = RegOpenKeyExW(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,
+                                TEST_ONLY_FALLBACK_KEY_PATH, 0,
+                                KEY_READ | KEY_WOW64_64KEY, &baseKeyRaw);
+        if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not open fallback key.  (%d)", retCode));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    AutoRegKey baseKey(baseKeyRaw);
+
+    // Get the number of subkeys.
+    DWORD subkeyCount = 0;
+    retCode = RegQueryInfoKeyW(baseKey.get(), nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, &subkeyCount,
+                               nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr,
+                               nullptr, nullptr);
+    if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not query info key.  (%d)", retCode));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Enumerate the subkeys, each subkey represents an allowed certificate.
+    for (DWORD i = 0; i < subkeyCount; i++)
+    {
+        WCHAR subkeyBuffer[MAX_KEY_LENGTH];
+        DWORD subkeyBufferCount = MAX_KEY_LENGTH;
+        retCode = RegEnumKeyExW(baseKey.get(), i, subkeyBuffer,
+                                &subkeyBufferCount, nullptr,
+                                nullptr, nullptr, nullptr);
+        if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not enum certs.  (%d)", retCode));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // Open the subkey for the current certificate
+        HKEY subKeyRaw;
+        retCode = RegOpenKeyExW(baseKey.get(),
+                                subkeyBuffer,
+                                0,
+                                KEY_READ | KEY_WOW64_64KEY,
+                                &subKeyRaw);
+        AutoRegKey subKey(subKeyRaw);
+        if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not open subkey.  (%d)", retCode));
+            continue; // Try the next subkey
+        }
+
+        const int MAX_CHAR_COUNT = 256;
+        DWORD valueBufSize = MAX_CHAR_COUNT * sizeof(WCHAR);
+        WCHAR name[MAX_CHAR_COUNT] = { L'\0' };
+        WCHAR issuer[MAX_CHAR_COUNT] = { L'\0' };
+
+        // Get the name from the registry
+        retCode = RegQueryValueExW(subKey.get(), L"name", 0, nullptr,
+                                   (LPBYTE)name, &valueBufSize);
+        if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not obtain name from registry.  (%d)", retCode));
+            continue; // Try the next subkey
+        }
+
+        // Get the issuer from the registry
+        valueBufSize = MAX_CHAR_COUNT * sizeof(WCHAR);
+        retCode = RegQueryValueExW(subKey.get(), L"issuer", 0, nullptr,
+                                   (LPBYTE)issuer, &valueBufSize);
+        if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not obtain issuer from registry.  (%d)", retCode));
+            continue; // Try the next subkey
+        }
+
+        CertificateCheckInfo allowedCertificate =
+        {
+            name,
+            issuer,
+        };
+
+        retCode = CheckCertificateForPEFile(filePath, allowedCertificate);
+        if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Error on certificate check.  (%d)", retCode));
+            continue; // Try the next subkey
+        }
+
+        retCode = VerifyCertificateTrustForFile(filePath);
+        if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Error on certificate trust check.  (%d)", retCode));
+            continue; // Try the next subkey
+        }
+
+        // Raise the roof, we found a match!
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    // No certificates match, :'(
+    return FALSE;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/registrycertificates.hxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/registrycertificates.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..858b05d7c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/registrycertificates.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _REGISTRYCERTIFICATES_H_
+#define _REGISTRYCERTIFICATES_H_
+
+#include "certificatecheck.hxx"
+
+BOOL DoesBinaryMatchAllowedCertificates(LPCWSTR basePathForUpdate,
+                                        LPCWSTR filePath);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/resource.hxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/resource.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f1a1c3836
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/resource.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+//{{NO_DEPENDENCIES}}
+// Microsoft Visual C++ generated include file.
+// Used by updater.rc
+//
+#define IDI_DIALOG                      1003
+
+// Next default values for new objects
+//
+#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+#ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+#define _APS_NEXT_RESOURCE_VALUE        102
+#define _APS_NEXT_COMMAND_VALUE         40001
+#define _APS_NEXT_CONTROL_VALUE         1003
+#define _APS_NEXT_SYMED_VALUE           101
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/servicebase.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/servicebase.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4fb632878
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/servicebase.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,97 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "servicebase.hxx"
+#include "windowsHelper.hxx"
+
+// Shared code between applications and updater.exe
+
+/**
+ * Verifies if 2 files are byte for byte equivalent.
+ *
+ * @param  file1Path   The first file to verify.
+ * @param  file2Path   The second file to verify.
+ * @param  sameContent Out parameter, TRUE if the files are equal
+ * @return TRUE If there was no error checking the files.
+ */
+BOOL
+VerifySameFiles(LPCWSTR file1Path, LPCWSTR file2Path, BOOL &sameContent)
+{
+    sameContent = FALSE;
+    AutoHandle file1(CreateFileW(file1Path, GENERIC_READ, FILE_SHARE_READ,
+                                 nullptr, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, nullptr));
+    if (file1 == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    AutoHandle file2(CreateFileW(file2Path, GENERIC_READ, FILE_SHARE_READ,
+                                 nullptr, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, nullptr));
+    if (file2 == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    DWORD fileSize1 = GetFileSize(file1.get(), nullptr);
+    DWORD fileSize2 = GetFileSize(file2.get(), nullptr);
+    if (INVALID_FILE_SIZE == fileSize1 || INVALID_FILE_SIZE == fileSize2)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (fileSize1 != fileSize2)
+    {
+        // sameContent is already set to FALSE
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    char buf1[COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE];
+    char buf2[COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE];
+    DWORD numBlocks = fileSize1 / COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE;
+    DWORD leftOver = fileSize1 % COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE;
+    DWORD readAmount;
+    for (DWORD i = 0; i < numBlocks; i++)
+    {
+        if (!ReadFile(file1.get(), buf1, COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE, &readAmount, nullptr) ||
+                readAmount != COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE)
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        if (!ReadFile(file2.get(), buf2, COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE, &readAmount, nullptr) ||
+                readAmount != COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE)
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        if (memcmp(buf1, buf2, COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE))
+        {
+            // sameContent is already set to FALSE
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (leftOver)
+    {
+        if (!ReadFile(file1.get(), buf1, leftOver, &readAmount, nullptr) ||
+                readAmount != leftOver)
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        if (!ReadFile(file2.get(), buf2, leftOver, &readAmount, nullptr) ||
+                readAmount != leftOver)
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        if (memcmp(buf1, buf2, leftOver))
+        {
+            // sameContent is already set to FALSE
+            return TRUE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    sameContent = TRUE;
+    return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/servicebase.hxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/servicebase.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..45375fbe5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/servicebase.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include "updatelogging.h"
+
+BOOL PathAppendSafe(LPWSTR base, LPCWSTR extra);
+BOOL VerifySameFiles(LPCWSTR file1Path, LPCWSTR file2Path, BOOL& sameContent);
+
+// 32KiB for comparing files at a time seems reasonable.
+// The bigger the better for speed, but this will be used
+// on the stack so I don't want it to be too big.
+#define COMPARE_BLOCKSIZE 32768
+
+// The following string resource value is used to uniquely identify the signed
+// Mozilla application as an updater.  Before the maintenance service will
+// execute the updater it must have this updater identity string in its string
+// table.  No other signed Mozilla product will have this string table value.
+#define UPDATER_IDENTITY_STRING "libreoffice-updater.exe-7bab28a0-0599-4f37-9efe-f7f8b71f05e3"
+#define IDS_UPDATER_IDENTITY 1006
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/serviceinstall.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/serviceinstall.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7d53d25cb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/serviceinstall.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,850 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <aclapi.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <shlwapi.h>
+
+// Used for DNLEN and UNLEN
+#include <lm.h>
+
+#include "serviceinstall.hxx"
+#include "servicebase.hxx"
+#include "updatehelper.h"
+#include "shellapi.h"
+#include "readstrings.h"
+#include "errors.h"
+
+#include <memory>
+
+#pragma comment(lib, "version.lib")
+
+namespace {
+
+struct AutoServiceHandle
+{
+    AutoServiceHandle(SC_HANDLE handle):
+        mHandle(handle)
+    {
+    }
+
+    ~AutoServiceHandle()
+    {
+        releaseHandle(mHandle);
+    }
+
+    void releaseHandle(SC_HANDLE handle)
+    {
+        if (handle != nullptr)
+            CloseServiceHandle(handle);
+    }
+
+    SC_HANDLE get() const
+    {
+        return mHandle;
+    }
+
+    operator bool() const
+    {
+        return mHandle != nullptr;
+    }
+
+    void reset(SC_HANDLE handle = nullptr)
+    {
+        releaseHandle(mHandle);
+        mHandle = handle;
+    }
+
+    SC_HANDLE mHandle;
+};
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * A wrapper function to read strings for the maintenance service.
+ *
+ * @param path    The path of the ini file to read from
+ * @param results The maintenance service strings that were read
+ * @return OK on success
+*/
+static int
+ReadMaintenanceServiceStrings(LPCWSTR path,
+                              MaintenanceServiceStringTable *results)
+{
+    // Read in the maintenance service description string if specified.
+    const unsigned int kNumStrings = 1;
+    // TODO: moggi: needs adaptation for LibreOffice
+    const char *kServiceKeys = "MozillaMaintenanceDescription\0";
+    char serviceStrings[kNumStrings][MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+    int result = ReadStrings(path, kServiceKeys,
+                             kNumStrings, serviceStrings);
+    if (result != OK)
+    {
+        serviceStrings[0][0] = '\0';
+    }
+    strncpy(results->serviceDescription,
+            serviceStrings[0], MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1);
+    results->serviceDescription[MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1] = '\0';
+    return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Obtains the version number from the specified PE file's version information
+ * Version Format: A.B.C.D (Example 10.0.0.300)
+ *
+ * @param  path The path of the file to check the version on
+ * @param  A    The first part of the version number
+ * @param  B    The second part of the version number
+ * @param  C    The third part of the version number
+ * @param  D    The fourth part of the version number
+ * @return TRUE if successful
+ */
+static BOOL
+GetVersionNumberFromPath(LPWSTR path, DWORD &A, DWORD &B,
+                         DWORD &C, DWORD &D)
+{
+    DWORD fileVersionInfoSize = GetFileVersionInfoSizeW(path, 0);
+    std::unique_ptr<char[]> fileVersionInfo(new char[fileVersionInfoSize]);
+    if (!GetFileVersionInfoW(path, 0, fileVersionInfoSize,
+                             fileVersionInfo.get()))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not obtain file info of old service.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    VS_FIXEDFILEINFO *fixedFileInfo =
+        reinterpret_cast<VS_FIXEDFILEINFO *>(fileVersionInfo.get());
+    UINT size;
+    if (!VerQueryValueW(fileVersionInfo.get(), L"\\",
+                        reinterpret_cast<LPVOID*>(&fixedFileInfo), &size))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not query file version info of old service.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    A = HIWORD(fixedFileInfo->dwFileVersionMS);
+    B = LOWORD(fixedFileInfo->dwFileVersionMS);
+    C = HIWORD(fixedFileInfo->dwFileVersionLS);
+    D = LOWORD(fixedFileInfo->dwFileVersionLS);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Updates the service description with what is stored in updater.ini
+ * at the same path as the currently executing module binary.
+ *
+ * @param serviceHandle A handle to an opened service with
+ *                      SERVICE_CHANGE_CONFIG access right
+ * @param TRUE on success.
+*/
+BOOL
+UpdateServiceDescription(SC_HANDLE serviceHandle)
+{
+    WCHAR updaterINIPath[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    if (!GetModuleFileNameW(nullptr, updaterINIPath,
+                            sizeof(updaterINIPath) /
+                            sizeof(updaterINIPath[0])))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not obtain module filename when attempting to "
+                  "modify service description.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!PathRemoveFileSpecW(updaterINIPath))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not remove file spec when attempting to "
+                  "modify service description.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(updaterINIPath, L"updater.ini"))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not append updater.ini filename when attempting to "
+                  "modify service description.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (GetFileAttributesW(updaterINIPath) == INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("updater.ini file does not exist, will not modify "
+                  "service description.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    MaintenanceServiceStringTable serviceStrings;
+    int rv = ReadMaintenanceServiceStrings(updaterINIPath, &serviceStrings);
+    if (rv != OK || !strlen(serviceStrings.serviceDescription))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("updater.ini file does not contain a maintenance "
+                  "service description."));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR serviceDescription[MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+    if (!MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0,
+                             serviceStrings.serviceDescription, -1,
+                             serviceDescription,
+                             sizeof(serviceDescription) /
+                             sizeof(serviceDescription[0])))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not convert description to wide string format.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    SERVICE_DESCRIPTIONW descriptionConfig;
+    descriptionConfig.lpDescription = serviceDescription;
+    if (!ChangeServiceConfig2W(serviceHandle,
+                               SERVICE_CONFIG_DESCRIPTION,
+                               &descriptionConfig))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not change service config.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    LOG(("The service description was updated successfully."));
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the MozillaMaintenance service path needs to be updated
+ * and fixes it if it is wrong.
+ *
+ * @param service             A handle to the service to fix.
+ * @param currentServicePath  The current (possibly wrong) path that is used.
+ * @param servicePathWasWrong Out parameter set to TRUE if a fix was needed.
+ * @return TRUE if the service path is now correct.
+*/
+BOOL
+FixServicePath(SC_HANDLE service,
+               LPCWSTR currentServicePath,
+               BOOL &servicePathWasWrong)
+{
+    // When we originally upgraded the MozillaMaintenance service we
+    // would uninstall the service on each upgrade.  This had an
+    // intermittent error which could cause the service to use the file
+    // maintenanceservice_tmp.exe as the install path.  Only a small number
+    // of Nightly users would be affected by this, but we check for this
+    // state here and fix the user if they are affected.
+    //
+    // We also fix the path in the case of the path not being quoted.
+    size_t currentServicePathLen = wcslen(currentServicePath);
+    bool doesServiceHaveCorrectPath =
+        currentServicePathLen > 2 &&
+        !wcsstr(currentServicePath, L"maintenanceservice_tmp.exe") &&
+        currentServicePath[0] == L'\"' &&
+        currentServicePath[currentServicePathLen - 1] == L'\"';
+
+    if (doesServiceHaveCorrectPath)
+    {
+        LOG(("The MozillaMaintenance service path is correct."));
+        servicePathWasWrong = FALSE;
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+    // This is a recoverable situation so not logging as a warning
+    LOG(("The MozillaMaintenance path is NOT correct. It was: %ls",
+         currentServicePath));
+
+    servicePathWasWrong = TRUE;
+    WCHAR fixedPath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(fixedPath, currentServicePath, MAX_PATH);
+    PathUnquoteSpacesW(fixedPath);
+    if (!PathRemoveFileSpecW(fixedPath))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Couldn't remove file spec.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(fixedPath, L"maintenanceservice.exe"))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Couldn't append file spec.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    PathQuoteSpacesW(fixedPath);
+
+
+    if (!ChangeServiceConfigW(service, SERVICE_NO_CHANGE, SERVICE_NO_CHANGE,
+                              SERVICE_NO_CHANGE, fixedPath, nullptr, nullptr,
+                              nullptr, nullptr, nullptr, nullptr))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not fix service path.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    LOG(("Fixed service path to: %ls.", fixedPath));
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Installs or upgrades the SVC_NAME service.
+ * If an existing service is already installed, we replace it with the
+ * currently running process.
+ *
+ * @param  action The action to perform.
+ * @return TRUE if the service was installed/upgraded
+ */
+BOOL
+SvcInstall(SvcInstallAction action)
+{
+    // Get a handle to the local computer SCM database with full access rights.
+    AutoServiceHandle schSCManager(OpenSCManager(nullptr, nullptr,
+                                   SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS));
+    if (!schSCManager)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not open service manager.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR newServiceBinaryPath[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    if (!GetModuleFileNameW(nullptr, newServiceBinaryPath,
+                            sizeof(newServiceBinaryPath) /
+                            sizeof(newServiceBinaryPath[0])))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not obtain module filename when attempting to "
+                  "install service.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Check if we already have the service installed.
+    AutoServiceHandle schService(OpenServiceW(schSCManager.get(),
+                                 SVC_NAME,
+                                 SERVICE_ALL_ACCESS));
+    DWORD lastError = GetLastError();
+    if (!schService && ERROR_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST != lastError)
+    {
+        // The service exists but we couldn't open it
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not open service.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (schService)
+    {
+        // The service exists but it may not have the correct permissions.
+        // This could happen if the permissions were not set correctly originally
+        // or have been changed after the installation.  This will reset the
+        // permissions back to allow limited user accounts.
+        if (!SetUserAccessServiceDACL(schService.get()))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not reset security ACE on service handle. It might not be "
+                      "possible to start the service. This error should never "
+                      "happen.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        }
+
+        // The service exists and we opened it
+        DWORD bytesNeeded;
+        if (!QueryServiceConfigW(schService.get(), nullptr, 0, &bytesNeeded) &&
+                GetLastError() != ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not determine buffer size for query service config.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // Get the service config information, in particular we want the binary
+        // path of the service.
+        std::unique_ptr<char[]> serviceConfigBuffer(new char[bytesNeeded]);
+        if (!QueryServiceConfigW(schService.get(),
+                                 reinterpret_cast<QUERY_SERVICE_CONFIGW*>(serviceConfigBuffer.get()),
+                                 bytesNeeded, &bytesNeeded))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could open service but could not query service config.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        QUERY_SERVICE_CONFIGW &serviceConfig =
+            *reinterpret_cast<QUERY_SERVICE_CONFIGW*>(serviceConfigBuffer.get());
+
+        // Check if we need to fix the service path
+        BOOL servicePathWasWrong;
+        static BOOL alreadyCheckedFixServicePath = FALSE;
+        if (!alreadyCheckedFixServicePath)
+        {
+            if (!FixServicePath(schService.get(), serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName,
+                                servicePathWasWrong))
+            {
+                LOG_WARN(("Could not fix service path. This should never happen.  (%d)",
+                          GetLastError()));
+                // True is returned because the service is pointing to
+                // maintenanceservice_tmp.exe so it actually was upgraded to the
+                // newest installed service.
+                return TRUE;
+            }
+            else if (servicePathWasWrong)
+            {
+                // Now that the path is fixed we should re-attempt the install.
+                // This current process' image path is maintenanceservice_tmp.exe.
+                // The service used to point to maintenanceservice_tmp.exe.
+                // The service was just fixed to point to maintenanceservice.exe.
+                // Re-attempting an install from scratch will work as normal.
+                alreadyCheckedFixServicePath = TRUE;
+                LOG(("Restarting install action: %d", action));
+                return SvcInstall(action);
+            }
+        }
+
+        // Ensure the service path is not quoted. We own this memory and know it to
+        // be large enough for the quoted path, so it is large enough for the
+        // unquoted path.  This function cannot fail.
+        PathUnquoteSpacesW(serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName);
+
+        // Obtain the existing maintenanceservice file's version number and
+        // the new file's version number.  Versions are in the format of
+        // A.B.C.D.
+        DWORD existingA, existingB, existingC, existingD;
+        DWORD newA, newB, newC, newD;
+        BOOL obtainedExistingVersionInfo =
+            GetVersionNumberFromPath(serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName,
+                                     existingA, existingB,
+                                     existingC, existingD);
+        if (!GetVersionNumberFromPath(newServiceBinaryPath, newA,
+                                      newB, newC, newD))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not obtain version number from new path"));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // Check if we need to replace the old binary with the new one
+        // If we couldn't get the old version info then we assume we should
+        // replace it.
+        if (ForceInstallSvc == action ||
+                !obtainedExistingVersionInfo ||
+                (existingA < newA) ||
+                (existingA == newA && existingB < newB) ||
+                (existingA == newA && existingB == newB &&
+                 existingC < newC) ||
+                (existingA == newA && existingB == newB &&
+                 existingC == newC && existingD < newD))
+        {
+
+            // We have a newer updater, so update the description from the INI file.
+            UpdateServiceDescription(schService.get());
+
+            schService.reset();
+            if (!StopService())
+            {
+                return FALSE;
+            }
+
+            if (!wcscmp(newServiceBinaryPath, serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName))
+            {
+                LOG(("File is already in the correct location, no action needed for "
+                     "upgrade.  The path is: \"%ls\"", newServiceBinaryPath));
+                return TRUE;
+            }
+
+            BOOL result = TRUE;
+
+            // Attempt to copy the new binary over top the existing binary.
+            // If there is an error we try to move it out of the way and then
+            // copy it in.  First try the safest / easiest way to overwrite the file.
+            if (!CopyFileW(newServiceBinaryPath,
+                           serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName, FALSE))
+            {
+                LOG_WARN(("Could not overwrite old service binary file. "
+                          "This should never happen, but if it does the next "
+                          "upgrade will fix it, the service is not a critical "
+                          "component that needs to be installed for upgrades "
+                          "to work.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+
+                // We rename the last 3 filename chars in an unsafe way.  Manually
+                // verify there are more than 3 chars for safe failure in MoveFileExW.
+                const size_t len = wcslen(serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName);
+                if (len > 3)
+                {
+                    // Calculate the temp file path that we're moving the file to. This
+                    // is the same as the proper service path but with a .old extension.
+                    LPWSTR oldServiceBinaryTempPath =
+                        new WCHAR[len + 1];
+                    memset(oldServiceBinaryTempPath, 0, (len + 1) * sizeof (WCHAR));
+                    wcsncpy(oldServiceBinaryTempPath, serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName, len);
+                    // Rename the last 3 chars to 'old'
+                    wcsncpy(oldServiceBinaryTempPath + len - 3, L"old", 3);
+
+                    // Move the current (old) service file to the temp path.
+                    if (MoveFileExW(serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName,
+                                    oldServiceBinaryTempPath,
+                                    MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING | MOVEFILE_WRITE_THROUGH))
+                    {
+                        // The old binary is moved out of the way, copy in the new one.
+                        if (!CopyFileW(newServiceBinaryPath,
+                                       serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName, FALSE))
+                        {
+                            // It is best to leave the old service binary in this condition.
+                            LOG_WARN(("The new service binary could not be copied in."
+                                      " The service will not be upgraded."));
+                            result = FALSE;
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            LOG(("The new service binary was copied in by first moving the"
+                                 " old one out of the way."));
+                        }
+
+                        // Attempt to get rid of the old service temp path.
+                        if (DeleteFileW(oldServiceBinaryTempPath))
+                        {
+                            LOG(("The old temp service path was deleted: %ls.",
+                                 oldServiceBinaryTempPath));
+                        }
+                        else
+                        {
+                            // The old temp path could not be removed.  It will be removed
+                            // the next time the user can't copy the binary in or on uninstall.
+                            LOG_WARN(("The old temp service path was not deleted."));
+                        }
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        // It is best to leave the old service binary in this condition.
+                        LOG_WARN(("Could not move old service file out of the way from:"
+                                  " \"%ls\" to \"%ls\". Service will not be upgraded.  (%d)",
+                                  serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName,
+                                  oldServiceBinaryTempPath, GetLastError()));
+                        result = FALSE;
+                    }
+                    delete[] oldServiceBinaryTempPath;
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    // It is best to leave the old service binary in this condition.
+                    LOG_WARN(("Service binary path was less than 3, service will"
+                              " not be updated.  This should never happen."));
+                    result = FALSE;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                LOG(("The new service binary was copied in."));
+            }
+
+            // We made a copy of ourselves to the existing location.
+            // The tmp file (the process of which we are executing right now) will be
+            // left over.  Attempt to delete the file on the next reboot.
+            if (MoveFileExW(newServiceBinaryPath, nullptr,
+                            MOVEFILE_DELAY_UNTIL_REBOOT))
+            {
+                LOG(("Deleting the old file path on the next reboot: %ls.",
+                     newServiceBinaryPath));
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                LOG_WARN(("Call to delete the old file path failed: %ls.",
+                          newServiceBinaryPath));
+            }
+
+            return result;
+        }
+
+        // We don't need to copy ourselves to the existing location.
+        // The tmp file (the process of which we are executing right now) will be
+        // left over.  Attempt to delete the file on the next reboot.
+        MoveFileExW(newServiceBinaryPath, nullptr, MOVEFILE_DELAY_UNTIL_REBOOT);
+
+        // nothing to do, we already have a newer service installed
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    // If the service does not exist and we are upgrading, don't install it.
+    if (UpgradeSvc == action)
+    {
+        // The service does not exist and we are upgrading, so don't install it
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    // Quote the path only if it contains spaces.
+    PathQuoteSpacesW(newServiceBinaryPath);
+    // The service does not already exist so create the service as on demand
+    schService.reset(CreateServiceW(schSCManager.get(), SVC_NAME, SVC_DISPLAY_NAME,
+                                    SERVICE_ALL_ACCESS, SERVICE_WIN32_OWN_PROCESS,
+                                    SERVICE_DEMAND_START, SERVICE_ERROR_NORMAL,
+                                    newServiceBinaryPath, nullptr, nullptr,
+                                    nullptr, nullptr, nullptr));
+    if (!schService)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not create Windows service. "
+                  "This error should never happen since a service install "
+                  "should only be called when elevated.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!SetUserAccessServiceDACL(schService.get()))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not set security ACE on service handle, the service will not "
+                  "be able to be started from unelevated processes. "
+                  "This error should never happen.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+    }
+
+    UpdateServiceDescription(schService.get());
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Stops the Maintenance service.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if successful.
+ */
+BOOL
+StopService()
+{
+    // Get a handle to the local computer SCM database with full access rights.
+    AutoServiceHandle schSCManager(OpenSCManager(nullptr, nullptr,
+                                   SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS));
+    if (!schSCManager)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not open service manager.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Open the service
+    AutoServiceHandle schService(OpenServiceW(schSCManager.get(), SVC_NAME,
+                                 SERVICE_ALL_ACCESS));
+    if (!schService)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not open service.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    LOG(("Sending stop request..."));
+    SERVICE_STATUS status;
+    SetLastError(ERROR_SUCCESS);
+    if (!ControlService(schService.get(), SERVICE_CONTROL_STOP, &status) &&
+            GetLastError() != ERROR_SERVICE_NOT_ACTIVE)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Error sending stop request.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+    }
+
+    schSCManager.reset();
+    schService.reset();
+
+    LOG(("Waiting for service stop..."));
+    DWORD lastState = WaitForServiceStop(SVC_NAME, 30);
+
+    // The service can be in a stopped state but the exe still in use
+    // so make sure the process is really gone before proceeding
+    WaitForProcessExit(L"maintenanceservice.exe", 30);
+    LOG(("Done waiting for service stop, last service state: %d", lastState));
+
+    return lastState == SERVICE_STOPPED;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Uninstalls the Maintenance service.
+ *
+ * @return TRUE if successful.
+ */
+BOOL
+SvcUninstall()
+{
+    // Get a handle to the local computer SCM database with full access rights.
+    AutoServiceHandle schSCManager(OpenSCManager(nullptr, nullptr,
+                                   SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS));
+    if (!schSCManager)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not open service manager.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Open the service
+    AutoServiceHandle schService(OpenServiceW(schSCManager.get(), SVC_NAME,
+                                 SERVICE_ALL_ACCESS));
+    if (!schService)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not open service.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    //Stop the service so it deletes faster and so the uninstaller
+    // can actually delete its EXE.
+    DWORD totalWaitTime = 0;
+    SERVICE_STATUS status;
+    static const int maxWaitTime = 1000 * 60; // Never wait more than a minute
+    if (ControlService(schService.get(), SERVICE_CONTROL_STOP, &status))
+    {
+        do
+        {
+            Sleep(status.dwWaitHint);
+            totalWaitTime += (status.dwWaitHint + 10);
+            if (status.dwCurrentState == SERVICE_STOPPED)
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+            else if (totalWaitTime > maxWaitTime)
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+        while (QueryServiceStatus(schService.get(), &status));
+    }
+
+    // Delete the service or mark it for deletion
+    BOOL deleted = DeleteService(schService.get());
+    if (!deleted)
+    {
+        deleted = (GetLastError() == ERROR_SERVICE_MARKED_FOR_DELETE);
+    }
+
+    return deleted;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets the access control list for user access for the specified service.
+ *
+ * @param  hService The service to set the access control list on
+ * @return TRUE if successful
+ */
+BOOL
+SetUserAccessServiceDACL(SC_HANDLE hService)
+{
+    PACL pNewAcl = nullptr;
+    PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR psd = nullptr;
+    DWORD lastError = SetUserAccessServiceDACL(hService, pNewAcl, psd);
+    if (pNewAcl)
+    {
+        LocalFree((HLOCAL)pNewAcl);
+    }
+    if (psd)
+    {
+        LocalFree((LPVOID)psd);
+    }
+    return ERROR_SUCCESS == lastError;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets the access control list for user access for the specified service.
+ *
+ * @param  hService  The service to set the access control list on
+ * @param  pNewAcl   The out param ACL which should be freed by caller
+ * @param  psd       out param security descriptor, should be freed by caller
+ * @return ERROR_SUCCESS if successful
+ */
+DWORD
+SetUserAccessServiceDACL(SC_HANDLE hService, PACL &pNewAcl,
+                         PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR psd)
+{
+    // Get the current security descriptor needed size
+    DWORD needed = 0;
+    if (!QueryServiceObjectSecurity(hService, DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION,
+                                    &psd, 0, &needed))
+    {
+        if (GetLastError() != ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not query service object security size.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+            return GetLastError();
+        }
+
+        DWORD size = needed;
+        psd = (PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR)LocalAlloc(LPTR, size);
+        if (!psd)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not allocate security descriptor.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+            return ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER;
+        }
+
+        // Get the actual security descriptor now
+        if (!QueryServiceObjectSecurity(hService, DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION,
+                                        psd, size, &needed))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not allocate security descriptor.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+            return GetLastError();
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Get the current DACL from the security descriptor.
+    PACL pacl = nullptr;
+    BOOL bDaclPresent = FALSE;
+    BOOL bDaclDefaulted = FALSE;
+    if ( !GetSecurityDescriptorDacl(psd, &bDaclPresent, &pacl,
+                                    &bDaclDefaulted))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not obtain DACL.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return GetLastError();
+    }
+
+    PSID sid;
+    DWORD SIDSize = SECURITY_MAX_SID_SIZE;
+    sid = LocalAlloc(LMEM_FIXED, SIDSize);
+    if (!sid)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not allocate SID memory.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return GetLastError();
+    }
+
+    if (!CreateWellKnownSid(WinBuiltinUsersSid, nullptr, sid, &SIDSize))
+    {
+        DWORD lastError = GetLastError();
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not create well known SID.  (%d)", lastError));
+        LocalFree(sid);
+        return lastError;
+    }
+
+    // Lookup the account name, the function fails if you don't pass in
+    // a buffer for the domain name but it's not used since we're using
+    // the built in account Sid.
+    SID_NAME_USE accountType;
+    WCHAR accountName[UNLEN + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    WCHAR domainName[DNLEN + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    DWORD accountNameSize = UNLEN + 1;
+    DWORD domainNameSize = DNLEN + 1;
+    if (!LookupAccountSidW(nullptr, sid, accountName,
+                           &accountNameSize,
+                           domainName, &domainNameSize, &accountType))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not lookup account Sid, will try Users.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+        wcsncpy(accountName, L"Users", UNLEN);
+    }
+
+    // We already have the group name so we can get rid of the SID
+    FreeSid(sid);
+    sid = nullptr;
+
+    // Build the ACE, BuildExplicitAccessWithName cannot fail so it is not logged.
+    EXPLICIT_ACCESS ea;
+    BuildExplicitAccessWithNameW(&ea, accountName,
+                                 SERVICE_START | SERVICE_STOP | GENERIC_READ,
+                                 SET_ACCESS, NO_INHERITANCE);
+    DWORD lastError = SetEntriesInAclW(1, (PEXPLICIT_ACCESS)&ea, pacl, &pNewAcl);
+    if (ERROR_SUCCESS != lastError)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not set entries in ACL.  (%d)", lastError));
+        return lastError;
+    }
+
+    // Initialize a new security descriptor.
+    SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR sd;
+    if (!InitializeSecurityDescriptor(&sd, SECURITY_DESCRIPTOR_REVISION))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not initialize security descriptor.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+        return GetLastError();
+    }
+
+    // Set the new DACL in the security descriptor.
+    if (!SetSecurityDescriptorDacl(&sd, TRUE, pNewAcl, FALSE))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not set security descriptor DACL.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+        return GetLastError();
+    }
+
+    // Set the new security descriptor for the service object.
+    if (!SetServiceObjectSecurity(hService, DACL_SECURITY_INFORMATION, &sd))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not set object security.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+        return GetLastError();
+    }
+
+    // Woohoo, raise the roof
+    LOG(("User access was set successfully on the service."));
+    return ERROR_SUCCESS;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/serviceinstall.hxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/serviceinstall.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..1afaada84
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/serviceinstall.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "readstrings.h"
+
+#define SVC_DISPLAY_NAME L"Mozilla Maintenance Service"
+
+enum SvcInstallAction { UpgradeSvc, InstallSvc, ForceInstallSvc };
+BOOL SvcInstall(SvcInstallAction action);
+BOOL SvcUninstall();
+BOOL StopService();
+BOOL SetUserAccessServiceDACL(SC_HANDLE hService);
+DWORD SetUserAccessServiceDACL(SC_HANDLE hService, PACL &pNewAcl,
+                               PSECURITY_DESCRIPTOR psd);
+
+struct MaintenanceServiceStringTable
+{
+    char serviceDescription[MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+};
+
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/windowsHelper.hxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/windowsHelper.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e17b40c61
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/windowsHelper.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,48 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 4 -*- */
+/*
+ * This file is part of the LibreOffice project.
+ *
+ * This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+ */
+
+#ifndef INCLUDED_ONLINEUPDATE_SERVICE_WINDOWSHELPER_HXX
+#define INCLUDED_ONLINEUPDATE_SERVICE_WINDOWSHELPER_HXX
+
+struct AutoHandle
+{
+    AutoHandle(HANDLE handle):
+        mHandle(handle)
+    {
+    }
+
+    ~AutoHandle()
+    {
+        release(mHandle);
+    }
+
+    void release(HANDLE handle)
+    {
+        if (handle && handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+            CloseHandle(handle);
+        }
+    }
+
+    HANDLE get() const
+    {
+        return mHandle;
+    }
+
+    bool operator==(const AutoHandle& rhs) const
+    {
+        return mHandle == rhs.mHandle;
+    }
+
+    HANDLE mHandle;
+};
+
+#endif
+
+/* vim:set shiftwidth=4 softtabstop=4 expandtab cinoptions=b1,g0,N-s cinkeys+=0=break: */
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/workmonitor.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/workmonitor.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6228b1e6c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/workmonitor.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,770 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <shlobj.h>
+#include <shlwapi.h>
+#include <wtsapi32.h>
+#include <userenv.h>
+#include <shellapi.h>
+#include <cstddef>
+
+#pragma comment(lib, "wtsapi32.lib")
+#pragma comment(lib, "userenv.lib")
+#pragma comment(lib, "shlwapi.lib")
+#pragma comment(lib, "ole32.lib")
+#pragma comment(lib, "rpcrt4.lib")
+
+#include "workmonitor.hxx"
+#include "serviceinstall.hxx"
+#include "servicebase.hxx"
+#include "registrycertificates.hxx"
+#include "uachelper.h"
+#include "updatehelper.h"
+#include "errors.h"
+#include "windowsHelper.hxx"
+
+// Wait 15 minutes for an update operation to run at most.
+// Updates usually take less than a minute so this seems like a
+// significantly large and safe amount of time to wait.
+static const int TIME_TO_WAIT_ON_UPDATER = 15 * 60 * 1000;
+wchar_t* MakeCommandLine(int argc, wchar_t **argv);
+BOOL WriteStatusFailure(LPCWSTR updateDirPath, int errorCode);
+BOOL PathGetSiblingFilePath(LPWSTR destinationBuffer,  LPCWSTR siblingFilePath,
+                            LPCWSTR newFileName);
+
+/*
+ * Read the update.status file and sets isApplying to true if
+ * the status is set to applying.
+ *
+ * @param  updateDirPath The directory where update.status is stored
+ * @param  isApplying Out parameter for specifying if the status
+ *         is set to applying or not.
+ * @return TRUE if the information was filled.
+*/
+static BOOL
+IsStatusApplying(LPCWSTR updateDirPath, BOOL &isApplying)
+{
+    isApplying = FALSE;
+    WCHAR updateStatusFilePath[MAX_PATH + 1] = {L'\0'};
+    wcsncpy(updateStatusFilePath, updateDirPath, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(updateStatusFilePath, L"update.status"))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not append path for update.status file"));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    AutoHandle statusFile(CreateFileW(updateStatusFilePath, GENERIC_READ,
+                                      FILE_SHARE_READ |
+                                      FILE_SHARE_WRITE |
+                                      FILE_SHARE_DELETE,
+                                      nullptr, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, nullptr));
+
+    if (statusFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not open update.status file"));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    char buf[32] = { 0 };
+    DWORD read;
+    if (!ReadFile(statusFile.get(), buf, sizeof(buf), &read, nullptr))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not read from update.status file"));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    LOG(("updater.exe returned status: %s", buf));
+
+    const char kApplying[] = "applying";
+    isApplying = strncmp(buf, kApplying,
+                         sizeof(kApplying) - 1) == 0;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether we're staging an update.
+ *
+ * @param  argc    The argc value normally sent to updater.exe
+ * @param  argv    The argv value normally sent to updater.exe
+ * @return boolean True if we're staging an update
+ */
+static bool
+IsUpdateBeingStaged(int argc, LPWSTR *argv)
+{
+    // PID will be set to -1 if we're supposed to stage an update.
+    return argc == 4 && !wcscmp(argv[3], L"-1") ||
+           argc == 5 && !wcscmp(argv[4], L"-1");
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the param only contains digits.
+ *
+ * @param str     The string to check
+ * @param boolean True if the param only contains digits
+ */
+static bool
+IsDigits(WCHAR *str)
+{
+    while (*str)
+    {
+        if (!iswdigit(*str++))
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines whether the command line contains just the directory to apply the
+ * update to (old command line) or if it contains the installation directory and
+ * the directory to apply the update to.
+ *
+ * @param argc    The argc value normally sent to updater.exe
+ * @param argv    The argv value normally sent to updater.exe
+ * @param boolean True if the command line contains just the directory to apply
+ *                the update to
+ */
+static bool
+IsOldCommandline(int argc, LPWSTR *argv)
+{
+    return argc == 4 && !wcscmp(argv[3], L"-1") ||
+           argc >= 4 && (wcsstr(argv[3], L"/replace") || IsDigits(argv[3]));
+}
+
+/**
+ * Gets the installation directory from the arguments passed to updater.exe.
+ *
+ * @param argcTmp    The argc value normally sent to updater.exe
+ * @param argvTmp    The argv value normally sent to updater.exe
+ * @param aResultDir Buffer to hold the installation directory.
+ */
+static BOOL
+GetInstallationDir(int argcTmp, LPWSTR *argvTmp, WCHAR aResultDir[MAX_PATH + 1])
+{
+    int index = 3;
+    if (IsOldCommandline(argcTmp, argvTmp))
+    {
+        index = 2;
+    }
+
+    if (argcTmp < index)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    wcsncpy(aResultDir, argvTmp[2], MAX_PATH);
+    WCHAR* backSlash = wcsrchr(aResultDir, L'\\');
+    // Make sure that the path does not include trailing backslashes
+    if (backSlash && (backSlash[1] == L'\0'))
+    {
+        *backSlash = L'\0';
+    }
+
+    // The new command line's argv[2] is always the installation directory.
+    if (index == 2)
+    {
+        bool backgroundUpdate = IsUpdateBeingStaged(argcTmp, argvTmp);
+        bool replaceRequest = (argcTmp >= 4 && wcsstr(argvTmp[3], L"/replace"));
+        if (backgroundUpdate || replaceRequest)
+        {
+            return PathRemoveFileSpecW(aResultDir);
+        }
+    }
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Runs an update process as the service using the SYSTEM account.
+ *
+ * @param  argc           The number of arguments in argv
+ * @param  argv           The arguments normally passed to updater.exe
+ *                        argv[0] must be the path to updater.exe
+ * @param  processStarted Set to TRUE if the process was started.
+ * @return TRUE if the update process was run had a return code of 0.
+ */
+BOOL
+StartUpdateProcess(int argc,
+                   LPWSTR *argv,
+                   LPCWSTR installDir,
+                   BOOL &processStarted)
+{
+    LOG(("Starting update process as the service in session 0."));
+    STARTUPINFO si = {0};
+    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFO);
+    si.lpDesktop = L"winsta0\\Default";
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi = {0};
+
+    // The updater command line is of the form:
+    // updater.exe update-dir apply [wait-pid [callback-dir callback-path args]]
+    LPWSTR cmdLine = MakeCommandLine(argc, argv);
+
+    int index = 3;
+    if (IsOldCommandline(argc, argv))
+    {
+        index = 2;
+    }
+
+    // If we're about to start the update process from session 0,
+    // then we should not show a GUI.  This only really needs to be done
+    // on Vista and higher, but it's better to keep everything consistent
+    // across all OS if it's of no harm.
+    if (argc >= index)
+    {
+        // Setting the desktop to blank will ensure no GUI is displayed
+        si.lpDesktop = L"";
+        si.dwFlags |= STARTF_USESHOWWINDOW;
+        si.wShowWindow = SW_HIDE;
+    }
+
+    // We move the updater.ini file out of the way because we will handle
+    // executing PostUpdate through the service.  We handle PostUpdate from
+    // the service because there are some per user things that happen that
+    // can't run in session 0 which we run updater.exe in.
+    // Once we are done running updater.exe we rename updater.ini back so
+    // that if there were any errors the next updater.exe will run correctly.
+    WCHAR updaterINI[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    WCHAR updaterINITemp[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    BOOL selfHandlePostUpdate = FALSE;
+    // We use the updater.ini from the same directory as the updater.exe
+    // because of background updates.
+    if (PathGetSiblingFilePath(updaterINI, argv[0], L"updater.ini") &&
+            PathGetSiblingFilePath(updaterINITemp, argv[0], L"updater.tmp"))
+    {
+        selfHandlePostUpdate = MoveFileExW(updaterINI, updaterINITemp,
+                                           MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING);
+    }
+
+    // Add an env var for USING_SERVICE so the updater.exe can
+    // do anything special that it needs to do for service updates.
+    // Search in updater.cpp for more info on USING_SERVICE.
+    putenv(const_cast<char*>("USING_SERVICE=1"));
+    LOG(("Starting service with cmdline: %ls", cmdLine));
+    processStarted = CreateProcessW(argv[0], cmdLine,
+                                    nullptr, nullptr, FALSE,
+                                    CREATE_DEFAULT_ERROR_MODE,
+                                    nullptr,
+                                    nullptr, &si, &pi);
+    // Empty value on putenv is how you remove an env variable in Windows
+    putenv(const_cast<char*>("USING_SERVICE="));
+
+    BOOL updateWasSuccessful = FALSE;
+    if (processStarted)
+    {
+        // Wait for the updater process to finish
+        LOG(("Process was started... waiting on result."));
+        DWORD waitRes = WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, TIME_TO_WAIT_ON_UPDATER);
+        if (WAIT_TIMEOUT == waitRes)
+        {
+            // We waited a long period of time for updater.exe and it never finished
+            // so kill it.
+            TerminateProcess(pi.hProcess, 1);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Check the return code of updater.exe to make sure we get 0
+            DWORD returnCode;
+            if (GetExitCodeProcess(pi.hProcess, &returnCode))
+            {
+                LOG(("Process finished with return code %d.", returnCode));
+                // updater returns 0 if successful.
+                updateWasSuccessful = (returnCode == 0);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                LOG_WARN(("Process finished but could not obtain return code."));
+            }
+        }
+        CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+        CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+
+        // Check just in case updater.exe didn't change the status from
+        // applying.  If this is the case we report an error.
+        BOOL isApplying = FALSE;
+        if (IsStatusApplying(argv[1], isApplying) && isApplying)
+        {
+            if (updateWasSuccessful)
+            {
+                LOG(("update.status is still applying even know update "
+                     " was successful."));
+                if (!WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                        SERVICE_STILL_APPLYING_ON_SUCCESS))
+                {
+                    LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status still applying on"
+                              " success error."));
+                }
+                // Since we still had applying we know updater.exe didn't do its
+                // job correctly.
+                updateWasSuccessful = FALSE;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                LOG_WARN(("update.status is still applying and update was not successful."));
+                if (!WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                        SERVICE_STILL_APPLYING_ON_FAILURE))
+                {
+                    LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status still applying on"
+                              " success error."));
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        DWORD lastError = GetLastError();
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not create process as current user, "
+                  "updaterPath: %ls; cmdLine: %ls.  (%d)",
+                  argv[0], cmdLine, lastError));
+    }
+
+    // Now that we're done with the update, restore back the updater.ini file
+    // We use it ourselves, and also we want it back in case we had any type
+    // of error so that the normal update process can use it.
+    if (selfHandlePostUpdate)
+    {
+        MoveFileExW(updaterINITemp, updaterINI, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING);
+
+        // Only run the PostUpdate if the update was successful
+        if (updateWasSuccessful && argc > index)
+        {
+            LPCWSTR updateInfoDir = argv[1];
+            bool stagingUpdate = IsUpdateBeingStaged(argc, argv);
+
+            // Launch the PostProcess with admin access in session 0.  This is
+            // actually launching the post update process but it takes in the
+            // callback app path to figure out where to apply to.
+            // The PostUpdate process with user only access will be done inside
+            // the unelevated updater.exe after the update process is complete
+            // from the service.  We don't know here which session to start
+            // the user PostUpdate process from.
+            // Note that we don't need to do this if we're just staging the
+            // update in the background, as the PostUpdate step runs when
+            // performing the replacing in that case.
+            if (!stagingUpdate)
+            {
+                LOG(("Launching post update process as the service in session 0."));
+                if (!LaunchWinPostProcess(installDir, updateInfoDir, true, nullptr))
+                {
+                    LOG_WARN(("The post update process could not be launched."
+                              " installDir: %ls, updateInfoDir: %ls",
+                              installDir, updateInfoDir));
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    free(cmdLine);
+    return updateWasSuccessful;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Processes a software update command
+ *
+ * @param  argc           The number of arguments in argv
+ * @param  argv           The arguments normally passed to updater.exe
+ *                        argv[0] must be the path to updater.exe
+ * @return TRUE if the update was successful.
+ */
+BOOL
+ProcessSoftwareUpdateCommand(DWORD argc, LPWSTR *argv)
+{
+    BOOL result = TRUE;
+    if (argc < 3)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Not enough command line parameters specified. "
+                  "Updating update.status."));
+
+        // We can only update update.status if argv[1] exists.  argv[1] is
+        // the directory where the update.status file exists.
+        if (argc < 2 ||
+                !WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                    SERVICE_NOT_ENOUGH_COMMAND_LINE_ARGS))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status service update failure.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+        }
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR installDir[MAX_PATH + 1] = {L'\0'};
+    if (!GetInstallationDir(argc, argv, installDir))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not get the installation directory"));
+        if (!WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                SERVICE_INSTALLDIR_ERROR))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status for GetInstallationDir failure."));
+        }
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Make sure the path to the updater to use for the update is local.
+    // We do this check to make sure that file locking is available for
+    // race condition security checks.
+    BOOL isLocal = FALSE;
+    if (!IsLocalFile(argv[0], isLocal) || !isLocal)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Filesystem in path %ls is not supported (%d)",
+                  argv[0], GetLastError()));
+        if (!WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                SERVICE_UPDATER_NOT_FIXED_DRIVE))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status service update failure.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+        }
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    AutoHandle noWriteLock(CreateFileW(argv[0], GENERIC_READ, FILE_SHARE_READ,
+                                       nullptr, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, nullptr));
+    if (noWriteLock == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not set no write sharing access on file.  (%d)",
+                  GetLastError()));
+        if (!WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                SERVICE_COULD_NOT_LOCK_UPDATER))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status service update failure.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+        }
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Verify that the updater.exe that we are executing is the same
+    // as the one in the installation directory which we are updating.
+    // The installation dir that we are installing to is installDir.
+    WCHAR installDirUpdater[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(installDirUpdater, installDir, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(installDirUpdater, L"updater.exe"))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Install directory updater could not be determined."));
+        result = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    BOOL updaterIsCorrect = FALSE;
+    if (result && !VerifySameFiles(argv[0], installDirUpdater,
+                                   updaterIsCorrect))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Error checking if the updaters are the same.\n"
+                  "Path 1: %ls\nPath 2: %ls", argv[0], installDirUpdater));
+        result = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (result && !updaterIsCorrect)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("The updaters do not match, updater will not run.\n"
+                  "Path 1: %ls\nPath 2: %ls", argv[0], installDirUpdater));
+        result = FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (result)
+    {
+        LOG(("updater.exe was compared successfully to the installation directory"
+             " updater.exe."));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (!WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                SERVICE_UPDATER_COMPARE_ERROR))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status updater compare failure."));
+        }
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Check to make sure the updater.exe module has the unique updater identity.
+    // This is a security measure to make sure that the signed executable that
+    // we will run is actually an updater.
+    HMODULE updaterModule = LoadLibraryEx(argv[0], nullptr,
+                                          LOAD_LIBRARY_AS_DATAFILE);
+    if (!updaterModule)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("updater.exe module could not be loaded. (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        result = FALSE;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        char updaterIdentity[64];
+        if (!LoadStringA(updaterModule, IDS_UPDATER_IDENTITY,
+                         updaterIdentity, sizeof(updaterIdentity)))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("The updater.exe application does not contain the Mozilla"
+                      " updater identity."));
+            result = FALSE;
+        }
+
+        if (strcmp(updaterIdentity, UPDATER_IDENTITY_STRING))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("The updater.exe identity string is not valid."));
+            result = FALSE;
+        }
+        FreeLibrary(updaterModule);
+    }
+
+    if (result)
+    {
+        LOG(("The updater.exe application contains the Mozilla"
+             " updater identity."));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (!WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                SERVICE_UPDATER_IDENTITY_ERROR))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status no updater identity."));
+        }
+        return TRUE;
+    }
+
+    // Check for updater.exe sign problems
+    BOOL updaterSignProblem = FALSE;
+#ifndef DISABLE_UPDATER_AUTHENTICODE_CHECK
+    updaterSignProblem = !DoesBinaryMatchAllowedCertificates(installDir,
+                         argv[0]);
+#endif
+
+    // Only proceed with the update if we have no signing problems
+    if (!updaterSignProblem)
+    {
+        BOOL updateProcessWasStarted = FALSE;
+        if (StartUpdateProcess(argc, argv, installDir,
+                               updateProcessWasStarted))
+        {
+            LOG(("updater.exe was launched and run successfully!"));
+            LogFlush();
+
+            // Don't attempt to update the service when the update is being staged.
+            if (!IsUpdateBeingStaged(argc, argv))
+            {
+                // We might not execute code after StartServiceUpdate because
+                // the service installer will stop the service if it is running.
+                StartServiceUpdate(installDir);
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            result = FALSE;
+            LOG_WARN(("Error running update process. Updating update.status  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+            LogFlush();
+
+            // If the update process was started, then updater.exe is responsible for
+            // setting the failure code.  If it could not be started then we do the
+            // work.  We set an error instead of directly setting status pending
+            // so that the app.update.service.errors pref can be updated when
+            // the callback app restarts.
+            if (!updateProcessWasStarted)
+            {
+                if (!WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                        SERVICE_UPDATER_COULD_NOT_BE_STARTED))
+                {
+                    LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status service update failure.  (%d)",
+                              GetLastError()));
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        result = FALSE;
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not start process due to certificate check error on "
+                  "updater.exe. Updating update.status.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+
+        // When there is a certificate check error on the updater.exe application,
+        // we want to write out the error.
+        if (!WriteStatusFailure(argv[1],
+                                SERVICE_UPDATER_SIGN_ERROR))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not write pending state to update.status.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+        }
+    }
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Obtains the updater path alongside a subdir of the service binary.
+ * The purpose of this function is to return a path that is likely high
+ * integrity and therefore more safe to execute code from.
+ *
+ * @param serviceUpdaterPath Out parameter for the path where the updater
+ *                           should be copied to.
+ * @return TRUE if a file path was obtained.
+ */
+BOOL
+GetSecureUpdaterPath(WCHAR serviceUpdaterPath[MAX_PATH + 1])
+{
+    if (!GetModuleFileNameW(nullptr, serviceUpdaterPath, MAX_PATH))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Could not obtain module filename when attempting to "
+                  "use a secure updater path.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!PathRemoveFileSpecW(serviceUpdaterPath))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Couldn't remove file spec when attempting to use a secure "
+                  "updater path.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(serviceUpdaterPath, L"update"))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Couldn't append file spec when attempting to use a secure "
+                  "updater path.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    CreateDirectoryW(serviceUpdaterPath, nullptr);
+
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(serviceUpdaterPath, L"updater.exe"))
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Couldn't append file spec when attempting to use a secure "
+                  "updater path.  (%d)", GetLastError()));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Deletes the passed in updater path and the associated updater.ini file.
+ *
+ * @param serviceUpdaterPath The path to delete.
+ * @return TRUE if a file was deleted.
+ */
+BOOL
+DeleteSecureUpdater(WCHAR serviceUpdaterPath[MAX_PATH + 1])
+{
+    BOOL result = FALSE;
+    if (serviceUpdaterPath[0])
+    {
+        result = DeleteFileW(serviceUpdaterPath);
+        if (!result && GetLastError() != ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND &&
+                GetLastError() != ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not delete service updater path: '%ls'.",
+                      serviceUpdaterPath));
+        }
+
+        WCHAR updaterINIPath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+        if (PathGetSiblingFilePath(updaterINIPath, serviceUpdaterPath,
+                                   L"updater.ini"))
+        {
+            result = DeleteFileW(updaterINIPath);
+            if (!result && GetLastError() != ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND &&
+                    GetLastError() != ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+            {
+                LOG_WARN(("Could not delete service updater INI path: '%ls'.",
+                          updaterINIPath));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Executes a service command.
+ *
+ * @param argc The number of arguments in argv
+ * @param argv The service command line arguments, argv[0] and argv[1]
+ *             and automatically included by Windows.  argv[2] is the
+ *             service command.
+ *
+ * @return FALSE if there was an error executing the service command.
+ */
+BOOL
+ExecuteServiceCommand(int argc, LPWSTR *argv)
+{
+    if (argc < 3)
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Not enough command line arguments to execute a service command"));
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // The tests work by making sure the log has changed, so we put a
+    // unique ID in the log.
+    RPC_WSTR guidString = RPC_WSTR(L"");
+    GUID guid;
+    HRESULT hr = CoCreateGuid(&guid);
+    if (SUCCEEDED(hr))
+    {
+        UuidToString(&guid, &guidString);
+    }
+    LOG(("Executing service command %ls, ID: %ls",
+         argv[2], reinterpret_cast<LPCWSTR>(guidString)));
+    RpcStringFree(&guidString);
+
+    BOOL result = FALSE;
+    if (!lstrcmpi(argv[2], L"software-update"))
+    {
+
+        // Use the passed in command line arguments for the update, except for the
+        // path to updater.exe. We copy updater.exe to the directory of the
+        // MozillaMaintenance service so that a low integrity process cannot
+        // replace the updater.exe at any point and use that for the update.
+        // It also makes DLL injection attacks harder.
+        LPWSTR oldUpdaterPath = argv[3];
+        WCHAR secureUpdaterPath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+        result = GetSecureUpdaterPath(secureUpdaterPath); // Does its own logging
+        if (result)
+        {
+            LOG(("Passed in path: '%ls'; Using this path for updating: '%ls'.",
+                 oldUpdaterPath, secureUpdaterPath));
+            DeleteSecureUpdater(secureUpdaterPath);
+            result = CopyFileW(oldUpdaterPath, secureUpdaterPath, FALSE);
+        }
+
+        if (!result)
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not copy path to secure location.  (%d)",
+                      GetLastError()));
+            if (argc > 4 && !WriteStatusFailure(argv[4],
+                                                SERVICE_COULD_NOT_COPY_UPDATER))
+            {
+                LOG_WARN(("Could not write update.status could not copy updater error"));
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+
+            // We obtained the path and copied it successfully, update the path to
+            // use for the service update.
+            argv[3] = secureUpdaterPath;
+
+            WCHAR oldUpdaterINIPath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+            WCHAR secureUpdaterINIPath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+            if (PathGetSiblingFilePath(secureUpdaterINIPath, secureUpdaterPath,
+                                       L"updater.ini") &&
+                    PathGetSiblingFilePath(oldUpdaterINIPath, oldUpdaterPath,
+                                           L"updater.ini"))
+            {
+                // This is non fatal if it fails there is no real harm
+                if (!CopyFileW(oldUpdaterINIPath, secureUpdaterINIPath, FALSE))
+                {
+                    LOG_WARN(("Could not copy updater.ini from: '%ls' to '%ls'.  (%d)",
+                              oldUpdaterINIPath, secureUpdaterINIPath, GetLastError()));
+                }
+            }
+
+            result = ProcessSoftwareUpdateCommand(argc - 3, argv + 3);
+            DeleteSecureUpdater(secureUpdaterPath);
+        }
+
+        // We might not reach here if the service install succeeded
+        // because the service self updates itself and the service
+        // installer will stop the service.
+        LOG(("Service command %ls complete.", argv[2]));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        LOG_WARN(("Service command not recognized: %ls.", argv[2]));
+        // result is already set to FALSE
+    }
+
+    LOG(("service command %ls complete with result: %ls.",
+         argv[1], (result ? L"Success" : L"Failure")));
+    return TRUE;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/service/workmonitor.hxx b/onlineupdate/source/service/workmonitor.hxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8fc2e51a7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/service/workmonitor.hxx
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+BOOL ExecuteServiceCommand(int argc, LPWSTR* argv);
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/errors.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/errors.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2216b5449
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/errors.h
@@ -0,0 +1,96 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef Errors_h__
+#define Errors_h__
+
+#define OK 0
+
+// Error codes that are no longer used should not be used again unless they
+// aren't used in client code (e.g. nsUpdateService.js, updates.js,
+// UpdatePrompt.js, etc.).
+
+#define MAR_ERROR_EMPTY_ACTION_LIST 1
+#define LOADSOURCE_ERROR_WRONG_SIZE 2
+
+// Error codes 3-16 are for general update problems.
+#define USAGE_ERROR 3
+#define CRC_ERROR 4
+#define PARSE_ERROR 5
+#define READ_ERROR 6
+#define WRITE_ERROR 7
+// #define UNEXPECTED_ERROR 8 // Replaced with errors 38-42
+#define ELEVATION_CANCELED 9
+#define READ_STRINGS_MEM_ERROR 10
+#define ARCHIVE_READER_MEM_ERROR 11
+#define BSPATCH_MEM_ERROR 12
+#define UPDATER_MEM_ERROR 13
+#define UPDATER_QUOTED_PATH_MEM_ERROR 14
+#define BAD_ACTION_ERROR 15
+#define STRING_CONVERSION_ERROR 16
+
+// Error codes 17-23 are related to security tasks for MAR
+// signing and MAR protection.
+#define CERT_LOAD_ERROR 17
+#define CERT_HANDLING_ERROR 18
+#define CERT_VERIFY_ERROR 19
+#define ARCHIVE_NOT_OPEN 20
+#define COULD_NOT_READ_PRODUCT_INFO_BLOCK_ERROR 21
+#define MAR_CHANNEL_MISMATCH_ERROR 22
+#define VERSION_DOWNGRADE_ERROR 23
+
+// Error codes 24-33 and 49-51 are for the Windows maintenance service.
+#define SERVICE_UPDATER_COULD_NOT_BE_STARTED 24
+#define SERVICE_NOT_ENOUGH_COMMAND_LINE_ARGS 25
+#define SERVICE_UPDATER_SIGN_ERROR 26
+#define SERVICE_UPDATER_COMPARE_ERROR 27
+#define SERVICE_UPDATER_IDENTITY_ERROR 28
+#define SERVICE_STILL_APPLYING_ON_SUCCESS 29
+#define SERVICE_STILL_APPLYING_ON_FAILURE 30
+#define SERVICE_UPDATER_NOT_FIXED_DRIVE 31
+#define SERVICE_COULD_NOT_LOCK_UPDATER 32
+#define SERVICE_INSTALLDIR_ERROR 33
+
+#define NO_INSTALLDIR_ERROR 34
+#define WRITE_ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED 35
+// #define WRITE_ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION 36 // Replaced with errors 46-48
+#define WRITE_ERROR_CALLBACK_APP 37
+#define UNEXPECTED_BZIP_ERROR 39
+#define UNEXPECTED_MAR_ERROR 40
+#define UNEXPECTED_BSPATCH_ERROR 41
+#define UNEXPECTED_FILE_OPERATION_ERROR 42
+#define FILESYSTEM_MOUNT_READWRITE_ERROR 43
+#define DELETE_ERROR_EXPECTED_DIR 46
+#define DELETE_ERROR_EXPECTED_FILE 47
+#define RENAME_ERROR_EXPECTED_FILE 48
+
+// Error codes 24-33 and 49-51 are for the Windows maintenance service.
+#define SERVICE_COULD_NOT_COPY_UPDATER 49
+#define SERVICE_STILL_APPLYING_TERMINATED 50
+#define SERVICE_STILL_APPLYING_NO_EXIT_CODE 51
+
+#define WRITE_ERROR_FILE_COPY 61
+#define WRITE_ERROR_DELETE_FILE 62
+#define WRITE_ERROR_OPEN_PATCH_FILE 63
+#define WRITE_ERROR_PATCH_FILE 64
+#define WRITE_ERROR_APPLY_DIR_PATH 65
+#define WRITE_ERROR_CALLBACK_PATH 66
+#define WRITE_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_DENIED 67
+#define WRITE_ERROR_DIR_ACCESS_DENIED 68
+#define WRITE_ERROR_DELETE_BACKUP 69
+#define WRITE_ERROR_EXTRACT 70
+
+// Error codes 80 through 99 are reserved for nsUpdateService.js
+
+// The following error codes are only used by updater.exe
+// when a fallback key exists for tests.
+#define FALLBACKKEY_UNKNOWN_ERROR 100
+#define FALLBACKKEY_REGPATH_ERROR 101
+#define FALLBACKKEY_NOKEY_ERROR 102
+#define FALLBACKKEY_SERVICE_NO_STOP_ERROR 103
+#define FALLBACKKEY_LAUNCH_ERROR 104
+
+#endif // Errors_h__
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/pathhash.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/pathhash.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..67e53fa35
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/pathhash.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <wincrypt.h>
+#include "pathhash.h"
+
+
+/**
+ * Converts a binary sequence into a hex string
+ *
+ * @param hash      The binary data sequence
+ * @param hashSize  The size of the binary data sequence
+ * @param hexString A buffer to store the hex string, must be of
+ *                  size 2 * @hashSize
+*/
+static void
+BinaryDataToHexString(const BYTE *hash, DWORD &hashSize,
+                      LPWSTR hexString)
+{
+    WCHAR *p = hexString;
+    for (DWORD i = 0; i < hashSize; ++i)
+    {
+        wsprintfW(p, L"%.2x", hash[i]);
+        p += 2;
+    }
+}
+
+/**
+ * Calculates an MD5 hash for the given input binary data
+ *
+ * @param  data     Any sequence of bytes
+ * @param  dataSize The number of bytes inside @data
+ * @param  hash     Output buffer to store hash, must be freed by the caller
+ * @param  hashSize The number of bytes in the output buffer
+ * @return TRUE on success
+*/
+static BOOL
+CalculateMD5(const char *data, DWORD dataSize,
+             BYTE **hash, DWORD &hashSize)
+{
+    HCRYPTPROV hProv = 0;
+    HCRYPTHASH hHash = 0;
+
+    if (!CryptAcquireContext(&hProv, nullptr, nullptr, PROV_RSA_FULL,
+                             CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT))
+    {
+        if (NTE_BAD_KEYSET != GetLastError())
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+
+        // Maybe it doesn't exist, try to create it.
+        if (!CryptAcquireContext(&hProv, nullptr, nullptr, PROV_RSA_FULL,
+                                 CRYPT_VERIFYCONTEXT | CRYPT_NEWKEYSET))
+        {
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!CryptCreateHash(hProv, CALG_MD5, 0, 0, &hHash))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!CryptHashData(hHash, reinterpret_cast<const BYTE*>(data),
+                       dataSize, 0))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    DWORD dwCount = sizeof(DWORD);
+    if (!CryptGetHashParam(hHash, HP_HASHSIZE, (BYTE *)&hashSize,
+                           &dwCount, 0))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    *hash = new BYTE[hashSize];
+    ZeroMemory(*hash, hashSize);
+    if (!CryptGetHashParam(hHash, HP_HASHVAL, *hash, &hashSize, 0))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (hHash)
+    {
+        CryptDestroyHash(hHash);
+    }
+
+    if (hProv)
+    {
+        CryptReleaseContext(hProv,0);
+    }
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Converts a file path into a unique registry location for cert storage
+ *
+ * @param  filePath     The input file path to get a registry path from
+ * @param  registryPath A buffer to write the registry path to, must
+ *                      be of size in WCHARs MAX_PATH + 1
+ * @return TRUE if successful
+*/
+BOOL
+CalculateRegistryPathFromFilePath(const LPCWSTR filePath,
+                                  LPWSTR registryPath)
+{
+    size_t filePathLen = wcslen(filePath);
+    if (!filePathLen)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // If the file path ends in a slash, ignore that character
+    if (filePath[filePathLen -1] == L'\\' ||
+            filePath[filePathLen - 1] == L'/')
+    {
+        filePathLen--;
+    }
+
+    // Copy in the full path into our own buffer.
+    // Copying in the extra slash is OK because we calculate the hash
+    // based on the filePathLen which excludes the slash.
+    // +2 to account for the possibly trailing slash and the null terminator.
+    WCHAR *lowercasePath = new WCHAR[filePathLen + 2];
+    memset(lowercasePath, 0, (filePathLen + 2) * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    wcsncpy(lowercasePath, filePath, filePathLen + 1);
+    _wcslwr(lowercasePath);
+
+    BYTE *hash;
+    DWORD hashSize = 0;
+    if (!CalculateMD5(reinterpret_cast<const char*>(lowercasePath),
+                      filePathLen * 2,
+                      &hash, hashSize))
+    {
+        delete[] lowercasePath;
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    delete[] lowercasePath;
+
+    LPCWSTR baseRegPath = L"SOFTWARE\\LibreOffice\\MaintenanceService\\";
+    wcsncpy(registryPath, baseRegPath, MAX_PATH);
+    BinaryDataToHexString(hash, hashSize,
+                          registryPath + wcslen(baseRegPath));
+    delete[] hash;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/pathhash.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/pathhash.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9856b4cf4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/pathhash.h
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _PATHHASH_H_
+#define _PATHHASH_H_
+
+/**
+ * Converts a file path into a unique registry location for cert storage
+ *
+ * @param  filePath     The input file path to get a registry path from
+ * @param  registryPath A buffer to write the registry path to, must
+ *                      be of size in WCHARs MAX_PATH + 1
+ * @return TRUE if successful
+*/
+BOOL CalculateRegistryPathFromFilePath(const LPCWSTR filePath,
+                                       LPWSTR registryPath);
+
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/readstrings.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/readstrings.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..e1366cddd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/readstrings.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,267 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "readstrings.h"
+#include "errors.h"
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+# define NS_tfopen _wfopen
+# define OPEN_MODE L"rb"
+#else
+# define NS_tfopen fopen
+# define OPEN_MODE "r"
+#endif
+
+// stack based FILE wrapper to ensure that fclose is called.
+class AutoFILE
+{
+public:
+    explicit AutoFILE(FILE *fp) : fp_(fp) {}
+    ~AutoFILE()
+    {
+        if (fp_) fclose(fp_);
+    }
+    operator FILE *()
+    {
+        return fp_;
+    }
+private:
+    FILE *fp_;
+};
+
+class AutoCharArray
+{
+public:
+    explicit AutoCharArray(size_t len)
+    {
+        ptr_ = new char[len];
+    }
+    ~AutoCharArray()
+    {
+        delete[] ptr_;
+    }
+    operator char *()
+    {
+        return ptr_;
+    }
+private:
+    char *ptr_;
+};
+
+static const char kNL[] = "\r\n";
+static const char kEquals[] = "=";
+static const char kWhitespace[] = " \t";
+static const char kRBracket[] = "]";
+
+static const char*
+NS_strspnp(const char *delims, const char *str)
+{
+    const char *d;
+    do
+    {
+        for (d = delims; *d != '\0'; ++d)
+        {
+            if (*str == *d)
+            {
+                ++str;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    while (*d);
+
+    return str;
+}
+
+static char*
+NS_strtok(const char *delims, char **str)
+{
+    if (!*str)
+        return nullptr;
+
+    char *ret = (char*) NS_strspnp(delims, *str);
+
+    if (!*ret)
+    {
+        *str = ret;
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    char *i = ret;
+    do
+    {
+        for (const char *d = delims; *d != '\0'; ++d)
+        {
+            if (*i == *d)
+            {
+                *i = '\0';
+                *str = ++i;
+                return ret;
+            }
+        }
+        ++i;
+    }
+    while (*i);
+
+    *str = nullptr;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Find a key in a keyList containing zero-delimited keys ending with "\0\0".
+ * Returns a zero-based index of the key in the list, or -1 if the key is not found.
+ */
+static int
+find_key(const char *keyList, char* key)
+{
+    if (!keyList)
+        return -1;
+
+    int index = 0;
+    const char *p = keyList;
+    while (*p)
+    {
+        if (strcmp(key, p) == 0)
+            return index;
+
+        p += strlen(p) + 1;
+        index++;
+    }
+
+    // The key was not found if we came here
+    return -1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * A very basic parser for updater.ini taken mostly from nsINIParser.cpp
+ * that can be used by standalone apps.
+ *
+ * @param path       Path to the .ini file to read
+ * @param keyList    List of zero-delimited keys ending with two zero characters
+ * @param numStrings Number of strings to read into results buffer - must be equal to the number of keys
+ * @param results    Two-dimensional array of strings to be filled in the same order as the keys provided
+ * @param section    Optional name of the section to read; defaults to "Strings"
+ */
+int
+ReadStrings(const NS_tchar *path,
+            const char *keyList,
+            unsigned int numStrings,
+            char results[][MAX_TEXT_LEN],
+            const char *section)
+{
+    AutoFILE fp(NS_tfopen(path, OPEN_MODE));
+
+    if (!fp)
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+    /* get file size */
+    if (fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END) != 0)
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+    long len = ftell(fp);
+    if (len <= 0)
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+    size_t flen = size_t(len);
+    AutoCharArray fileContents(flen + 1);
+    if (!fileContents)
+        return READ_STRINGS_MEM_ERROR;
+
+    /* read the file in one swoop */
+    if (fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET) != 0)
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+    size_t rd = fread(fileContents, sizeof(char), flen, fp);
+    if (rd != flen)
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+    fileContents[flen] = '\0';
+
+    char *buffer = fileContents;
+    bool inStringsSection = false;
+
+    unsigned int read = 0;
+
+    while (char *token = NS_strtok(kNL, &buffer))
+    {
+        if (token[0] == '#' || token[0] == ';') // it's a comment
+            continue;
+
+        token = (char*) NS_strspnp(kWhitespace, token);
+        if (!*token) // empty line
+            continue;
+
+        if (token[0] == '[')   // section header!
+        {
+            ++token;
+            char const * currSection = token;
+
+            char *rb = NS_strtok(kRBracket, &token);
+            if (!rb || NS_strtok(kWhitespace, &token))
+            {
+                // there's either an unclosed [Section or a [Section]Moretext!
+                // we could frankly decide that this INI file is malformed right
+                // here and stop, but we won't... keep going, looking for
+                // a well-formed [section] to continue working with
+                inStringsSection = false;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                if (section)
+                    inStringsSection = strcmp(currSection, section) == 0;
+                else
+                    inStringsSection = strcmp(currSection, "Strings") == 0;
+            }
+
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        if (!inStringsSection)
+        {
+            // If we haven't found a section header (or we found a malformed
+            // section header), or this isn't the [Strings] section don't bother
+            // parsing this line.
+            continue;
+        }
+
+        char *key = token;
+        char *e = NS_strtok(kEquals, &token);
+        if (!e)
+            continue;
+
+        int keyIndex = find_key(keyList, key);
+        if (keyIndex >= 0 && (unsigned int)keyIndex < numStrings)
+        {
+            strncpy(results[keyIndex], token, MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1);
+            results[keyIndex][MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1] = '\0';
+            read++;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return (read == numStrings) ? OK : PARSE_ERROR;
+}
+
+// A wrapper function to read strings for the updater.
+// Added for compatibility with the original code.
+int
+ReadStrings(const NS_tchar *path, StringTable *results)
+{
+    const unsigned int kNumStrings = 2;
+    const char *kUpdaterKeys = "Title\0Info\0";
+    char updater_strings[kNumStrings][MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+
+    int result = ReadStrings(path, kUpdaterKeys, kNumStrings, updater_strings);
+
+    strncpy(results->title, updater_strings[0], MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1);
+    results->title[MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1] = '\0';
+    strncpy(results->info, updater_strings[1], MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1);
+    results->info[MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1] = '\0';
+
+    return result;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/readstrings.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/readstrings.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..747081394
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/readstrings.h
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef READSTRINGS_H__
+#define READSTRINGS_H__
+
+#define MAX_TEXT_LEN 600
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+# include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "types.hxx"
+
+struct StringTable
+{
+    char title[MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+    char info[MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+};
+
+/**
+ * This function reads in localized strings from updater.ini
+ */
+int ReadStrings(const NS_tchar *path, StringTable *results);
+
+/**
+ * This function reads in localized strings corresponding to the keys from a given .ini
+ */
+int ReadStrings(const NS_tchar *path,
+                const char *keyList,
+                unsigned int numStrings,
+                char results[][MAX_TEXT_LEN],
+                const char *section = nullptr);
+
+#endif  // READSTRINGS_H__
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/sources.mozbuild b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/sources.mozbuild
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..3de907b32
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/sources.mozbuild
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+sources = []
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] == 'windows':
+    sources += [
+        'pathhash.cpp',
+        'uachelper.cpp',
+        'updatehelper.cpp',
+    ]
+
+sources += [
+    'readstrings.cpp',
+    'updatelogging.cpp',
+]
+
+SOURCES += sorted(['%s/%s' % (srcdir, s) for s in sources])
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/uachelper.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/uachelper.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..831b12680
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/uachelper.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,237 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <wtsapi32.h>
+#include "uachelper.h"
+#include "updatelogging.h"
+
+// See the MSDN documentation with title: Privilege Constants
+// At the time of this writing, this documentation is located at:
+// http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/bb530716%28v=vs.85%29.aspx
+LPCTSTR UACHelper::PrivsToDisable[] =
+{
+    SE_ASSIGNPRIMARYTOKEN_NAME,
+    SE_AUDIT_NAME,
+    SE_BACKUP_NAME,
+    // CreateProcess will succeed but the app will fail to launch on some WinXP
+    // machines if SE_CHANGE_NOTIFY_NAME is disabled.  In particular this happens
+    // for limited user accounts on those machines.  The define is kept here as a
+    // reminder that it should never be re-added.
+    // This permission is for directory watching but also from MSDN: "This
+    // privilege also causes the system to skip all traversal access checks."
+    // SE_CHANGE_NOTIFY_NAME,
+    SE_CREATE_GLOBAL_NAME,
+    SE_CREATE_PAGEFILE_NAME,
+    SE_CREATE_PERMANENT_NAME,
+    SE_CREATE_SYMBOLIC_LINK_NAME,
+    SE_CREATE_TOKEN_NAME,
+    SE_DEBUG_NAME,
+    SE_ENABLE_DELEGATION_NAME,
+    SE_IMPERSONATE_NAME,
+    SE_INC_BASE_PRIORITY_NAME,
+    SE_INCREASE_QUOTA_NAME,
+    SE_INC_WORKING_SET_NAME,
+    SE_LOAD_DRIVER_NAME,
+    SE_LOCK_MEMORY_NAME,
+    SE_MACHINE_ACCOUNT_NAME,
+    SE_MANAGE_VOLUME_NAME,
+    SE_PROF_SINGLE_PROCESS_NAME,
+    SE_RELABEL_NAME,
+    SE_REMOTE_SHUTDOWN_NAME,
+    SE_RESTORE_NAME,
+    SE_SECURITY_NAME,
+    SE_SHUTDOWN_NAME,
+    SE_SYNC_AGENT_NAME,
+    SE_SYSTEM_ENVIRONMENT_NAME,
+    SE_SYSTEM_PROFILE_NAME,
+    SE_SYSTEMTIME_NAME,
+    SE_TAKE_OWNERSHIP_NAME,
+    SE_TCB_NAME,
+    SE_TIME_ZONE_NAME,
+    SE_TRUSTED_CREDMAN_ACCESS_NAME,
+    SE_UNDOCK_NAME,
+    SE_UNSOLICITED_INPUT_NAME
+};
+
+/**
+ * Opens a user token for the given session ID
+ *
+ * @param  sessionID  The session ID for the token to obtain
+ * @return A handle to the token to obtain which will be primary if enough
+ *         permissions exist.  Caller should close the handle.
+ */
+HANDLE
+UACHelper::OpenUserToken(DWORD sessionID)
+{
+    HMODULE module = LoadLibraryW(L"wtsapi32.dll");
+    HANDLE token = nullptr;
+    decltype(WTSQueryUserToken)* wtsQueryUserToken =
+        (decltype(WTSQueryUserToken)*) GetProcAddress(module, "WTSQueryUserToken");
+    if (wtsQueryUserToken)
+    {
+        wtsQueryUserToken(sessionID, &token);
+    }
+    FreeLibrary(module);
+    return token;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Opens a linked token for the specified token.
+ *
+ * @param  token The token to get the linked token from
+ * @return A linked token or nullptr if one does not exist.
+ *         Caller should close the handle.
+ */
+HANDLE
+UACHelper::OpenLinkedToken(HANDLE token)
+{
+    // Magic below...
+    // UAC creates 2 tokens.  One is the restricted token which we have.
+    // the other is the UAC elevated one. Since we are running as a service
+    // as the system account we have access to both.
+    TOKEN_LINKED_TOKEN tlt;
+    HANDLE hNewLinkedToken = nullptr;
+    DWORD len;
+    if (GetTokenInformation(token, (TOKEN_INFORMATION_CLASS)TokenLinkedToken,
+                            &tlt, sizeof(TOKEN_LINKED_TOKEN), &len))
+    {
+        token = tlt.LinkedToken;
+        hNewLinkedToken = token;
+    }
+    return hNewLinkedToken;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Enables or disables a privilege for the specified token.
+ *
+ * @param  token  The token to adjust the privilege on.
+ * @param  priv   The privilege to adjust.
+ * @param  enable Whether to enable or disable it
+ * @return TRUE if the token was adjusted to the specified value.
+ */
+BOOL
+UACHelper::SetPrivilege(HANDLE token, LPCTSTR priv, BOOL enable)
+{
+    LUID luidOfPriv;
+    if (!LookupPrivilegeValue(nullptr, priv, &luidOfPriv))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    TOKEN_PRIVILEGES tokenPriv;
+    tokenPriv.PrivilegeCount = 1;
+    tokenPriv.Privileges[0].Luid = luidOfPriv;
+    tokenPriv.Privileges[0].Attributes = enable ? SE_PRIVILEGE_ENABLED : 0;
+
+    SetLastError(ERROR_SUCCESS);
+    if (!AdjustTokenPrivileges(token, false, &tokenPriv,
+                               sizeof(tokenPriv), nullptr, nullptr))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    return GetLastError() == ERROR_SUCCESS;
+}
+
+/**
+ * For each privilege that is specified, an attempt will be made to
+ * drop the privilege.
+ *
+ * @param  token         The token to adjust the privilege on.
+ *         Pass nullptr for current token.
+ * @param  unneededPrivs An array of unneeded privileges.
+ * @param  count         The size of the array
+ * @return TRUE if there were no errors
+ */
+BOOL
+UACHelper::DisableUnneededPrivileges(HANDLE token,
+                                     LPCTSTR *unneededPrivs,
+                                     size_t count)
+{
+    HANDLE obtainedToken = nullptr;
+    if (!token)
+    {
+        // Note: This handle is a pseudo-handle and need not be closed
+        HANDLE process = GetCurrentProcess();
+        if (!OpenProcessToken(process, TOKEN_ALL_ACCESS_P, &obtainedToken))
+        {
+            LOG_WARN(("Could not obtain token for current process, no "
+                      "privileges changed. (%d)", GetLastError()));
+            return FALSE;
+        }
+        token = obtainedToken;
+    }
+
+    BOOL result = TRUE;
+    for (size_t i = 0; i < count; i++)
+    {
+        if (SetPrivilege(token, unneededPrivs[i], FALSE))
+        {
+            LOG(("Disabled unneeded token privilege: %s.",
+                 unneededPrivs[i]));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            LOG(("Could not disable token privilege value: %s. (%d)",
+                 unneededPrivs[i], GetLastError()));
+            result = FALSE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (obtainedToken)
+    {
+        CloseHandle(obtainedToken);
+    }
+    return result;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Disables privileges for the specified token.
+ * The privileges to disable are in PrivsToDisable.
+ * In the future there could be new privs and we are not sure if we should
+ * explicitly disable these or not.
+ *
+ * @param  token The token to drop the privilege on.
+ *         Pass nullptr for current token.
+ * @return TRUE if there were no errors
+ */
+BOOL
+UACHelper::DisablePrivileges(HANDLE token)
+{
+    static const size_t PrivsToDisableSize =
+        sizeof(UACHelper::PrivsToDisable) / sizeof(UACHelper::PrivsToDisable[0]);
+
+    return DisableUnneededPrivileges(token, UACHelper::PrivsToDisable,
+                                     PrivsToDisableSize);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Check if the current user can elevate.
+ *
+ * @return true if the user can elevate.
+ *         false otherwise.
+ */
+bool
+UACHelper::CanUserElevate()
+{
+    HANDLE token;
+    if (!OpenProcessToken(GetCurrentProcess(), TOKEN_QUERY, &token))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    TOKEN_ELEVATION_TYPE elevationType;
+    DWORD len;
+    bool canElevate = GetTokenInformation(token, TokenElevationType,
+                                          &elevationType,
+                                          sizeof(elevationType), &len) &&
+                      (elevationType == TokenElevationTypeLimited);
+    CloseHandle(token);
+
+    return canElevate;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/uachelper.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/uachelper.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..4e8d1c842
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/uachelper.h
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef _UACHELPER_H_
+#define _UACHELPER_H_
+
+class UACHelper
+{
+public:
+    static HANDLE OpenUserToken(DWORD sessionID);
+    static HANDLE OpenLinkedToken(HANDLE token);
+    static BOOL DisablePrivileges(HANDLE token);
+    static bool CanUserElevate();
+
+private:
+    static BOOL SetPrivilege(HANDLE token, LPCTSTR privs, BOOL enable);
+    static BOOL DisableUnneededPrivileges(HANDLE token,
+                                          LPCTSTR *unneededPrivs, size_t count);
+    static LPCTSTR PrivsToDisable[];
+};
+
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatedefines.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatedefines.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..748f9e098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatedefines.h
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef UPDATEDEFINES_H
+#define UPDATEDEFINES_H
+
+#include "readstrings.h"
+
+#ifndef MAXPATHLEN
+# ifdef PATH_MAX
+#  define MAXPATHLEN PATH_MAX
+# elif defined(MAX_PATH)
+#  define MAXPATHLEN MAX_PATH
+# elif defined(_MAX_PATH)
+#  define MAXPATHLEN _MAX_PATH
+# elif defined(CCHMAXPATH)
+#  define MAXPATHLEN CCHMAXPATH
+# else
+#  define MAXPATHLEN 1024
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+# include <windows.h>
+# include <shlwapi.h>
+# include <direct.h>
+# include <io.h>
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdarg.h>
+
+# define F_OK 00
+# define W_OK 02
+# define R_OK 04
+# define S_ISDIR(s) (((s) & _S_IFMT) == _S_IFDIR)
+# define S_ISREG(s) (((s) & _S_IFMT) == _S_IFREG)
+
+# define access _access
+
+# define putenv _putenv
+# define DELETE_DIR L"tobedeleted"
+# define CALLBACK_BACKUP_EXT L".moz-callback"
+
+# define LOG_S "%S"
+# define NS_T(str) L ## str
+# define NS_SLASH NS_T('\\')
+
+static inline int mywcsprintf(WCHAR* dest, size_t count, const WCHAR* fmt, ...)
+{
+    size_t _count = count - 1;
+    va_list varargs;
+    va_start(varargs, fmt);
+    int result = _vsnwprintf(dest, count - 1, fmt, varargs);
+    va_end(varargs);
+    dest[_count] = L'\0';
+    return result;
+}
+#define NS_tsnprintf mywcsprintf
+# define NS_taccess _waccess
+# define NS_tchdir _wchdir
+# define NS_tchmod _wchmod
+# define NS_tfopen _wfopen
+# define NS_tmkdir(path, perms) _wmkdir(path)
+# define NS_tremove _wremove
+// _wrename is used to avoid the link tracking service.
+# define NS_trename _wrename
+# define NS_trmdir _wrmdir
+# define NS_tstat _wstat
+# define NS_tlstat _wstat // No symlinks on Windows
+# define NS_tstat_t _stat
+# define NS_tstrcat wcscat
+# define NS_tstrcmp wcscmp
+# define NS_tstrncmp wcsncmp
+# define NS_tstricmp wcsicmp
+# define NS_tstrcpy wcscpy
+# define NS_tstrncpy wcsncpy
+# define NS_tstrlen wcslen
+# define NS_tstrchr wcschr
+# define NS_tstrrchr wcsrchr
+# define NS_tstrstr wcsstr
+# include "win_dirent.h"
+# define NS_tDIR DIR
+# define NS_tdirent dirent
+# define NS_topendir opendir
+# define NS_tclosedir closedir
+# define NS_treaddir readdir
+#else
+# include <sys/wait.h>
+# include <unistd.h>
+
+#ifdef __sun
+# include <sys/stat.h>
+#else
+# include <fts.h>
+#endif
+# include <dirent.h>
+
+#ifdef MACOSX
+# include <sys/time.h>
+#endif
+
+# define LOG_S "%s"
+# define NS_T(str) str
+# define NS_SLASH NS_T('/')
+# define NS_tsnprintf snprintf
+# define NS_taccess access
+# define NS_tchdir chdir
+# define NS_tchmod chmod
+# define NS_tfopen fopen
+# define NS_tmkdir mkdir
+# define NS_tremove remove
+# define NS_trename rename
+# define NS_trmdir rmdir
+# define NS_tstat stat
+# define NS_tstat_t stat
+# define NS_tlstat lstat
+# define NS_tstrcat strcat
+# define NS_tstrcmp strcmp
+# define NS_tstrncmp strncmp
+# define NS_tstricmp strcasecmp
+# define NS_tstrcpy strcpy
+# define NS_tstrncpy strncpy
+# define NS_tstrlen strlen
+# define NS_tstrrchr strrchr
+# define NS_tstrstr strstr
+# define NS_tDIR DIR
+# define NS_tdirent dirent
+# define NS_topendir opendir
+# define NS_tclosedir closedir
+# define NS_treaddir readdir
+#endif
+
+#define BACKUP_EXT NS_T(".moz-backup")
+
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..09f857b1a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,807 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+
+// Needed for CreateToolhelp32Snapshot
+#include <tlhelp32.h>
+#ifndef ONLY_SERVICE_LAUNCHING
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include "shlobj.h"
+#include "updatehelper.h"
+#include "uachelper.h"
+#include "pathhash.h"
+
+#include <memory>
+
+// Needed for PathAppendW
+#include <shlwapi.h>
+
+BOOL PathAppendSafe(LPWSTR base, LPCWSTR extra);
+
+/**
+ * Obtains the path of a file in the same directory as the specified file.
+ *
+ * @param  destinationBuffer A buffer of size MAX_PATH + 1 to store the result.
+ * @param  siblingFIlePath   The path of another file in the same directory
+ * @param  newFileName       The filename of another file in the same directory
+ * @return TRUE if successful
+ */
+BOOL
+PathGetSiblingFilePath(LPWSTR destinationBuffer,
+                       LPCWSTR siblingFilePath,
+                       LPCWSTR newFileName)
+{
+    if (wcslen(siblingFilePath) >= MAX_PATH)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    wcsncpy(destinationBuffer, siblingFilePath, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathRemoveFileSpecW(destinationBuffer))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (wcslen(destinationBuffer) + wcslen(newFileName) >= MAX_PATH)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    return PathAppendSafe(destinationBuffer, newFileName);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Launch the post update application as the specified user (helper.exe).
+ * It takes in the path of the callback application to calculate the path
+ * of helper.exe.  For service updates this is called from both the system
+ * account and the current user account.
+ *
+ * @param  installationDir The path to the callback application binary.
+ * @param  updateInfoDir   The directory where update info is stored.
+ * @param  forceSync       If true even if the ini file specifies async, the
+ *                         process will wait for termination of PostUpdate.
+ * @param  userToken       The user token to run as, if nullptr the current
+ *                         user will be used.
+ * @return TRUE if there was no error starting the process.
+ */
+BOOL
+LaunchWinPostProcess(const WCHAR *installationDir,
+                     const WCHAR *updateInfoDir,
+                     bool forceSync,
+                     HANDLE userToken)
+{
+    WCHAR workingDirectory[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(workingDirectory, installationDir, MAX_PATH);
+
+    // Launch helper.exe to perform post processing (e.g. registry and log file
+    // modifications) for the update.
+    WCHAR inifile[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(inifile, installationDir, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(inifile, L"updater.ini"))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR exefile[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    WCHAR exearg[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    WCHAR exeasync[10];
+    bool async = true;
+    if (!GetPrivateProfileStringW(L"PostUpdateWin", L"ExeRelPath", nullptr,
+                                  exefile, MAX_PATH + 1, inifile))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!GetPrivateProfileStringW(L"PostUpdateWin", L"ExeArg", nullptr, exearg,
+                                  MAX_PATH + 1, inifile))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    if (!GetPrivateProfileStringW(L"PostUpdateWin", L"ExeAsync", L"TRUE",
+                                  exeasync,
+                                  sizeof(exeasync)/sizeof(exeasync[0]),
+                                  inifile))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR exefullpath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(exefullpath, installationDir, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(exefullpath, exefile))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR dlogFile[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    if (!PathGetSiblingFilePath(dlogFile, exefullpath, L"uninstall.update"))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR slogFile[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(slogFile, updateInfoDir, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(slogFile, L"update.log"))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR dummyArg[14] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(dummyArg, L"argv0ignored ", sizeof(dummyArg) / sizeof(dummyArg[0]) - 1);
+
+    size_t len = wcslen(exearg) + wcslen(dummyArg);
+    WCHAR *cmdline = (WCHAR *) malloc((len + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    if (!cmdline)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    wcsncpy(cmdline, dummyArg, len);
+    wcscat(cmdline, exearg);
+
+    if (forceSync ||
+            !_wcsnicmp(exeasync, L"false", 6) ||
+            !_wcsnicmp(exeasync, L"0", 2))
+    {
+        async = false;
+    }
+
+    // We want to launch the post update helper app to update the Windows
+    // registry even if there is a failure with removing the uninstall.update
+    // file or copying the update.log file.
+    CopyFileW(slogFile, dlogFile, false);
+
+    STARTUPINFOW si = {sizeof(si), 0};
+    si.lpDesktop = L"";
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi = {0};
+
+    bool ok;
+    if (userToken)
+    {
+        ok = CreateProcessAsUserW(userToken,
+                                  exefullpath,
+                                  cmdline,
+                                  nullptr,  // no special security attributes
+                                  nullptr,  // no special thread attributes
+                                  false,    // don't inherit filehandles
+                                  0,        // No special process creation flags
+                                  nullptr,  // inherit my environment
+                                  workingDirectory,
+                                  &si,
+                                  &pi);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        ok = CreateProcessW(exefullpath,
+                            cmdline,
+                            nullptr,  // no special security attributes
+                            nullptr,  // no special thread attributes
+                            false,    // don't inherit filehandles
+                            0,        // No special process creation flags
+                            nullptr,  // inherit my environment
+                            workingDirectory,
+                            &si,
+                            &pi);
+    }
+    free(cmdline);
+    if (ok)
+    {
+        if (!async)
+            WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
+        CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+        CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+    }
+    return ok;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Starts the upgrade process for update of the service if it is
+ * already installed.
+ *
+ * @param  installDir the installation directory where
+ *         maintenanceservice_installer.exe is located.
+ * @return TRUE if successful
+ */
+BOOL
+StartServiceUpdate(LPCWSTR installDir)
+{
+    // Get a handle to the local computer SCM database
+    SC_HANDLE manager = OpenSCManager(nullptr, nullptr,
+                                      SC_MANAGER_ALL_ACCESS);
+    if (!manager)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Open the service
+    SC_HANDLE svc = OpenServiceW(manager, SVC_NAME,
+                                 SERVICE_ALL_ACCESS);
+    if (!svc)
+    {
+        CloseServiceHandle(manager);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // If we reach here, then the service is installed, so
+    // proceed with upgrading it.
+
+    CloseServiceHandle(manager);
+
+    // The service exists and we opened it, get the config bytes needed
+    DWORD bytesNeeded;
+    if (!QueryServiceConfigW(svc, nullptr, 0, &bytesNeeded) &&
+            GetLastError() != ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER)
+    {
+        CloseServiceHandle(svc);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Get the service config information, in particular we want the binary
+    // path of the service.
+    std::unique_ptr<char[]> serviceConfigBuffer = std::make_unique<char[]>(bytesNeeded);
+    if (!QueryServiceConfigW(svc,
+                             reinterpret_cast<QUERY_SERVICE_CONFIGW*>(serviceConfigBuffer.get()),
+                             bytesNeeded, &bytesNeeded))
+    {
+        CloseServiceHandle(svc);
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    CloseServiceHandle(svc);
+
+    QUERY_SERVICE_CONFIGW &serviceConfig =
+        *reinterpret_cast<QUERY_SERVICE_CONFIGW*>(serviceConfigBuffer.get());
+
+    PathUnquoteSpacesW(serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName);
+
+    // Obtain the temp path of the maintenance service binary
+    WCHAR tmpService[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    if (!PathGetSiblingFilePath(tmpService, serviceConfig.lpBinaryPathName,
+                                L"maintenanceservice_tmp.exe"))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Get the new maintenance service path from the install dir
+    WCHAR newMaintServicePath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(newMaintServicePath, installDir, MAX_PATH);
+    PathAppendSafe(newMaintServicePath,
+                   L"maintenanceservice.exe");
+
+    // Copy the temp file in alongside the maintenance service.
+    // This is a requirement for maintenance service upgrades.
+    if (!CopyFileW(newMaintServicePath, tmpService, FALSE))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    // Start the upgrade comparison process
+    STARTUPINFOW si = {0};
+    si.cb = sizeof(STARTUPINFOW);
+    // No particular desktop because no UI
+    si.lpDesktop = L"";
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi = {0};
+    WCHAR cmdLine[64] = { '\0' };
+    wcsncpy(cmdLine, L"dummyparam.exe upgrade",
+            sizeof(cmdLine) / sizeof(cmdLine[0]) - 1);
+    BOOL svcUpdateProcessStarted = CreateProcessW(tmpService,
+                                   cmdLine,
+                                   nullptr, nullptr, FALSE,
+                                   0,
+                                   nullptr, installDir, &si, &pi);
+    if (svcUpdateProcessStarted)
+    {
+        CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+        CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+    }
+    return svcUpdateProcessStarted;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Executes a maintenance service command
+ *
+ * @param  argc    The total number of arguments in argv
+ * @param  argv    An array of null terminated strings to pass to the service,
+ * @return ERROR_SUCCESS if the service command was started.
+ *         Less than 16000, a windows system error code from StartServiceW
+ *         More than 20000, 20000 + the last state of the service constant if
+ *         the last state is something other than stopped.
+ *         17001 if the SCM could not be opened
+ *         17002 if the service could not be opened
+*/
+DWORD
+StartServiceCommand(int argc, LPCWSTR* argv)
+{
+    DWORD lastState = WaitForServiceStop(SVC_NAME, 5);
+    if (lastState != SERVICE_STOPPED)
+    {
+        return 20000 + lastState;
+    }
+
+    // Get a handle to the SCM database.
+    SC_HANDLE serviceManager = OpenSCManager(nullptr, nullptr,
+                               SC_MANAGER_CONNECT |
+                               SC_MANAGER_ENUMERATE_SERVICE);
+    if (!serviceManager)
+    {
+        return 17001;
+    }
+
+    // Get a handle to the service.
+    SC_HANDLE service = OpenServiceW(serviceManager,
+                                     SVC_NAME,
+                                     SERVICE_START);
+    if (!service)
+    {
+        CloseServiceHandle(serviceManager);
+        return 17002;
+    }
+
+    // Wait at most 5 seconds trying to start the service in case of errors
+    // like ERROR_SERVICE_DATABASE_LOCKED or ERROR_SERVICE_REQUEST_TIMEOUT.
+    const DWORD maxWaitMS = 5000;
+    DWORD currentWaitMS = 0;
+    DWORD lastError = ERROR_SUCCESS;
+    while (currentWaitMS < maxWaitMS)
+    {
+        BOOL result = StartServiceW(service, argc, argv);
+        if (result)
+        {
+            lastError = ERROR_SUCCESS;
+            break;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            lastError = GetLastError();
+        }
+        Sleep(100);
+        currentWaitMS += 100;
+    }
+    CloseServiceHandle(service);
+    CloseServiceHandle(serviceManager);
+    return lastError;
+}
+
+#ifndef ONLY_SERVICE_LAUNCHING
+
+/**
+ * Launch a service initiated action for a software update with the
+ * specified arguments.
+ *
+ * @param  exePath The path of the executable to run
+ * @param  argc    The total number of arguments in argv
+ * @param  argv    An array of null terminated strings to pass to the exePath,
+ *                 argv[0] must be the path to the updater.exe
+ * @return ERROR_SUCCESS if successful
+ */
+DWORD
+LaunchServiceSoftwareUpdateCommand(int argc, LPCWSTR* argv)
+{
+    // The service command is the same as the updater.exe command line except
+    // it has 2 extra args: 1) The Path to updater.exe, and 2) the command
+    // being executed which is "software-update"
+    LPCWSTR *updaterServiceArgv = new LPCWSTR[argc + 2];
+    updaterServiceArgv[0] = L"MozillaMaintenance";
+    updaterServiceArgv[1] = L"software-update";
+
+    for (int i = 0; i < argc; ++i)
+    {
+        updaterServiceArgv[i + 2] = argv[i];
+    }
+
+    // Execute the service command by starting the service with
+    // the passed in arguments.
+    DWORD ret = StartServiceCommand(argc + 2, updaterServiceArgv);
+    delete[] updaterServiceArgv;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Joins a base directory path with a filename.
+ *
+ * @param  base  The base directory path of size MAX_PATH + 1
+ * @param  extra The filename to append
+ * @return TRUE if the file name was successful appended to base
+ */
+BOOL
+PathAppendSafe(LPWSTR base, LPCWSTR extra)
+{
+    if (wcslen(base) + wcslen(extra) >= MAX_PATH)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    return PathAppendW(base, extra);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets update.status to pending so that the next startup will not use
+ * the service and instead will attempt an update the with a UAC prompt.
+ *
+ * @param  updateDirPath The path of the update directory
+ * @return TRUE if successful
+ */
+BOOL
+WriteStatusPending(LPCWSTR updateDirPath)
+{
+    WCHAR updateStatusFilePath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(updateStatusFilePath, updateDirPath, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(updateStatusFilePath, L"update.status"))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    const char pending[] = "pending";
+    HANDLE statusFile = CreateFileW(updateStatusFilePath, GENERIC_WRITE, 0,
+                                    nullptr, CREATE_ALWAYS, 0, nullptr);
+    if (statusFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    DWORD wrote;
+    BOOL ok = WriteFile(statusFile, pending,
+                        sizeof(pending) - 1, &wrote, nullptr);
+    CloseHandle(statusFile);
+    return ok && (wrote == sizeof(pending) - 1);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Sets update.status to a specific failure code
+ *
+ * @param  updateDirPath The path of the update directory
+ * @return TRUE if successful
+ */
+BOOL
+WriteStatusFailure(LPCWSTR updateDirPath, int errorCode)
+{
+    WCHAR updateStatusFilePath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(updateStatusFilePath, updateDirPath, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(updateStatusFilePath, L"update.status"))
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    HANDLE statusFile = CreateFileW(updateStatusFilePath, GENERIC_WRITE, 0,
+                                    nullptr, CREATE_ALWAYS, 0, nullptr);
+    if (statusFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+    char failure[32];
+    sprintf(failure, "failed: %d", errorCode);
+
+    DWORD toWrite = strlen(failure);
+    DWORD wrote;
+    BOOL ok = WriteFile(statusFile, failure,
+                        toWrite, &wrote, nullptr);
+    CloseHandle(statusFile);
+    return ok && wrote == toWrite;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Waits for a service to enter a stopped state.
+ * This function does not stop the service, it just blocks until the service
+ * is stopped.
+ *
+ * @param  serviceName     The service to wait for.
+ * @param  maxWaitSeconds  The maximum number of seconds to wait
+ * @return state of the service after a timeout or when stopped.
+ *         A value of 255 is returned for an error. Typical values are:
+ *         SERVICE_STOPPED 0x00000001
+ *         SERVICE_START_PENDING 0x00000002
+ *         SERVICE_STOP_PENDING 0x00000003
+ *         SERVICE_RUNNING 0x00000004
+ *         SERVICE_CONTINUE_PENDING 0x00000005
+ *         SERVICE_PAUSE_PENDING 0x00000006
+ *         SERVICE_PAUSED 0x00000007
+ *         last status not set 0x000000CF
+ *         Could no query status 0x000000DF
+ *         Could not open service, access denied 0x000000EB
+ *         Could not open service, invalid handle 0x000000EC
+ *         Could not open service, invalid name 0x000000ED
+ *         Could not open service, does not exist 0x000000EE
+ *         Could not open service, other error 0x000000EF
+ *         Could not open SCM, access denied 0x000000FD
+ *         Could not open SCM, database does not exist 0x000000FE;
+ *         Could not open SCM, other error 0x000000FF;
+ * Note: The strange choice of error codes above SERVICE_PAUSED are chosen
+ * in case Windows comes out with other service stats higher than 7, they
+ * would likely call it 8 and above.  JS code that uses this in TestAUSHelper
+ * only handles values up to 255 so that's why we don't use GetLastError
+ * directly.
+ */
+DWORD
+WaitForServiceStop(LPCWSTR serviceName, DWORD maxWaitSeconds)
+{
+    // 0x000000CF is defined above to be not set
+    DWORD lastServiceState = 0x000000CF;
+
+    // Get a handle to the SCM database.
+    SC_HANDLE serviceManager = OpenSCManager(nullptr, nullptr,
+                               SC_MANAGER_CONNECT |
+                               SC_MANAGER_ENUMERATE_SERVICE);
+    if (!serviceManager)
+    {
+        DWORD lastError = GetLastError();
+        switch (lastError)
+        {
+            case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+                return 0x000000FD;
+            case ERROR_DATABASE_DOES_NOT_EXIST:
+                return 0x000000FE;
+            default:
+                return 0x000000FF;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // Get a handle to the service.
+    SC_HANDLE service = OpenServiceW(serviceManager,
+                                     serviceName,
+                                     SERVICE_QUERY_STATUS);
+    if (!service)
+    {
+        DWORD lastError = GetLastError();
+        CloseServiceHandle(serviceManager);
+        switch (lastError)
+        {
+            case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+                return 0x000000EB;
+            case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE:
+                return 0x000000EC;
+            case ERROR_INVALID_NAME:
+                return 0x000000ED;
+            case ERROR_SERVICE_DOES_NOT_EXIST:
+                return 0x000000EE;
+            default:
+                return 0x000000EF;
+        }
+    }
+
+    DWORD currentWaitMS = 0;
+    SERVICE_STATUS_PROCESS ssp;
+    ssp.dwCurrentState = lastServiceState;
+    while (currentWaitMS < maxWaitSeconds * 1000)
+    {
+        DWORD bytesNeeded;
+        if (!QueryServiceStatusEx(service, SC_STATUS_PROCESS_INFO, (LPBYTE)&ssp,
+                                  sizeof(SERVICE_STATUS_PROCESS), &bytesNeeded))
+        {
+            DWORD lastError = GetLastError();
+            switch (lastError)
+            {
+                case ERROR_INVALID_HANDLE:
+                    ssp.dwCurrentState = 0x000000D9;
+                    break;
+                case ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED:
+                    ssp.dwCurrentState = 0x000000DA;
+                    break;
+                case ERROR_INSUFFICIENT_BUFFER:
+                    ssp.dwCurrentState = 0x000000DB;
+                    break;
+                case ERROR_INVALID_PARAMETER:
+                    ssp.dwCurrentState = 0x000000DC;
+                    break;
+                case ERROR_INVALID_LEVEL:
+                    ssp.dwCurrentState = 0x000000DD;
+                    break;
+                case ERROR_SHUTDOWN_IN_PROGRESS:
+                    ssp.dwCurrentState = 0x000000DE;
+                    break;
+                // These 3 errors can occur when the service is not yet stopped but
+                // it is stopping.
+                case ERROR_INVALID_SERVICE_CONTROL:
+                case ERROR_SERVICE_CANNOT_ACCEPT_CTRL:
+                case ERROR_SERVICE_NOT_ACTIVE:
+                    currentWaitMS += 50;
+                    Sleep(50);
+                    continue;
+                default:
+                    ssp.dwCurrentState = 0x000000DF;
+            }
+
+            // We couldn't query the status so just break out
+            break;
+        }
+
+        // The service is already in use.
+        if (ssp.dwCurrentState == SERVICE_STOPPED)
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+        currentWaitMS += 50;
+        Sleep(50);
+    }
+
+    lastServiceState = ssp.dwCurrentState;
+    CloseServiceHandle(service);
+    CloseServiceHandle(serviceManager);
+    return lastServiceState;
+}
+
+#ifndef ONLY_SERVICE_LAUNCHING
+
+/**
+ * Determines if there is at least one process running for the specified
+ * application. A match will be found across any session for any user.
+ *
+ * @param process The process to check for existence
+ * @return ERROR_NOT_FOUND if the process was not found
+ *         ERROR_SUCCESS if the process was found and there were no errors
+ *         Other Win32 system error code for other errors
+**/
+DWORD
+IsProcessRunning(LPCWSTR filename)
+{
+    // Take a snapshot of all processes in the system.
+    HANDLE snapshot = CreateToolhelp32Snapshot(TH32CS_SNAPPROCESS, 0);
+    if (INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE == snapshot)
+    {
+        return GetLastError();
+    }
+
+    PROCESSENTRY32W processEntry;
+    processEntry.dwSize = sizeof(PROCESSENTRY32W);
+    if (!Process32FirstW(snapshot, &processEntry))
+    {
+        DWORD lastError = GetLastError();
+        CloseHandle(snapshot);
+        return lastError;
+    }
+
+    do
+    {
+        if (wcsicmp(filename, processEntry.szExeFile) == 0)
+        {
+            CloseHandle(snapshot);
+            return ERROR_SUCCESS;
+        }
+    }
+    while (Process32NextW(snapshot, &processEntry));
+    CloseHandle(snapshot);
+    return ERROR_NOT_FOUND;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Waits for the specified application to exit.
+ *
+ * @param filename   The application to wait for.
+ * @param maxSeconds The maximum amount of seconds to wait for all
+ *                   instances of the application to exit.
+ * @return  ERROR_SUCCESS if no instances of the application exist
+ *          WAIT_TIMEOUT if the process is still running after maxSeconds.
+ *          Any other Win32 system error code.
+*/
+DWORD
+WaitForProcessExit(LPCWSTR filename, DWORD maxSeconds)
+{
+    DWORD applicationRunningError = WAIT_TIMEOUT;
+    for (DWORD i = 0; i < maxSeconds; i++)
+    {
+        applicationRunningError = IsProcessRunning(filename);
+        if (ERROR_NOT_FOUND == applicationRunningError)
+        {
+            return ERROR_SUCCESS;
+        }
+        Sleep(1000);
+    }
+
+    if (ERROR_SUCCESS == applicationRunningError)
+    {
+        return WAIT_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+
+    return applicationRunningError;
+}
+
+/**
+ *  Determines if the fallback key exists or not
+ *
+ *  @return TRUE if the fallback key exists and there was no error checking
+*/
+BOOL
+DoesFallbackKeyExist()
+{
+    HKEY testOnlyFallbackKey;
+    if (RegOpenKeyExW(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,
+                      TEST_ONLY_FALLBACK_KEY_PATH, 0,
+                      KEY_READ | KEY_WOW64_64KEY,
+                      &testOnlyFallbackKey) != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    RegCloseKey(testOnlyFallbackKey);
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the file system for the specified file handle is local
+ * @param file path to check the filesystem type for, must be at most MAX_PATH
+ * @param isLocal out parameter which will hold TRUE if the drive is local
+ * @return TRUE if the call succeeded
+*/
+BOOL
+IsLocalFile(LPCWSTR file, BOOL &isLocal)
+{
+    WCHAR rootPath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    if (wcslen(file) > MAX_PATH)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    wcsncpy(rootPath, file, MAX_PATH);
+    PathStripToRootW(rootPath);
+    isLocal = GetDriveTypeW(rootPath) == DRIVE_FIXED;
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+
+/**
+ * Determines the DWORD value of a registry key value
+ *
+ * @param key       The base key to where the value name exists
+ * @param valueName The name of the value
+ * @param retValue  Out parameter which will hold the value
+ * @return TRUE on success
+*/
+static BOOL
+GetDWORDValue(HKEY key, LPCWSTR valueName, DWORD &retValue)
+{
+    DWORD regDWORDValueSize = sizeof(DWORD);
+    LONG retCode = RegQueryValueExW(key, valueName, 0, nullptr,
+                                    reinterpret_cast<LPBYTE>(&retValue),
+                                    &regDWORDValueSize);
+    return ERROR_SUCCESS == retCode;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Determines if the system's elevation type allows
+ * unprompted elevation.
+ *
+ * @param isUnpromptedElevation Out parameter which specifies if unprompted
+ *                              elevation is allowed.
+ * @return TRUE if the user can actually elevate and the value was obtained
+ *         successfully.
+*/
+BOOL
+IsUnpromptedElevation(BOOL &isUnpromptedElevation)
+{
+    if (!UACHelper::CanUserElevate())
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    LPCWSTR UACBaseRegKey =
+        L"SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Windows\\CurrentVersion\\Policies\\System";
+    HKEY baseKey;
+    LONG retCode = RegOpenKeyExW(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,
+                                 UACBaseRegKey, 0,
+                                 KEY_READ, &baseKey);
+    if (retCode != ERROR_SUCCESS)
+    {
+        return FALSE;
+    }
+
+    DWORD consent;
+    DWORD secureDesktop = 0;
+    BOOL success = GetDWORDValue(baseKey, L"ConsentPromptBehaviorAdmin",
+                                 consent);
+    success = success &&
+              GetDWORDValue(baseKey, L"PromptOnSecureDesktop", secureDesktop);
+    isUnpromptedElevation = !consent && !secureDesktop;
+
+    RegCloseKey(baseKey);
+    return success;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..b8c557bd6
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatehelper.h
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+BOOL LaunchWinPostProcess(const WCHAR *installationDir,
+                          const WCHAR *updateInfoDir,
+                          bool forceSync,
+                          HANDLE userToken);
+BOOL StartServiceUpdate(LPCWSTR installDir);
+BOOL GetUpdateDirectoryPath(LPWSTR path);
+DWORD LaunchServiceSoftwareUpdateCommand(int argc, LPCWSTR *argv);
+BOOL WriteStatusFailure(LPCWSTR updateDirPath, int errorCode);
+BOOL WriteStatusPending(LPCWSTR updateDirPath);
+DWORD WaitForServiceStop(LPCWSTR serviceName, DWORD maxWaitSeconds);
+DWORD WaitForProcessExit(LPCWSTR filename, DWORD maxSeconds);
+BOOL DoesFallbackKeyExist();
+BOOL IsLocalFile(LPCWSTR file, BOOL &isLocal);
+DWORD StartServiceCommand(int argc, LPCWSTR* argv);
+BOOL IsUnpromptedElevation(BOOL &isUnpromptedElevation);
+
+#define SVC_NAME L"LibreOfficeMaintenance"
+
+#define BASE_SERVICE_REG_KEY \
+  L"SOFTWARE\\LibreOffice\\MaintenanceService"
+
+// The test only fallback key, as its name implies, is only present on machines
+// that will use automated tests.  Since automated tests always run from a
+// different directory for each test, the presence of this key bypasses the
+// "This is a valid installation directory" check.  This key also stores
+// the allowed name and issuer for cert checks so that the cert check
+// code can still be run unchanged.
+#define TEST_ONLY_FALLBACK_KEY_PATH \
+  BASE_SERVICE_REG_KEY L"\\3932ecacee736d366d6436db0f55bce4"
+
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatelogging.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatelogging.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ed055cd47
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatelogging.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#include <windows.h>
+#endif
+
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include "updatelogging.h"
+
+UpdateLog::UpdateLog()
+    : logFP(nullptr)
+    , sourcePath(nullptr)
+{
+}
+
+void UpdateLog::Init(NS_tchar* sourcePathParam,
+                     const NS_tchar* fileName,
+                     const NS_tchar* alternateFileName,
+                     bool append)
+{
+    if (logFP)
+        return;
+
+    sourcePath = sourcePathParam;
+    NS_tchar logFile[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(logFile, sizeof(logFile)/sizeof(logFile[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s/%s"), sourcePathParam, fileName);
+
+    if (alternateFileName && NS_taccess(logFile, F_OK))
+    {
+        NS_tsnprintf(logFile, sizeof(logFile)/sizeof(logFile[0]),
+                     NS_T("%s/%s"), sourcePathParam, alternateFileName);
+    }
+
+    logFP = NS_tfopen(logFile, append ? NS_T("a") : NS_T("w"));
+}
+
+void UpdateLog::Finish()
+{
+    if (!logFP)
+        return;
+
+    fclose(logFP);
+    logFP = nullptr;
+}
+
+void UpdateLog::Flush()
+{
+    if (!logFP)
+        return;
+
+    fflush(logFP);
+}
+
+void UpdateLog::Printf(const char *fmt, ... )
+{
+    if (!logFP)
+        return;
+
+    va_list ap;
+    va_start(ap, fmt);
+    vfprintf(logFP, fmt, ap);
+    fprintf(logFP, "\n");
+    va_end(ap);
+}
+
+void UpdateLog::WarnPrintf(const char *fmt, ... )
+{
+    if (!logFP)
+        return;
+
+    va_list ap;
+    va_start(ap, fmt);
+    fprintf(logFP, "*** Warning: ");
+    vfprintf(logFP, fmt, ap);
+    fprintf(logFP, "***\n");
+    va_end(ap);
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatelogging.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatelogging.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..591cb3f4f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/updatelogging.h
@@ -0,0 +1,47 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef UPDATELOGGING_H
+#define UPDATELOGGING_H
+
+#include "updatedefines.h"
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+class UpdateLog
+{
+public:
+    static UpdateLog & GetPrimaryLog()
+    {
+        static UpdateLog primaryLog;
+        return primaryLog;
+    }
+
+    void Init(NS_tchar* sourcePath, const NS_tchar* fileName,
+              const NS_tchar* alternateFileName, bool append);
+    void Finish();
+    void Flush();
+    void Printf(const char *fmt, ... );
+    void WarnPrintf(const char *fmt, ... );
+
+    ~UpdateLog()
+    {
+        Finish();
+    }
+
+protected:
+    UpdateLog();
+    FILE *logFP;
+    NS_tchar* sourcePath;
+};
+
+#define LOG_WARN(args) UpdateLog::GetPrimaryLog().WarnPrintf args
+#define LOG(args) UpdateLog::GetPrimaryLog().Printf args
+#define LogInit(PATHNAME_, FILENAME_) \
+  UpdateLog::GetPrimaryLog().Init(PATHNAME_, FILENAME_, 0, false)
+#define LogInitAppend(PATHNAME_, FILENAME_, ALTERNATE_) \
+  UpdateLog::GetPrimaryLog().Init(PATHNAME_, FILENAME_, ALTERNATE_, true)
+#define LogFinish() UpdateLog::GetPrimaryLog().Finish()
+#define LogFlush() UpdateLog::GetPrimaryLog().Flush()
+
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/common/win_dirent.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/win_dirent.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..fff13f9e0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/common/win_dirent.h
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef WINDIRENT_H__
+#define WINDIRENT_H__
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <windows.h>
+
+struct DIR
+{
+    explicit DIR(const WCHAR* path);
+    ~DIR();
+    HANDLE findHandle;
+    WCHAR name[MAX_PATH];
+};
+
+struct dirent
+{
+    dirent();
+    WCHAR d_name[MAX_PATH];
+};
+
+DIR* opendir(const WCHAR* path);
+int closedir(DIR* dir);
+dirent* readdir(DIR* dir);
+
+#endif // WNT
+#endif // WINDIRENT_H__
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/Makefile.in b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..57813b36a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+# vim:set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# For changes here, also consider ./updater-xpcshell/Makefile.in
+
+# This is how the xpcshellCertificate.der file is generated, in case we ever
+# have to regenerate it.
+# ./certutil -L -d modules/libmar/tests/unit/data -n mycert -r > xpcshellCertificate.der
+xpcshellCert.h: xpcshellCertificate.der
+
+ifdef MOZ_WIDGET_GTK
+libs:: updater.png
+	$(NSINSTALL) -D $(DIST)/bin/icons
+	$(INSTALL) $(IFLAGS1) $^ $(DIST)/bin/icons
+endif
+
+ifeq (cocoa,$(MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT))
+libs::
+	$(NSINSTALL) -D $(DIST)/bin/updater.app
+	rsync -a -C --exclude '*.in' $(srcdir)/macbuild/Contents $(DIST)/bin/updater.app
+	sed -e 's/%APP_NAME%/$(MOZ_APP_DISPLAYNAME)/' $(srcdir)/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings.in | \
+	  iconv -f UTF-8 -t UTF-16 > $(DIST)/bin/updater.app/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings
+	$(NSINSTALL) -D $(DIST)/bin/updater.app/Contents/MacOS
+	$(NSINSTALL) $(DIST)/bin/updater $(DIST)/bin/updater.app/Contents/MacOS
+	rm -f $(DIST)/bin/updater
+endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/archivereader.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/archivereader.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d66921143
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/archivereader.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,349 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include "bzlib.h"
+#include "archivereader.h"
+#include "errors.h"
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include "updatehelper.h"
+#endif
+
+// These are generated at compile time based on the DER file for the channel
+// being used
+#ifdef VERIFY_MAR_SIGNATURE
+#ifdef TEST_UPDATER
+#include "../xpcshellCert.h"
+#else
+#include "onlineupdate/primaryCert.h"
+#include "onlineupdate/secondaryCert.h"
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#define UPDATER_NO_STRING_GLUE_STL
+#endif
+#include "nsVersionComparator.h"
+#undef UPDATER_NO_STRING_GLUE_STL
+
+#if defined(UNIX)
+# include <sys/types.h>
+#elif defined(_WIN32)
+# include <io.h>
+#endif
+
+static int inbuf_size  = 262144;
+static int outbuf_size = 262144;
+static char *inbuf  = nullptr;
+static char *outbuf = nullptr;
+
+/**
+ * Performs a verification on the opened MAR file with the passed in
+ * certificate name ID and type ID.
+ *
+ * @param  archive   The MAR file to verify the signature on.
+ * @param  certData  The certificate data.
+ * @return OK on success, CERT_VERIFY_ERROR on failure.
+*/
+template<uint32_t SIZE>
+int
+VerifyLoadedCert(MarFile *archive, const uint8_t (&certData)[SIZE])
+{
+    (void)archive;
+    (void)certData;
+
+#ifdef VERIFY_MAR_SIGNATURE
+    const uint32_t size = SIZE;
+    const uint8_t* const data = &certData[0];
+    if (mar_verify_signatures(archive, &data, &size, 1))
+    {
+        return CERT_VERIFY_ERROR;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Performs a verification on the opened MAR file.  Both the primary and backup
+ * keys stored are stored in the current process and at least the primary key
+ * will be tried.  Success will be returned as long as one of the two
+ * signatures verify.
+ *
+ * @return OK on success
+*/
+int
+ArchiveReader::VerifySignature()
+{
+    if (!mArchive)
+    {
+        return ARCHIVE_NOT_OPEN;
+    }
+
+#ifndef VERIFY_MAR_SIGNATURE
+    return OK;
+#else
+#ifdef TEST_UPDATER
+    int rv = VerifyLoadedCert(mArchive, xpcshellCertData);
+#else
+    int rv = VerifyLoadedCert(mArchive, primaryCertData);
+    if (rv != OK)
+    {
+        rv = VerifyLoadedCert(mArchive, secondaryCertData);
+    }
+#endif
+    return rv;
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+ * Verifies that the MAR file matches the current product, channel, and version
+ *
+ * @param MARChannelID   The MAR channel name to use, only updates from MARs
+ *                       with a matching MAR channel name will succeed.
+ *                       If an empty string is passed, no check will be done
+ *                       for the channel name in the product information block.
+ *                       If a comma separated list of values is passed then
+ *                       one value must match.
+ * @param appVersion     The application version to use, only MARs with an
+ *                       application version >= to appVersion will be applied.
+ * @return OK on success
+ *         COULD_NOT_READ_PRODUCT_INFO_BLOCK if the product info block
+ *                                           could not be read.
+ *         MARCHANNEL_MISMATCH_ERROR         if update-settings.ini's MAR
+ *                                           channel ID doesn't match the MAR
+ *                                           file's MAR channel ID.
+ *         VERSION_DOWNGRADE_ERROR           if the application version for
+ *                                           this updater is newer than the
+ *                                           one in the MAR.
+ */
+int
+ArchiveReader::VerifyProductInformation(const char *MARChannelID,
+                                        const char *appVersion)
+{
+    if (!mArchive)
+    {
+        return ARCHIVE_NOT_OPEN;
+    }
+
+    ProductInformationBlock productInfoBlock;
+    int rv = mar_read_product_info_block(mArchive,
+                                         &productInfoBlock);
+    if (rv != OK)
+    {
+        return COULD_NOT_READ_PRODUCT_INFO_BLOCK_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    // Only check the MAR channel name if specified, it should be passed in from
+    // the update-settings.ini file.
+    if (MARChannelID && strlen(MARChannelID))
+    {
+        // Check for at least one match in the comma separated list of values.
+        const char *delimiter = " ,\t";
+        // Make a copy of the string in case a read only memory buffer
+        // was specified.  strtok modifies the input buffer.
+        char channelCopy[512] = { 0 };
+        strncpy(channelCopy, MARChannelID, sizeof(channelCopy) - 1);
+        char *channel = strtok(channelCopy, delimiter);
+        rv = MAR_CHANNEL_MISMATCH_ERROR;
+        while (channel)
+        {
+            if (!strcmp(channel, productInfoBlock.MARChannelID))
+            {
+                rv = OK;
+                break;
+            }
+            channel = strtok(nullptr, delimiter);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (rv == OK)
+    {
+        /* Compare both versions to ensure we don't have a downgrade
+            -1 if appVersion is older than productInfoBlock.productVersion
+            1 if appVersion is newer than productInfoBlock.productVersion
+            0 if appVersion is the same as productInfoBlock.productVersion
+           This even works with strings like:
+            - 12.0a1 being older than 12.0a2
+            - 12.0a2 being older than 12.0b1
+            - 12.0a1 being older than 12.0
+            - 12.0 being older than 12.1a1 */
+        int versionCompareResult =
+            mozilla::CompareVersions(appVersion, productInfoBlock.productVersion);
+        if (1 == versionCompareResult)
+        {
+            rv = VERSION_DOWNGRADE_ERROR;
+        }
+    }
+
+    free((void *)productInfoBlock.MARChannelID);
+    free((void *)productInfoBlock.productVersion);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+int
+ArchiveReader::Open(const NS_tchar *path)
+{
+    if (mArchive)
+        Close();
+
+    if (!inbuf)
+    {
+        inbuf = (char *)malloc(inbuf_size);
+        if (!inbuf)
+        {
+            // Try again with a smaller buffer.
+            inbuf_size = 1024;
+            inbuf = (char *)malloc(inbuf_size);
+            if (!inbuf)
+                return ARCHIVE_READER_MEM_ERROR;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!outbuf)
+    {
+        outbuf = (char *)malloc(outbuf_size);
+        if (!outbuf)
+        {
+            // Try again with a smaller buffer.
+            outbuf_size = 1024;
+            outbuf = (char *)malloc(outbuf_size);
+            if (!outbuf)
+                return ARCHIVE_READER_MEM_ERROR;
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    mArchive = mar_wopen(path);
+#else
+    mArchive = mar_open(path);
+#endif
+    if (!mArchive)
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void
+ArchiveReader::Close()
+{
+    if (mArchive)
+    {
+        mar_close(mArchive);
+        mArchive = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if (inbuf)
+    {
+        free(inbuf);
+        inbuf = nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if (outbuf)
+    {
+        free(outbuf);
+        outbuf = nullptr;
+    }
+}
+
+int
+ArchiveReader::ExtractFile(const char *name, const NS_tchar *dest)
+{
+    const MarItem *item = mar_find_item(mArchive, name);
+    if (!item)
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    FILE* fp = _wfopen(dest, L"wb+");
+#else
+    int fd = creat(dest, item->flags);
+    if (fd == -1)
+        return WRITE_ERROR;
+
+    FILE *fp = fdopen(fd, "wb");
+#endif
+    if (!fp)
+        return WRITE_ERROR;
+
+    int rv = ExtractItemToStream(item, fp);
+
+    fclose(fp);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+int
+ArchiveReader::ExtractFileToStream(const char *name, FILE *fp)
+{
+    const MarItem *item = mar_find_item(mArchive, name);
+    if (!item)
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+    return ExtractItemToStream(item, fp);
+}
+
+int
+ArchiveReader::ExtractItemToStream(const MarItem *item, FILE *fp)
+{
+    /* decompress the data chunk by chunk */
+
+    bz_stream strm;
+    int offset, inlen, ret = OK;
+
+    memset(&strm, 0, sizeof(strm));
+    if (BZ2_bzDecompressInit(&strm, 0, 0) != BZ_OK)
+        return UNEXPECTED_BZIP_ERROR;
+
+    offset = 0;
+    for (;;)
+    {
+        if (!item->length)
+        {
+            ret = UNEXPECTED_MAR_ERROR;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        if (offset < (int) item->length && strm.avail_in == 0)
+        {
+            inlen = mar_read(mArchive, item, offset, inbuf, inbuf_size);
+            if (inlen <= 0)
+                return READ_ERROR;
+            offset += inlen;
+            strm.next_in = inbuf;
+            strm.avail_in = inlen;
+        }
+
+        strm.next_out = outbuf;
+        strm.avail_out = outbuf_size;
+
+        ret = BZ2_bzDecompress(&strm);
+        if (ret != BZ_OK && ret != BZ_STREAM_END)
+        {
+            ret = UNEXPECTED_BZIP_ERROR;
+            break;
+        }
+
+        int outlen = outbuf_size - strm.avail_out;
+        if (outlen)
+        {
+            if (fwrite(outbuf, outlen, 1, fp) != 1)
+            {
+                ret = WRITE_ERROR_EXTRACT;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (ret == BZ_STREAM_END)
+        {
+            ret = OK;
+            break;
+        }
+    }
+
+    BZ2_bzDecompressEnd(&strm);
+    return ret;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/archivereader.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/archivereader.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..090b787f9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/archivereader.h
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef ArchiveReader_h__
+#define ArchiveReader_h__
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mar.h>
+#include "types.hxx"
+
+// This class provides an API to extract files from an update archive.
+class ArchiveReader
+{
+public:
+    ArchiveReader() : mArchive(nullptr) {}
+    ~ArchiveReader()
+    {
+        Close();
+    }
+
+    int Open(const NS_tchar *path);
+    int VerifySignature();
+    int VerifyProductInformation(const char *MARChannelID,
+                                 const char *appVersion);
+    void Close();
+
+    int ExtractFile(const char *item, const NS_tchar *destination);
+    int ExtractFileToStream(const char *item, FILE *fp);
+
+private:
+    int ExtractItemToStream(const MarItem *item, FILE *fp);
+
+    MarFile *mArchive;
+};
+
+#endif  // ArchiveReader_h__
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/bspatch.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/bspatch.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..219c4d74c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/bspatch.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/*-
+ * Copyright 2003,2004 Colin Percival
+ * All rights reserved
+ *
+ * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
+ * modification, are permitted providing that the following conditions
+ * are met:
+ * 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+ * 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
+ *    notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
+ *    documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+ *
+ * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED
+ * WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
+ * ARE DISCLAIMED.  IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR ANY
+ * DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+ * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
+ * OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
+ * HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
+ * STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING
+ * IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
+ * POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+ *
+ * Changelog:
+ * 2005-04-26 - Define the header as a C structure, add a CRC32 checksum to
+ *              the header, and make all the types 32-bit.
+ *                --Benjamin Smedberg <benjamin@smedbergs.us>
+ */
+
+#include "bspatch.h"
+#include "errors.h"
+
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+# include <io.h>
+#else
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+# include <winsock2.h>
+#else
+# include <arpa/inet.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX LONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+int
+MBS_ReadHeader(FILE* file, MBSPatchHeader *header)
+{
+    size_t s = fread(header, 1, sizeof(MBSPatchHeader), file);
+    if (s != sizeof(MBSPatchHeader))
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+    header->slen      = ntohl(header->slen);
+    header->scrc32    = ntohl(header->scrc32);
+    header->dlen      = ntohl(header->dlen);
+    header->cblen     = ntohl(header->cblen);
+    header->difflen   = ntohl(header->difflen);
+    header->extralen  = ntohl(header->extralen);
+
+    struct stat hs;
+    s = fstat(fileno(file), &hs);
+    if (s)
+        return READ_ERROR;
+
+    if (memcmp(header->tag, "MBDIFF10", 8) != 0)
+        return UNEXPECTED_BSPATCH_ERROR;
+
+    if (sizeof(MBSPatchHeader) +
+            header->cblen +
+            header->difflen +
+            header->extralen != uint32_t(hs.st_size))
+        return UNEXPECTED_BSPATCH_ERROR;
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+MBS_ApplyPatch(const MBSPatchHeader *header, FILE* patchFile,
+               unsigned char *fbuffer, FILE* file)
+{
+    unsigned char *fbufend = fbuffer + header->slen;
+
+    unsigned char *buf = (unsigned char*) malloc(header->cblen +
+                         header->difflen +
+                         header->extralen);
+    if (!buf)
+        return BSPATCH_MEM_ERROR;
+
+    int rv = OK;
+
+    size_t r = header->cblen + header->difflen + header->extralen;
+    unsigned char *wb = buf;
+    while (r)
+    {
+        const size_t count = std::min(r, size_t(SSIZE_MAX));
+        size_t c = fread(wb, 1, count, patchFile);
+        if (c != count)
+        {
+            rv = READ_ERROR;
+            goto end;
+        }
+
+        r -= c;
+        wb += c;
+    }
+
+    {
+        MBSPatchTriple *ctrlsrc = (MBSPatchTriple*) buf;
+        unsigned char *diffsrc = buf + header->cblen;
+        unsigned char *extrasrc = diffsrc + header->difflen;
+
+        MBSPatchTriple *ctrlend = (MBSPatchTriple*) diffsrc;
+        unsigned char *diffend = extrasrc;
+        unsigned char *extraend = extrasrc + header->extralen;
+
+        do
+        {
+            ctrlsrc->x = ntohl(ctrlsrc->x);
+            ctrlsrc->y = ntohl(ctrlsrc->y);
+            ctrlsrc->z = ntohl(ctrlsrc->z);
+
+#ifdef DEBUG_bsmedberg
+            printf("Applying block:\n"
+                   " x: %u\n"
+                   " y: %u\n"
+                   " z: %i\n",
+                   ctrlsrc->x,
+                   ctrlsrc->y,
+                   ctrlsrc->z);
+#endif
+
+            /* Add x bytes from oldfile to x bytes from the diff block */
+
+            if (fbuffer + ctrlsrc->x > fbufend ||
+                    diffsrc + ctrlsrc->x > diffend)
+            {
+                rv = UNEXPECTED_BSPATCH_ERROR;
+                goto end;
+            }
+            for (uint32_t i = 0; i < ctrlsrc->x; ++i)
+            {
+                diffsrc[i] += fbuffer[i];
+            }
+            if ((uint32_t) fwrite(diffsrc, 1, ctrlsrc->x, file) != ctrlsrc->x)
+            {
+                rv = WRITE_ERROR_PATCH_FILE;
+                goto end;
+            }
+            fbuffer += ctrlsrc->x;
+            diffsrc += ctrlsrc->x;
+
+            /* Copy y bytes from the extra block */
+
+            if (extrasrc + ctrlsrc->y > extraend)
+            {
+                rv = UNEXPECTED_BSPATCH_ERROR;
+                goto end;
+            }
+            if ((uint32_t) fwrite(extrasrc, 1, ctrlsrc->y, file) != ctrlsrc->y)
+            {
+                rv = WRITE_ERROR_PATCH_FILE;
+                goto end;
+            }
+            extrasrc += ctrlsrc->y;
+
+            /* "seek" forwards in oldfile by z bytes */
+
+            if (fbuffer + ctrlsrc->z > fbufend)
+            {
+                rv = UNEXPECTED_BSPATCH_ERROR;
+                goto end;
+            }
+            fbuffer += ctrlsrc->z;
+
+            /* and on to the next control block */
+
+            ++ctrlsrc;
+        }
+        while (ctrlsrc < ctrlend);
+    }
+
+end:
+    free(buf);
+    return rv;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/gen_cert_header.py b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/gen_cert_header.py
new file mode 100755
index 000000000..3f3798cfb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/gen_cert_header.py
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
+#!/usr/bin/env python
+
+from __future__ import print_function
+import os
+import sys
+import binascii
+
+try:
+    from configparser import ConfigParser
+except ImportError:
+    from ConfigParser import SafeConfigParser as ConfigParser
+
+def file_byte_generator(filename):
+    with open(filename, "rb") as f:
+        block = f.read()
+        return block
+
+def eprint(*args, **kwargs):
+    print(*args, file=sys.stderr, **kwargs)
+
+def create_header(array_name, in_filename):
+    if sys.version_info >= (3,0):
+        hexified = ["0x" + binascii.hexlify(bytes([inp])).decode('ascii') for inp in file_byte_generator(in_filename)]
+    else:
+        hexified = ["0x" + binascii.hexlify(inp).decode('ascii') for inp in file_byte_generator(in_filename)]
+    print("const uint8_t " + array_name + "[] = {")
+    print(", ".join(hexified))
+    print("};")
+    return 0
+
+if __name__ == '__main__':
+    if len(sys.argv) < 3:
+        eprint('ERROR: usage: gen_cert_header.py array_name update_config_file')
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    if not os.path.exists(sys.argv[2]):
+        eprint('The config file %s does not exist'%(sys.argv[2]))
+        sys.exit(1)
+
+    config = ConfigParser()
+    config.read(sys.argv[2])
+    sys.exit(create_header(sys.argv[1], config.get('Updater', 'certificate-der')))
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/launchchild_osx.mm b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/launchchild_osx.mm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9e4e08d37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/launchchild_osx.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,138 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
+#include <CoreServices/CoreServices.h>
+#include <crt_externs.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <spawn.h>
+#include "readstrings.h"
+
+// Prefer the currently running architecture (this is the same as the
+// architecture that launched the updater) and fallback to CPU_TYPE_ANY if it
+// is no longer available after the update.
+static cpu_type_t pref_cpu_types[2] = {
+#if defined(__i386__)
+                                 CPU_TYPE_X86,
+#elif defined(__x86_64__)
+                                 CPU_TYPE_X86_64,
+#elif defined(__ppc__)
+                                 CPU_TYPE_POWERPC,
+#endif
+                                 CPU_TYPE_ANY };
+
+void LaunchChild(int argc, char **argv)
+{
+  // Initialize spawn attributes.
+  posix_spawnattr_t spawnattr;
+  if (posix_spawnattr_init(&spawnattr) != 0) {
+    printf("Failed to init posix spawn attribute.");
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // Set spawn attributes.
+  size_t attr_count = 2;
+  size_t attr_ocount = 0;
+  if (posix_spawnattr_setbinpref_np(&spawnattr, attr_count, pref_cpu_types, &attr_ocount) != 0 ||
+      attr_ocount != attr_count) {
+    printf("Failed to set binary preference on posix spawn attribute.");
+    posix_spawnattr_destroy(&spawnattr);
+    return;
+  }
+
+  // "posix_spawnp" uses null termination for arguments rather than a count.
+  // Note that we are not duplicating the argument strings themselves.
+  char** argv_copy = (char**)malloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(char*));
+  if (!argv_copy) {
+    printf("Failed to allocate memory for arguments.");
+    posix_spawnattr_destroy(&spawnattr);
+    return;
+  }
+  for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++) {
+    argv_copy[i] = argv[i];
+  }
+  argv_copy[argc] = NULL;
+
+  // Pass along our environment.
+  char** envp = NULL;
+  char*** cocoaEnvironment = _NSGetEnviron();
+  if (cocoaEnvironment) {
+    envp = *cocoaEnvironment;
+  }
+
+  int result = posix_spawnp(NULL, argv_copy[0], NULL, &spawnattr, argv_copy, envp);
+
+  free(argv_copy);
+  posix_spawnattr_destroy(&spawnattr);
+
+  if (result != 0) {
+    printf("Process spawn failed with code %d!", result);
+  }
+}
+
+void
+LaunchMacPostProcess(const char* aAppBundle)
+{
+  // Launch helper to perform post processing for the update; this is the Mac
+  // analogue of LaunchWinPostProcess (PostUpdateWin).
+  NSAutoreleasePool *pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init];
+
+  NSString* iniPath = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:aAppBundle];
+  iniPath =
+    [iniPath stringByAppendingPathComponent:@"Contents/Resources/updater.ini"];
+
+  NSFileManager* fileManager = [NSFileManager defaultManager];
+  if (![fileManager fileExistsAtPath:iniPath]) {
+    // the file does not exist; there is nothing to run
+    [pool release];
+    return;
+  }
+
+  int readResult;
+  char values[2][MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+  readResult = ReadStrings([iniPath UTF8String],
+                           "ExeRelPath\0ExeArg\0",
+                           2,
+                           values,
+                           "PostUpdateMac");
+  if (readResult) {
+    [pool release];
+    return;
+  }
+
+  NSString *exeRelPath = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:values[0]];
+  NSString *exeArg = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:values[1]];
+  if (!exeArg || !exeRelPath) {
+    [pool release];
+    return;
+  }
+
+  NSString* exeFullPath = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:aAppBundle];
+  exeFullPath = [exeFullPath stringByAppendingPathComponent:exeRelPath];
+
+  char optVals[1][MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+  readResult = ReadStrings([iniPath UTF8String],
+                           "ExeAsync\0",
+                           1,
+                           optVals,
+                           "PostUpdateMac");
+
+  NSTask *task = [[NSTask alloc] init];
+  [task setLaunchPath:exeFullPath];
+  [task setArguments:[NSArray arrayWithObject:exeArg]];
+  [task launch];
+  if (!readResult) {
+    NSString *exeAsync = [NSString stringWithUTF8String:optVals[0]];
+    if ([exeAsync isEqualToString:@"false"]) {
+      [task waitUntilExit];
+    }
+  }
+  // ignore the return value of the task, there's nothing we can do with it
+  [task release];
+
+  [pool release];
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/loaddlls.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/loaddlls.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a0c8a61e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/loaddlls.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+ * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#ifndef UNICODE
+#define UNICODE
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+
+// Delayed load libraries are loaded when the first symbol is used.
+// The following ensures that we load the delayed loaded libraries from the
+// system directory.
+struct AutoLoadSystemDependencies
+{
+    AutoLoadSystemDependencies()
+    {
+        // Remove the current directory from the search path for dynamically loaded
+        // DLLs as a precaution.  This call has no effect for delay load DLLs.
+        SetDllDirectory(L"");
+
+        HMODULE module = ::GetModuleHandleW(L"kernel32.dll");
+        if (module)
+        {
+            // SetDefaultDllDirectories is always available on Windows 8 and above. It
+            // is also available on Windows Vista, Windows Server 2008, and
+            // Windows 7 when MS KB2533623 has been applied.
+            decltype(SetDefaultDllDirectories)* setDefaultDllDirectories =
+                (decltype(SetDefaultDllDirectories)*) GetProcAddress(module, "SetDefaultDllDirectories");
+            if (setDefaultDllDirectories)
+            {
+                setDefaultDllDirectories(LOAD_LIBRARY_SEARCH_SYSTEM32);
+                return;
+            }
+        }
+
+        // TODO: moggi: do we need all that code?
+        // When SetDefaultDllDirectories is not available, fallback to preloading
+        // dlls. The order that these are loaded does not matter since they are
+        // loaded using the LOAD_WITH_ALTERED_SEARCH_PATH flag.
+#ifdef HAVE_64BIT_BUILD
+        // DLLs for Firefox x64 on Windows 7 (x64).
+        // Note: dwmapi.dll is preloaded since a crash will try to load it from the
+        // application's directory.
+        static LPCWSTR delayDLLs[] = { L"apphelp.dll",
+                                       L"cryptbase.dll",
+                                       L"cryptsp.dll",
+                                       L"dwmapi.dll",
+                                       L"mpr.dll",
+                                       L"ntmarta.dll",
+                                       L"profapi.dll",
+                                       L"propsys.dll",
+                                       L"sspicli.dll",
+                                       L"wsock32.dll"
+                                     };
+
+#else
+        // DLLs for Firefox x86 on Windows XP through Windows 7 (x86 and x64).
+        // Note: dwmapi.dll is preloaded since a crash will try to load it from the
+        // application's directory.
+        static LPCWSTR delayDLLs[] = { L"apphelp.dll",
+                                       L"crypt32.dll",
+                                       L"cryptbase.dll",
+                                       L"cryptsp.dll",
+                                       L"dwmapi.dll",
+                                       L"mpr.dll",
+                                       L"msasn1.dll",
+                                       L"ntmarta.dll",
+                                       L"profapi.dll",
+                                       L"propsys.dll",
+                                       L"psapi.dll",
+                                       L"secur32.dll",
+                                       L"sspicli.dll",
+                                       L"userenv.dll",
+                                       L"uxtheme.dll",
+                                       L"ws2_32.dll",
+                                       L"ws2help.dll",
+                                       L"wsock32.dll"
+                                     };
+#endif
+
+        WCHAR systemDirectory[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+        // If GetSystemDirectory fails we accept that we'll load the DLLs from the
+        // normal search path.
+        GetSystemDirectoryW(systemDirectory, MAX_PATH + 1);
+        size_t systemDirLen = wcslen(systemDirectory);
+
+        // Make the system directory path terminate with a slash
+        if (systemDirectory[systemDirLen - 1] != L'\\' && systemDirLen)
+        {
+            systemDirectory[systemDirLen] = L'\\';
+            ++systemDirLen;
+            // No need to re-null terminate
+        }
+
+        // For each known DLL ensure it is loaded from the system32 directory
+        for (size_t i = 0; i < sizeof(delayDLLs) / sizeof(delayDLLs[0]); ++i)
+        {
+            size_t fileLen = wcslen(delayDLLs[i]);
+            wcsncpy(systemDirectory + systemDirLen, delayDLLs[i],
+                    MAX_PATH - systemDirLen);
+            if (systemDirLen + fileLen <= MAX_PATH)
+            {
+                systemDirectory[systemDirLen + fileLen] = L'\0';
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                systemDirectory[MAX_PATH] = L'\0';
+            }
+            LPCWSTR fullModulePath = systemDirectory; // just for code readability
+            // LOAD_WITH_ALTERED_SEARCH_PATH makes a dll look in its own directory for
+            // dependencies and is only available on Win 7 and below.
+            LoadLibraryExW(fullModulePath, nullptr, LOAD_WITH_ALTERED_SEARCH_PATH);
+        }
+    }
+} loadDLLs;
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Info.plist b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Info.plist
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..f104b55b9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Info.plist
@@ -0,0 +1,35 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple Computer//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+	<key>CFBundleDevelopmentRegion</key>
+	<string>English</string>
+	<key>CFBundleExecutable</key>
+	<string>updater</string>
+	<key>CFBundleIconFile</key>
+	<string>updater.icns</string>
+	<key>CFBundleIdentifier</key>
+	<string>org.mozilla.updater</string>
+	<key>CFBundleInfoDictionaryVersion</key>
+	<string>6.0</string>
+	<key>CFBundlePackageType</key>
+	<string>APPL</string>
+	<key>CFBundleSignature</key>
+	<string>????</string>
+	<key>CFBundleVersion</key>
+	<string>1.0</string>
+	<key>NSMainNibFile</key>
+	<string>MainMenu</string>
+	<key>NSPrincipalClass</key>
+	<string>NSApplication</string>
+	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersion</key>
+	<string>10.5</string>
+	<key>LSMinimumSystemVersionByArchitecture</key>
+	<dict>
+		<key>i386</key>
+		<string>10.5.0</string>
+		<key>x86_64</key>
+		<string>10.6.0</string>
+	</dict>
+</dict>
+</plist>
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/PkgInfo b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/PkgInfo
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bd04210fb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/PkgInfo
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+APPL????
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings.in b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..bca4022e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings.in
@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/* Localized versions of Info.plist keys */
+
+CFBundleName = "%APP_NAME% Software Update";
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/MainMenu.nib/classes.nib b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/MainMenu.nib/classes.nib
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6cfb50406
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/MainMenu.nib/classes.nib
@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+{
+    IBClasses =     (
+        {
+    CLASS = FirstResponder;
+    LANGUAGE = ObjC;
+    SUPERCLASS = NSObject;
+},
+        {
+    CLASS = UpdaterUI;
+    LANGUAGE = ObjC;
+    OUTLETS =     {
+        progressBar = NSProgressIndicator;
+        progressTextField = NSTextField;
+    };
+    SUPERCLASS = NSObject;
+}
+    );
+    IBVersion = 1;
+}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/MainMenu.nib/info.nib b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/MainMenu.nib/info.nib
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..150917837
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/MainMenu.nib/info.nib
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
+<!DOCTYPE plist PUBLIC "-//Apple//DTD PLIST 1.0//EN" "http://www.apple.com/DTDs/PropertyList-1.0.dtd">
+<plist version="1.0">
+<dict>
+	<key>IBDocumentLocation</key>
+	<string>111 162 356 240 0 0 1440 878 </string>
+	<key>IBEditorPositions</key>
+	<dict>
+		<key>29</key>
+		<string>106 299 84 44 0 0 1440 878 </string>
+	</dict>
+	<key>IBFramework Version</key>
+	<string>489.0</string>
+	<key>IBOpenObjects</key>
+	<array>
+		<integer>21</integer>
+		<integer>29</integer>
+	</array>
+	<key>IBSystem Version</key>
+	<string>10J567</string>
+</dict>
+</plist>
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/MainMenu.nib/keyedobjects.nib b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/MainMenu.nib/keyedobjects.nib
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..61ff02600
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/MainMenu.nib/keyedobjects.nib
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/updater.icns b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/updater.icns
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d7499c669
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/macbuild/Contents/Resources/updater.icns
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui-unused/progressui_gonk.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui-unused/progressui_gonk.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2878aa2f0
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui-unused/progressui_gonk.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*-
+ * vim: sw=2 ts=8 et :
+ */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this file,
+ * You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include <assert.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+#include <string>
+
+#include "android/log.h"
+
+#include "progressui.h"
+
+#define LOG(args...)  __android_log_print(ANDROID_LOG_INFO, "GeckoUpdater" , ## args)
+
+int InitProgressUI(int *argc, char ***argv)
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int ShowProgressUI()
+{
+    LOG("Starting to apply update ...\n");
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void QuitProgressUI()
+{
+    LOG("Finished applying update\n");
+}
+
+void UpdateProgressUI(float progress)
+{
+    assert(0.0f <= progress && progress <= 100.0f);
+
+    static const size_t kProgressBarLength = 50;
+    static size_t sLastNumBars;
+    size_t numBars = size_t(float(kProgressBarLength) * progress / 100.0f);
+    if (numBars == sLastNumBars)
+    {
+        return;
+    }
+    sLastNumBars = numBars;
+
+    size_t numSpaces = kProgressBarLength - numBars;
+    std::string bars(numBars, '=');
+    std::string spaces(numSpaces, ' ');
+    LOG("Progress [ %s%s ]\n", bars.c_str(), spaces.c_str());
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui-unused/progressui_osx.mm b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui-unused/progressui_osx.mm
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..8e3ce01eb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui-unused/progressui_osx.mm
@@ -0,0 +1,141 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#import <Cocoa/Cocoa.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "progressui.h"
+#include "readstrings.h"
+#include "errors.h"
+
+#define TIMER_INTERVAL 0.2
+
+static float sProgressVal;  // between 0 and 100
+static BOOL sQuit = FALSE;
+static StringTable sLabels;
+static const char *sUpdatePath;
+
+@interface UpdaterUI : NSObject
+{
+  IBOutlet NSProgressIndicator *progressBar;
+  IBOutlet NSTextField *progressTextField;
+}
+@end
+
+@implementation UpdaterUI
+
+-(void)awakeFromNib
+{
+  NSWindow *w = [progressBar window];
+
+  [w setTitle:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:sLabels.title]];
+  [progressTextField setStringValue:[NSString stringWithUTF8String:sLabels.info]];
+
+  NSRect origTextFrame = [progressTextField frame];
+  [progressTextField sizeToFit];
+
+  int widthAdjust = progressTextField.frame.size.width - origTextFrame.size.width;
+
+  if (widthAdjust > 0) {
+    NSRect f;
+    f.size.width  = w.frame.size.width + widthAdjust;
+    f.size.height = w.frame.size.height;
+    [w setFrame:f display:YES];
+  }
+
+  [w center];
+
+  [progressBar setIndeterminate:NO];
+  [progressBar setDoubleValue:0.0];
+
+  [[NSTimer scheduledTimerWithTimeInterval:TIMER_INTERVAL target:self
+                                  selector:@selector(updateProgressUI:)
+                                  userInfo:nil repeats:YES] retain];
+
+  // Make sure we are on top initially
+  [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
+}
+
+// called when the timer goes off
+-(void)updateProgressUI:(NSTimer *)aTimer
+{
+  if (sQuit) {
+    [aTimer invalidate];
+    [aTimer release];
+
+    // It seems to be necessary to activate and hide ourselves before we stop,
+    // otherwise the "run" method will not return until the user focuses some
+    // other app.  The activate step is necessary if we are not the active app.
+    // This is a big hack, but it seems to do the trick.
+    [NSApp activateIgnoringOtherApps:YES];
+    [NSApp hide:self];
+    [NSApp stop:self];
+  }
+
+  float progress = sProgressVal;
+
+  [progressBar setDoubleValue:(double)progress];
+}
+
+// leave this as returning a BOOL instead of NSApplicationTerminateReply
+// for backward compatibility
+- (BOOL)applicationShouldTerminate:(NSApplication *)sender
+{
+  return sQuit;
+}
+
+@end
+
+int
+InitProgressUI(int *pargc, char ***pargv)
+{
+  sUpdatePath = (*pargv)[1];
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+int
+ShowProgressUI()
+{
+  // Only show the Progress UI if the process is taking a significant amount of
+  // time where a significant amount of time is defined as .5 seconds after
+  // ShowProgressUI is called sProgress is less than 70.
+  usleep(500000);
+
+  if (sQuit || sProgressVal > 70.0f)
+    return 0;
+
+  char path[PATH_MAX];
+  snprintf(path, sizeof(path), "%s/updater.ini", sUpdatePath);
+  if (ReadStrings(path, &sLabels) != OK)
+    return -1;
+
+  // Continue the update without showing the Progress UI if any of the supplied
+  // strings are larger than MAX_TEXT_LEN (Bug 628829).
+  if (!(strlen(sLabels.title) < MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1 &&
+        strlen(sLabels.info) < MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1))
+    return -1;
+
+  [NSApplication sharedApplication];
+  [NSBundle loadNibNamed:@"MainMenu" owner:NSApp];
+  [NSApp run];
+
+  return 0;
+}
+
+// Called on a background thread
+void
+QuitProgressUI()
+{
+  sQuit = TRUE;
+}
+
+// Called on a background thread
+void
+UpdateProgressUI(float progress)
+{
+  sProgressVal = progress;  // 32-bit writes are atomic
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..a3e4913fc
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui.h
@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef PROGRESSUI_H__
+#define PROGRESSUI_H__
+
+#include "updatedefines.h"
+#include "types.hxx"
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#define NS_main wmain
+#else
+#define NS_main main
+#endif
+
+// Called to perform any initialization of the widget toolkit
+int InitProgressUI(int* argc, NS_tchar*** argv);
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+// Called on the main thread at startup
+int ShowProgressUI(bool indeterminate = false, bool initUIStrings = true);
+int InitProgressUIStrings();
+#else
+// Called on the main thread at startup
+int ShowProgressUI();
+#endif
+// May be called from any thread
+void QuitProgressUI();
+
+// May be called from any thread: progress is a number between 0 and 100
+void UpdateProgressUI(float progress);
+
+#endif // PROGRESSUI_H__
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_gtk.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_gtk.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..961e4cdd9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_gtk.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,147 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#if defined(UNIX) || defined(MACOSX)
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <gtk/gtk.h>
+#include <unistd.h>
+#include "progressui.h"
+#include "readstrings.h"
+#include "errors.h"
+#include <string.h>
+#include "progressui_gtk_icon.h"
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic push
+#pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wdeprecated-declarations"
+#endif
+
+#define TIMER_INTERVAL 100
+
+static float    sProgressVal;  // between 0 and 100
+static gboolean sQuit = FALSE;
+static gboolean sEnableUI;
+static guint    sTimerID;
+
+static GtkWidget *sWin;
+static GtkWidget *sLabel;
+static GtkWidget *sProgressBar;
+
+static const char *sProgramPath;
+
+static gboolean
+UpdateDialog(gpointer /*data*/)
+{
+    if (sQuit)
+    {
+        gtk_widget_hide(sWin);
+        gtk_main_quit();
+    }
+
+    float progress = sProgressVal;
+
+    gtk_progress_bar_set_fraction(GTK_PROGRESS_BAR(sProgressBar),
+                                  progress / 100.0);
+
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static gboolean
+OnDeleteEvent(GtkWidget * /*widget*/, GdkEvent * /*event*/, gpointer /*user_data*/)
+{
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+int
+InitProgressUI(int *pargc, char ***pargv)
+{
+    sProgramPath = (*pargv)[0];
+
+    sEnableUI = gtk_init_check(pargc, pargv);
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+ShowProgressUI()
+{
+    if (!sEnableUI)
+        return -1;
+
+    // Only show the Progress UI if the process is taking a significant amount of
+    // time where a significant amount of time is defined as .5 seconds after
+    // ShowProgressUI is called sProgress is less than 70.
+    usleep(500000);
+
+    if (sQuit || sProgressVal > 70.0f)
+        return 0;
+
+    char ini_path[PATH_MAX];
+    snprintf(ini_path, sizeof(ini_path), "%s.ini", sProgramPath);
+
+    StringTable strings;
+    if (ReadStrings(ini_path, &strings) != OK)
+    {
+        strcpy(strings.title, "LibreOffice Update");
+        strcpy(strings.info, "Please wait while we update your installation.");
+    }
+
+    sWin = gtk_window_new(GTK_WINDOW_TOPLEVEL);
+    if (!sWin)
+        return -1;
+
+    static GdkPixbuf *pixbuf;
+
+    g_signal_connect(G_OBJECT(sWin), "delete_event",
+                     G_CALLBACK(OnDeleteEvent), nullptr);
+
+    gtk_window_set_title(GTK_WINDOW(sWin), strings.title);
+    gtk_window_set_type_hint(GTK_WINDOW(sWin), GDK_WINDOW_TYPE_HINT_DIALOG);
+    gtk_window_set_position(GTK_WINDOW(sWin), GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ALWAYS);
+    gtk_window_set_resizable(GTK_WINDOW(sWin), FALSE);
+    gtk_window_set_decorated(GTK_WINDOW(sWin), TRUE);
+    gtk_window_set_deletable(GTK_WINDOW(sWin),FALSE);
+    pixbuf = gdk_pixbuf_new_from_xpm_data (icon_data);
+    gtk_window_set_icon(GTK_WINDOW(sWin), pixbuf);
+    g_object_unref(pixbuf);
+
+    GtkWidget *vbox = gtk_box_new(GTK_ORIENTATION_VERTICAL, 6);
+    gtk_box_set_homogeneous(GTK_BOX(vbox), true);
+    sLabel = gtk_label_new(strings.info);
+    gtk_misc_set_alignment(GTK_MISC(sLabel), 0.0f, 0.0f);
+    sProgressBar = gtk_progress_bar_new();
+
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), sLabel, FALSE, FALSE, 0);
+    gtk_box_pack_start(GTK_BOX(vbox), sProgressBar, TRUE, TRUE, 0);
+
+    sTimerID = g_timeout_add(TIMER_INTERVAL, UpdateDialog, nullptr);
+
+    gtk_container_set_border_width(GTK_CONTAINER(sWin), 10);
+    gtk_container_add(GTK_CONTAINER(sWin), vbox);
+    gtk_widget_show_all(sWin);
+
+    gtk_main();
+    return 0;
+}
+
+// Called on a background thread
+void
+QuitProgressUI()
+{
+    sQuit = TRUE;
+}
+
+// Called on a background thread
+void
+UpdateProgressUI(float progress)
+{
+    sProgressVal = progress;  // 32-bit writes are atomic
+}
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
+#endif
+
+#endif  // defined(UNIX) || defined(MACOSX)
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_gtk_icon.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_gtk_icon.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6660c071f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_gtk_icon.h
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/* XPM */
+static const char *icon_data[] = {
+/* columns rows colors chars-per-pixel */
+"32 32 167 2 ",
+"   c #915B05",
+".  c #955F0C",
+"X  c #95610D",
+"o  c #8F6013",
+"O  c #8C601D",
+"+  c #966311",
+"@  c #9A6615",
+"#  c #9A6817",
+"$  c #9C6B1D",
+"%  c #8B652A",
+"&  c #966B26",
+"*  c #976D28",
+"=  c #9C7129",
+"-  c #8E6D34",
+";  c #A17025",
+":  c #A2752E",
+">  c #AB7A2B",
+",  c #A77A34",
+"<  c #A97C33",
+"1  c #8D7751",
+"2  c #8D7A57",
+"3  c #8A7658",
+"4  c #A17D42",
+"5  c #8E7E63",
+"6  c #AE823B",
+"7  c #B88635",
+"8  c #B2853B",
+"9  c #BB8A3A",
+"0  c #C08B36",
+"q  c #AA864A",
+"w  c #AF894D",
+"e  c #BC8D42",
+"r  c #AA8B57",
+"t  c #B38F56",
+"y  c #B79256",
+"u  c #968468",
+"i  c #958A73",
+"p  c #9B8970",
+"a  c #938D7D",
+"s  c #9D927A",
+"d  c #A3916F",
+"f  c #AD966D",
+"g  c #B1996D",
+"h  c #BF9F6E",
+"j  c #A89473",
+"k  c #B59D75",
+"l  c #BEA375",
+"z  c #C08F42",
+"x  c #D29E4B",
+"c  c #C69C5C",
+"v  c #DBA44D",
+"b  c #D5A351",
+"n  c #DCA651",
+"m  c #DFAA56",
+"M  c #D8A75A",
+"N  c #DCAA5B",
+"B  c #C79E60",
+"V  c #C09F6E",
+"C  c #C8A162",
+"Z  c #CCA66A",
+"A  c #DEAE62",
+"S  c #D6AD6E",
+"D  c #DEB16A",
+"F  c #C1A272",
+"G  c #C6AA7E",
+"H  c #D3AE73",
+"J  c #D8AF71",
+"K  c #DEB676",
+"L  c #D8B47C",
+"P  c #E2B266",
+"I  c #E3B36A",
+"U  c #E5B974",
+"Y  c #E3BB7C",
+"T  c #8B8C85",
+"R  c #8D8E88",
+"E  c #918F83",
+"W  c #8F908C",
+"Q  c #9A9483",
+"!  c #92938E",
+"~  c #98968B",
+"^  c #9E9788",
+"/  c #939591",
+"(  c #969894",
+")  c #9C9A94",
+"_  c #9C9E99",
+"`  c #A19C94",
+"'  c #A29E99",
+"]  c #9FA19C",
+"[  c #ADA189",
+"{  c #B9A486",
+"}  c #AEA695",
+"|  c #A1A29C",
+" . c #A9A89F",
+".. c #B7AE98",
+"X. c #A4A6A2",
+"o. c #A6A9A4",
+"O. c #AAABA7",
+"+. c #ACACA9",
+"@. c #AEB1AB",
+"#. c #B0B2AE",
+"$. c #B3B5B1",
+"%. c #B6B8B2",
+"&. c #B9BBB7",
+"*. c #BBBCBA",
+"=. c #C3AD8A",
+"-. c #CDB288",
+";. c #C9B495",
+":. c #D3BC96",
+">. c #E3BD84",
+",. c #E1BF88",
+"<. c #D2BEA0",
+"1. c #C8BFB0",
+"2. c #BFC1BB",
+"3. c #D8C095",
+"4. c #E5C087",
+"5. c #EAC385",
+"6. c #E6C289",
+"7. c #E8C288",
+"8. c #E4C492",
+"9. c #E6C99B",
+"0. c #EBCD9E",
+"q. c #D4C1A5",
+"w. c #D8C5A7",
+"e. c #CBC2B1",
+"r. c #C1C4BE",
+"t. c #D1C7B7",
+"y. c #DFCEB4",
+"u. c #E7CDA5",
+"i. c #EDD0A3",
+"p. c #E6D0AF",
+"a. c #EED5AC",
+"s. c #E6D2B0",
+"d. c #EDD6B3",
+"f. c #EBD7B9",
+"g. c #ECD9BC",
+"h. c #F3DBB5",
+"j. c #C4C5C3",
+"k. c #C6C9C3",
+"l. c #C9CCC6",
+"z. c #CCCDCA",
+"x. c #D4CFC3",
+"c. c #CFD0CC",
+"v. c #D1D2CF",
+"b. c #D3D4D3",
+"n. c #D6D8D5",
+"m. c #DADAD6",
+"M. c #DADBDA",
+"N. c #E7D8C0",
+"B. c #ECDCC2",
+"V. c #DFE1DE",
+"C. c #F3E1C3",
+"Z. c #F2E4CC",
+"A. c #ECE2D4",
+"S. c #EEE7DA",
+"D. c #F1E5D2",
+"F. c #F7E9D6",
+"G. c #F0E8DC",
+"H. c #E3E3E3",
+"J. c #E7E8E7",
+"K. c #E8E8E7",
+"L. c #ECECEB",
+"P. c #F4EFE6",
+"I. c #F5F1EB",
+"U. c #F3F4F3",
+"Y. c #F8F5F1",
+"T. c #FAF9F7",
+"R. c #FFFFFF",
+/* pixels */
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.F X ; A.R.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.< u.H # S.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.T.y.F l R., d.a.Z # G.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.A.V , + w :., y.< f.Y 8.C # P.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.G : -.N.I.Y.T.t X . f.5.n 4.e # T.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.$ p.F.Z.Z.D.Y.F ..l s.h.U D 6.# :.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.U.l.* u.d.i.d.B.I.y k 3., C.5.N >.> h R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.U.%.W ] , 8.0.0.| R T T T T T T ~ Q >.< h R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.n.W ] 2.k.q 3.h.a.| v.U.U.L.L.L.L.U.o.9.< V R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.z.R @.j.k.z.q K 6   ) M.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.o.L > F R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.M.W $.2.k.l.j.r 0.8.6.! b.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.o.p.8 -.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.T.! @.2.k.l.O.W 6 4.I N E j.R.R.R.R.R.$./ T J 9 w.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.*._ 2.r.l.] X.U., Y A v a k.R.R.L.R.R.U.E 0 x 7 w.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.! %.r.k.@.| T.R., Y N v a j.R.R.@.U.R.R.*.r b 7 <.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.n.! r.k.k.W L.R.R., Y A v f M.R.R.O.&.R.R.H.a M 9 ;.T.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.&.X.j.l.$.O.R.R.T., Y P n g M.R.R.o.W R.R.R.R D 9 { L.T.",
+"R.R.w + 2 @.l.c. .1 + . q.: >.P m g ! ! / T E L.R.R._ K e j H.R.",
+"R.R.6 Z. .%.c.b.' <.a.c =.= Y P m N M M M M s H.R.R.X.>.z u n.T.",
+"R.R., Z.} $.v.n.O.=.i.c { * U 7.7.5.7.4.4.4.Q L.R.R.] ,.8 5 n.T.",
+"R.R.6 Z...@.n.M.&.[ i.B =.5 . @ @ @ @ @ @ # R T.R.R.! @ o ] V.T.",
+"R.R., A.x._ m.V.m.! G.:.;.z.+.' ` ` ` ^ ) W $.R.R.K.T ) $.b.U.R.",
+"R.T., L K R m.H.K.#.[ y ;.U.J.H.H.H.H.H.b.W L.R.R.j.+.H.L.U.R.R.",
+"R.M.& H A j #.K.L.L.| 1 + # # # # # $ t./ c.R.R.T./ H.R.T.R.R.R.",
+"L.O.O S 8.6.W M.U.T.Y.O.) e.g.f.a.w.d ! b.R.R.R.&.+.R.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"U.2.%       - ( U.T.R.R.M.+.W R T _ *.U.R.R.R.b.( U.R.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.U.V.n.b.b.b.o._ L.R.R.R.R.R.T.R.R.R.R.R.R.z./ J.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.T.R.R.T.j./ c.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.U.#.( L.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.T.4 ^ ) j.J.T.R.R.U.M.$.! &.T.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.T.M.& H Z g a T R T E i Q L.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.U.+.O S ,.>.7.>.7.,.6.< 3 H.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.U.2.% # $ & $ $ $ $ & X p L.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.",
+"R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.Y.m.e.1.1.1.1.1.1.e.t.L.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R.R."
+};
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_null.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_null.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..66d294a13
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_null.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#if !defined(MACOSX) && !defined(UNIX) && !defined(_WIN32)
+#include "progressui.h"
+
+int InitProgressUI(int *argc, char ***argv)
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int ShowProgressUI()
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void QuitProgressUI()
+{
+}
+
+void UpdateProgressUI(float progress)
+{
+}
+#endif  // !defined(MACOSX) && !defined(UNIX) && !defined(_WIN32)
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_win.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_win.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7ef23cfab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/progressui_win.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <stdio.h>
+#ifndef UNICODE
+#define UNICODE
+#endif
+#include <windows.h>
+#include <commctrl.h>
+#include <process.h>
+#include <io.h>
+
+#include "resource.h"
+#include "progressui.h"
+#include "readstrings.h"
+#include "errors.h"
+
+#define TIMER_ID 1
+#define TIMER_INTERVAL 100
+
+#define RESIZE_WINDOW(hwnd, extrax, extray) \
+  { \
+    RECT windowSize; \
+    GetWindowRect(hwnd, &windowSize); \
+    SetWindowPos(hwnd, 0, 0, 0, windowSize.right - windowSize.left + extrax, \
+                 windowSize.bottom - windowSize.top + extray, \
+                 SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOZORDER); \
+  }
+
+#define MOVE_WINDOW(hwnd, dx, dy) \
+  { \
+    RECT rc; \
+    POINT pt; \
+    GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rc); \
+    pt.x = rc.left; \
+    pt.y = rc.top; \
+    ScreenToClient(GetParent(hwnd), &pt); \
+    SetWindowPos(hwnd, 0, pt.x + dx, pt.y + dy, 0, 0, \
+                 SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER); \
+  }
+
+static float sProgress;  // between 0 and 100
+static BOOL  sQuit = FALSE;
+static BOOL sIndeterminate = FALSE;
+static StringTable sUIStrings;
+
+static BOOL
+GetStringsFile(WCHAR filename[MAX_PATH])
+{
+    if (!GetModuleFileNameW(nullptr, filename, MAX_PATH))
+        return FALSE;
+
+    WCHAR *dot = wcsrchr(filename, '.');
+    if (!dot || wcsicmp(dot + 1, L"exe"))
+        return FALSE;
+
+    wcscpy(dot + 1, L"ini");
+    return TRUE;
+}
+
+static void
+UpdateDialog(HWND hDlg)
+{
+    int pos = int(sProgress + 0.5f);
+    HWND hWndPro = GetDlgItem(hDlg, IDC_PROGRESS);
+    SendMessage(hWndPro, PBM_SETPOS, pos, 0);
+}
+
+// The code in this function is from MSDN:
+// http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/default.asp?url=/library/en-us/winui/winui/windowsuserinterface/windowing/dialogboxes/usingdialogboxes.asp
+static void
+CenterDialog(HWND hDlg)
+{
+    RECT rc, rcOwner, rcDlg;
+
+    // Get the owner window and dialog box rectangles.
+    HWND desktop = GetDesktopWindow();
+
+    GetWindowRect(desktop, &rcOwner);
+    GetWindowRect(hDlg, &rcDlg);
+    CopyRect(&rc, &rcOwner);
+
+    // Offset the owner and dialog box rectangles so that
+    // right and bottom values represent the width and
+    // height, and then offset the owner again to discard
+    // space taken up by the dialog box.
+
+    OffsetRect(&rcDlg, -rcDlg.left, -rcDlg.top);
+    OffsetRect(&rc, -rc.left, -rc.top);
+    OffsetRect(&rc, -rcDlg.right, -rcDlg.bottom);
+
+    // The new position is the sum of half the remaining
+    // space and the owner's original position.
+
+    SetWindowPos(hDlg,
+                 HWND_TOP,
+                 rcOwner.left + (rc.right / 2),
+                 rcOwner.top + (rc.bottom / 2),
+                 0, 0,          // ignores size arguments
+                 SWP_NOSIZE);
+}
+
+static void
+InitDialog(HWND hDlg)
+{
+    WCHAR szwTitle[MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+    WCHAR szwInfo[MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+
+    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, sUIStrings.title, -1, szwTitle,
+                        sizeof(szwTitle)/sizeof(szwTitle[0]));
+    MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, 0, sUIStrings.info, -1, szwInfo,
+                        sizeof(szwInfo)/sizeof(szwInfo[0]));
+
+    SetWindowTextW(hDlg, szwTitle);
+    SetWindowTextW(GetDlgItem(hDlg, IDC_INFO), szwInfo);
+
+    // Set dialog icon
+    HICON hIcon = LoadIcon(GetModuleHandle(nullptr),
+                           MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDI_DIALOG));
+    if (hIcon)
+        SendMessage(hDlg, WM_SETICON, ICON_BIG, (LPARAM) hIcon);
+
+    HWND hWndPro = GetDlgItem(hDlg, IDC_PROGRESS);
+    SendMessage(hWndPro, PBM_SETRANGE, 0, MAKELPARAM(0, 100));
+    if (sIndeterminate)
+    {
+        LONG_PTR val = GetWindowLongPtr(hWndPro, GWL_STYLE);
+        SetWindowLongPtr(hWndPro, GWL_STYLE, val|PBS_MARQUEE);
+        SendMessage(hWndPro,(UINT) PBM_SETMARQUEE,(WPARAM) TRUE,(LPARAM)50 );
+    }
+
+    // Resize the dialog to fit all of the text if necessary.
+    RECT infoSize, textSize;
+    HWND hWndInfo = GetDlgItem(hDlg, IDC_INFO);
+
+    // Get the control's font for calculating the new size for the control
+    HDC hDCInfo = GetDC(hWndInfo);
+    HFONT hInfoFont;
+    HFONT hOldFont = 0;
+    hInfoFont = (HFONT)SendMessage(hWndInfo, WM_GETFONT, 0, 0);
+
+    if (hInfoFont)
+        hOldFont = (HFONT)SelectObject(hDCInfo, hInfoFont);
+
+    // Measure the space needed for the text on a single line. DT_CALCRECT means
+    // nothing is drawn.
+    if (DrawText(hDCInfo, szwInfo, -1, &textSize,
+                 DT_CALCRECT | DT_NOCLIP | DT_SINGLELINE))
+    {
+        GetClientRect(hWndInfo, &infoSize);
+        SIZE extra;
+        // Calculate the additional space needed for the text by subtracting from
+        // the rectangle returned by DrawText the existing client rectangle's width
+        // and height.
+        extra.cx = (textSize.right - textSize.left) - \
+                   (infoSize.right - infoSize.left);
+        extra.cy = (textSize.bottom - textSize.top) - \
+                   (infoSize.bottom - infoSize.top);
+        if (extra.cx < 0)
+            extra.cx = 0;
+        if (extra.cy < 0)
+            extra.cy = 0;
+        if ((extra.cx > 0) || (extra.cy > 0))
+        {
+            RESIZE_WINDOW(hDlg, extra.cx, extra.cy);
+            RESIZE_WINDOW(hWndInfo, extra.cx, extra.cy);
+            RESIZE_WINDOW(hWndPro, extra.cx, 0);
+            MOVE_WINDOW(hWndPro, 0, extra.cy);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (hOldFont)
+        SelectObject(hDCInfo, hOldFont);
+
+    ReleaseDC(hWndInfo, hDCInfo);
+
+    CenterDialog(hDlg);  // make dialog appear in the center of the screen
+
+    SetTimer(hDlg, TIMER_ID, TIMER_INTERVAL, nullptr);
+}
+
+// Message handler for update dialog.
+static LRESULT CALLBACK
+DialogProc(HWND hDlg, UINT message, WPARAM /*wParam*/, LPARAM /*lParam*/)
+{
+    switch (message)
+    {
+        case WM_INITDIALOG:
+            InitDialog(hDlg);
+            return TRUE;
+
+        case WM_TIMER:
+            if (sQuit)
+            {
+                EndDialog(hDlg, 0);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                UpdateDialog(hDlg);
+            }
+            return TRUE;
+
+        case WM_COMMAND:
+            return TRUE;
+    }
+    return FALSE;
+}
+
+int
+InitProgressUI(int* /*argc*/, WCHAR*** /*argv*/)
+{
+    return 0;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Initializes the progress UI strings
+ *
+ * @return 0 on success, -1 on error
+*/
+int
+InitProgressUIStrings()
+{
+    // If we do not have updater.ini, then we should not bother showing UI.
+    WCHAR filename[MAX_PATH];
+    if (!GetStringsFile(filename))
+    {
+        strcpy(sUIStrings.title, "LibreOffice Update");
+        strcpy(sUIStrings.info, "Please wait while we update your installation.");
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    if (_waccess(filename, 04))
+    {
+        strcpy(sUIStrings.title, "LibreOffice Update");
+        strcpy(sUIStrings.info, "Please wait while we update your installation.");
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    // If the updater.ini doesn't have the required strings, then we should not
+    // bother showing UI.
+    if (ReadStrings(filename, &sUIStrings) != OK)
+    {
+        strcpy(sUIStrings.title, "LibreOffice Update");
+        strcpy(sUIStrings.info, "Please wait while we update your installation.");
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+int
+ShowProgressUI(bool indeterminate, bool initUIStrings)
+{
+    sIndeterminate = indeterminate;
+    if (!indeterminate)
+    {
+        // Only show the Progress UI if the process is taking a significant amount of
+        // time where a significant amount of time is defined as .5 seconds after
+        // ShowProgressUI is called sProgress is less than 70.
+        Sleep(500);
+
+        if (sQuit || sProgress > 70.0f)
+            return 0;
+    }
+
+    // Don't load the UI if there's an <exe_name>.Local directory for redirection.
+    WCHAR appPath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    if (!GetModuleFileNameW(nullptr, appPath, MAX_PATH))
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    if (wcslen(appPath) + wcslen(L".Local") >= MAX_PATH)
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    wcscat(appPath, L".Local");
+
+    if (!_waccess(appPath, 04))
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    // Don't load the UI if the strings for the UI are not provided.
+    if (initUIStrings && InitProgressUIStrings() == -1)
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    if (!GetModuleFileNameW(nullptr, appPath, MAX_PATH))
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    // Use an activation context that supports visual styles for the controls.
+    ACTCTXW actx = {0};
+    actx.cbSize = sizeof(ACTCTXW);
+    actx.dwFlags = ACTCTX_FLAG_RESOURCE_NAME_VALID | ACTCTX_FLAG_HMODULE_VALID;
+    actx.hModule = GetModuleHandle(NULL); // Use the embedded manifest
+    // This is needed only for Win XP but doesn't cause a problem with other
+    // versions of Windows.
+    actx.lpSource = appPath;
+    actx.lpResourceName = MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDR_COMCTL32_MANIFEST);
+
+    HANDLE hactx = CreateActCtxW(&actx);
+    ULONG_PTR actxCookie = NULL;
+    if (hactx != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        // Push the specified activation context to the top of the activation stack.
+        ActivateActCtx(hactx, &actxCookie);
+    }
+
+    INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX icc =
+    {
+        sizeof(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX),
+        ICC_PROGRESS_CLASS
+    };
+    InitCommonControlsEx(&icc);
+
+    DialogBox(GetModuleHandle(nullptr),
+              MAKEINTRESOURCE(IDD_DIALOG), nullptr,
+              (DLGPROC) DialogProc);
+
+    if (hactx != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        // Deactivate the context now that the comctl32.dll is loaded.
+        DeactivateActCtx(0, actxCookie);
+    }
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+void
+QuitProgressUI()
+{
+    sQuit = TRUE;
+}
+
+void
+UpdateProgressUI(float progress)
+{
+    sProgress = progress;  // 32-bit writes are atomic
+}
+#endif  // _WIN32
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/resource.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/resource.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6b6091c7b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/resource.h
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+//{{NO_DEPENDENCIES}}
+// Microsoft Visual C++ generated include file.
+// Used by updater.rc
+//
+#define IDD_DIALOG                      101
+#define IDC_PROGRESS                    1000
+#define IDC_INFO                        1002
+#define IDI_DIALOG                      1003
+#define TYPE_CERT                       512
+#define IDR_PRIMARY_CERT                1004
+#define IDR_BACKUP_CERT                 1005
+#define IDS_UPDATER_IDENTITY            1006
+#define IDR_XPCSHELL_CERT               1007
+#define IDR_COMCTL32_MANIFEST           17
+
+// Next default values for new objects
+//
+#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+#ifndef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+#define _APS_NEXT_RESOURCE_VALUE        102
+#define _APS_NEXT_COMMAND_VALUE         40001
+#define _APS_NEXT_CONTROL_VALUE         1008
+#define _APS_NEXT_SYMED_VALUE           101
+#endif
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater-common.build b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater-common.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6516a4843
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater-common.build
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+# -*- Mode: python; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*-
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+srcs = [
+    'archivereader.cpp',
+    'bspatch.cpp',
+    'updater.cpp',
+]
+
+have_progressui = 0
+
+if CONFIG['VERIFY_MAR_SIGNATURE']:
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'verifymar',
+    ]
+
+if CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    have_progressui = 1
+    srcs += [
+        'loaddlls.cpp',
+        'progressui_win.cpp',
+        'win_dirent.cpp',
+    ]
+    RCINCLUDE = '%supdater.rc' % updater_rel_path
+    DEFINES['UNICODE'] = True
+    DEFINES['_UNICODE'] = True
+    DEFINES['NOMINMAX'] = True
+    USE_STATIC_LIBS = True
+
+    # Pick up nsWindowsRestart.cpp
+    LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+        '/toolkit/xre',
+    ]
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'updatecommon-standalone',
+    ]
+    OS_LIBS += [
+        'comctl32',
+        'ws2_32',
+        'shell32',
+        'shlwapi',
+        'crypt32',
+        'advapi32',
+    ]
+elif CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'Linux' and CONFIG['VERIFY_MAR_SIGNATURE']:
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'nss',
+        'signmar',
+        'updatecommon',
+    ]
+    OS_LIBS += CONFIG['NSPR_LIBS']
+else:
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'updatecommon',
+    ]
+
+USE_LIBS += [
+    'mar',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_NATIVE_BZ2']:
+    OS_LIBS += CONFIG['MOZ_BZ2_LIBS']
+else:
+    USE_LIBS += [
+        'bz2',
+    ]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_ENABLE_GTK']:
+    have_progressui = 1
+    srcs += [
+        'progressui_gtk.cpp',
+    ]
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT'] == 'cocoa':
+    have_progressui = 1
+    srcs += [
+        'launchchild_osx.mm',
+        'progressui_osx.mm',
+    ]
+    OS_LIBS += [
+        '-framework Cocoa',
+        '-framework Security',
+    ]
+
+if have_progressui == 0:
+    srcs += [
+        'progressui_null.cpp',
+    ]
+
+SOURCES += sorted(srcs)
+
+DEFINES['NS_NO_XPCOM'] = True
+DISABLE_STL_WRAPPING = True
+for var in ('MAR_CHANNEL_ID', 'MOZ_APP_VERSION'):
+    DEFINES[var] = '"%s"' % CONFIG[var]
+
+LOCAL_INCLUDES += [
+    '/toolkit/mozapps/update/common',
+    '/xpcom/glue',
+]
+
+DELAYLOAD_DLLS += [
+    'crypt32.dll',
+    'comctl32.dll',
+    'userenv.dll',
+    'wsock32.dll',
+]
+
+if CONFIG['_MSC_VER']:
+    WIN32_EXE_LDFLAGS += ['-ENTRY:wmainCRTStartup']
+elif CONFIG['OS_ARCH'] == 'WINNT':
+    WIN32_EXE_LDFLAGS += ['-municode']
+
+if CONFIG['MOZ_WIDGET_GTK']:
+    CXXFLAGS += CONFIG['TK_CFLAGS']
+    OS_LIBS += CONFIG['TK_LIBS']
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater-xpcshell/Makefile.in b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater-xpcshell/Makefile.in
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..213648834
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater-xpcshell/Makefile.in
@@ -0,0 +1,32 @@
+# vim:set ts=8 sw=8 sts=8 noet:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+# For changes here, also consider ../Makefile.in
+
+XPCSHELLTESTROOT = $(abspath $(DEPTH))/_tests/xpcshell/toolkit/mozapps/update/tests
+MOCHITESTROOT = $(abspath $(DEPTH))/_tests/testing/mochitest/chrome/toolkit/mozapps/update/tests
+
+include $(topsrcdir)/config/rules.mk
+
+libs::
+ifeq (cocoa,$(MOZ_WIDGET_TOOLKIT))
+	# Copy for xpcshell tests
+	$(NSINSTALL) -D $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater-xpcshell.app
+	rsync -a -C --exclude '*.in' $(srcdir)/../macbuild/Contents $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater-xpcshell.app
+	sed -e 's/%APP_NAME%/$(MOZ_APP_DISPLAYNAME)/' $(srcdir)/../macbuild/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings.in | \
+	  iconv -f UTF-8 -t UTF-16 > $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater-xpcshell.app/Contents/Resources/English.lproj/InfoPlist.strings
+	$(NSINSTALL) -D $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater-xpcshell.app/Contents/MacOS/updater-xpcshell
+	$(NSINSTALL) $(PROGRAM) $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater-xpcshell.app/Contents/MacOS
+	rm -f $(PROGRAM)
+	rm -Rf $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater.app
+	mv $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater-xpcshell.app $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater.app
+	mv $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater.app/Contents/MacOS/updater-xpcshell $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater.app/Contents/MacOS/updater
+
+	# Copy for mochitest chrome tests
+	rsync -a -C $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater.app $(MOCHITESTROOT)/data/updater.app
+else
+	cp $(PROGRAM) $(XPCSHELLTESTROOT)/data/updater$(BIN_SUFFIX)
+	cp $(PROGRAM) $(MOCHITESTROOT)/data/updater$(BIN_SUFFIX)
+endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater-xpcshell/moz.build b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater-xpcshell/moz.build
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..ba5c844cf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater-xpcshell/moz.build
@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+# -*- Mode: python; c-basic-offset: 4; indent-tabs-mode: nil; tab-width: 40 -*-
+# vim: set filetype=python:
+# This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+# License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+# file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/.
+
+Program('updater-xpcshell')
+
+updater_rel_path = '../'
+DIST_INSTALL = False
+DEFINES['TEST_UPDATER'] = True
+include('../updater-common.build')
+FAIL_ON_WARNINGS = True
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..54750afb4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,4591 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+/**
+ *  Manifest Format
+ *  ---------------
+ *
+ *  contents = 1*( line )
+ *  line     = method LWS *( param LWS ) CRLF
+ *  CRLF     = "\r\n"
+ *  LWS      = 1*( " " | "\t" )
+ *
+ *  Available methods for the manifest file:
+ *
+ *  updatev2.manifest
+ *  -----------------
+ *  method   = "add" | "add-if" | "patch" | "patch-if" | "remove" |
+ *             "rmdir" | "rmrfdir" | type
+ *
+ *  'type' is the update type (e.g. complete or partial) and when present MUST
+ *  be the first entry in the update manifest. The type is used to support
+ *  downgrades by causing the actions defined in precomplete to be performed.
+ *
+ *  updatev3.manifest
+ *  -----------------
+ *  method   = "add" | "add-if" | "add-if-not" | "patch" | "patch-if" |
+ *             "remove" | "rmdir" | "rmrfdir" | type
+ *
+ *  'add-if-not' adds a file if it doesn't exist.
+ *
+ *  precomplete
+ *  -----------
+ *  method   = "remove" | "rmdir"
+ */
+#include "bspatch.h"
+#include "progressui.h"
+#include "archivereader.h"
+#include "readstrings.h"
+#include "errors.h"
+#include "bzlib.h"
+#include <thread>
+#include <vector>
+
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <stdarg.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <sys/stat.h>
+#include <fcntl.h>
+#include <limits.h>
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <algorithm>
+#include <memory>
+
+#include <config_version.h>
+
+#include "updatelogging.h"
+
+#include <onlineupdate/mozilla/Compiler.h>
+#include <onlineupdate/mozilla/Types.h>
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include <comphelper/windowsStart.hxx>
+#include "uachelper.h"
+#include "pathhash.h"
+
+// TODO:moggi taken from the mozilla code -- find a better solution
+#define INVALID_APPLYTO_DIR_ERROR 74
+#define REMOVE_FILE_SPEC_ERROR 71
+#define INVALID_APPLYTO_DIR_STAGED_ERROR 72
+
+#endif
+
+
+// Amount of the progress bar to use in each of the 3 update stages,
+// should total 100.0.
+#define PROGRESS_PREPARE_SIZE 20.0f
+#define PROGRESS_EXECUTE_SIZE 75.0f
+#define PROGRESS_FINISH_SIZE   5.0f
+
+// Amount of time in ms to wait for the parent process to close
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define PARENT_WAIT 5000
+#endif
+
+#if defined(MACOSX)
+// These functions are defined in launchchild_osx.mm
+void CleanupElevatedMacUpdate(bool aFailureOccurred);
+bool IsOwnedByGroupAdmin(const char* aAppBundle);
+bool IsRecursivelyWritable(const char* aPath);
+void LaunchChild(int argc, const char** argv);
+void LaunchMacPostProcess(const char* aAppBundle);
+bool ObtainUpdaterArguments(int* argc, char*** argv);
+bool ServeElevatedUpdate(int argc, const char** argv);
+void SetGroupOwnershipAndPermissions(const char* aAppBundle);
+struct UpdateServerThreadArgs
+{
+    int argc;
+    const NS_tchar** argv;
+};
+#endif
+
+#ifndef SSIZE_MAX
+# define SSIZE_MAX LONG_MAX
+#endif
+
+// We want to use execv to invoke the callback executable on platforms where
+// we were launched using execv.  See nsUpdateDriver.cpp.
+#if defined(UNIX) && !defined(MACOSX)
+#define USE_EXECV
+#endif
+
+#if defined(VERIFY_MAR_SIGNATURE) && !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MACOSX)
+#include <nss.h>
+#include <nspr.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#ifdef MAINTENANCE_SERVICE
+#include "registrycertificates.h"
+#endif
+BOOL PathAppendSafe(LPWSTR base, LPCWSTR extra);
+BOOL PathGetSiblingFilePath(LPWSTR destinationBuffer,
+                            LPCWSTR siblingFilePath,
+                            LPCWSTR newFileName);
+#include "updatehelper.h"
+
+// Closes the handle if valid and if the updater is elevated returns with the
+// return code specified. This prevents multiple launches of the callback
+// application by preventing the elevated process from launching the callback.
+#define EXIT_WHEN_ELEVATED(path, handle, retCode) \
+{ \
+    if (handle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE) { \
+        CloseHandle(handle); \
+    } \
+    if (_waccess(path, F_OK) == 0 && NS_tremove(path) != 0) { \
+        LogFinish(); \
+        return retCode; \
+    } \
+}
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// This variable lives in libbz2.  It's declared in bzlib_private.h, so we just
+// declare it here to avoid including that entire header file.
+#if defined __GNUC__
+extern "C"  __attribute__((visibility("default"))) unsigned int BZ2_crc32Table[256];
+#elif defined(__SUNPRO_C) || defined(__SUNPRO_CC)
+extern "C" __global unsigned int BZ2_crc32Table[256];
+#else
+extern "C" unsigned int BZ2_crc32Table[256];
+#endif
+
+static unsigned int
+crc32(const unsigned char *buf, unsigned int len)
+{
+    unsigned int crc = 0xffffffffL;
+
+    const unsigned char *end = buf + len;
+    for (; buf != end; ++buf)
+        crc = (crc << 8) ^ BZ2_crc32Table[(crc >> 24) ^ *buf];
+
+    crc = ~crc;
+    return crc;
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// A simple stack based container for a FILE struct that closes the
+// file descriptor from its destructor.
+class AutoFile
+{
+public:
+    explicit AutoFile(FILE* file = nullptr)
+        : mFile(file)
+    {
+    }
+
+    ~AutoFile()
+    {
+        if (mFile != nullptr)
+            fclose(mFile);
+    }
+
+    AutoFile &operator=(FILE* file)
+    {
+        if (mFile != 0)
+            fclose(mFile);
+        mFile = file;
+        return *this;
+    }
+
+    operator FILE*()
+    {
+        return mFile;
+    }
+
+    FILE* get()
+    {
+        return mFile;
+    }
+
+private:
+    FILE* mFile;
+};
+
+struct MARChannelStringTable
+{
+    MARChannelStringTable()
+    {
+        MARChannelID[0] = '\0';
+    }
+
+    char MARChannelID[MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+};
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static NS_tchar* gPatchDirPath;
+static NS_tchar gInstallDirPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+static NS_tchar gWorkingDirPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+static bool gSucceeded = false;
+static bool sStagedUpdate = false;
+static bool sReplaceRequest = false;
+static bool sUsingService = false;
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+// The current working directory specified in the command line.
+static NS_tchar* gDestPath;
+static NS_tchar gCallbackRelPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+static NS_tchar gCallbackBackupPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+static NS_tchar gDeleteDirPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+#endif
+
+static const NS_tchar kWhitespace[] = NS_T(" \t");
+static const NS_tchar kNL[] = NS_T("\r\n");
+static const NS_tchar kQuote[] = NS_T("\"");
+
+static NS_tchar*
+mstrtok(const NS_tchar *delims, NS_tchar **str)
+{
+    if (!*str || !**str)
+    {
+        *str = nullptr;
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    // skip leading "whitespace"
+    NS_tchar *ret = *str;
+    const NS_tchar *d;
+    do
+    {
+        for (d = delims; *d != NS_T('\0'); ++d)
+        {
+            if (*ret == *d)
+            {
+                ++ret;
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    while (*d);
+
+    if (!*ret)
+    {
+        *str = ret;
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    NS_tchar *i = ret;
+    do
+    {
+        for (d = delims; *d != NS_T('\0'); ++d)
+        {
+            if (*i == *d)
+            {
+                *i = NS_T('\0');
+                *str = ++i;
+                return ret;
+            }
+        }
+        ++i;
+    }
+    while (*i);
+
+    *str = nullptr;
+    return ret;
+}
+
+#if defined(_WIN32) && defined(MAINTENANCE_SERVICE)
+static bool
+EnvHasValue(const char *name)
+{
+    const char *val = getenv(name);
+    return (val && *val);
+}
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Converts a relative update path to an absolute path related to the working
+ * or install directory. Allocates a new NS_tchar[] based path!
+ *
+ * @param  relpath
+ *         The relative path to convert to a full path.
+ * @return valid filesystem full path or nullptr if memory allocation fails.
+ */
+static NS_tchar*
+new_absolute_path(const NS_tchar *relpath)
+{
+    NS_tchar *destpath = sStagedUpdate ? gWorkingDirPath : gInstallDirPath;
+    size_t lendestpath = NS_tstrlen(destpath);
+    size_t lenrelpath = NS_tstrlen(relpath);
+    NS_tchar *s = new NS_tchar[lendestpath + lenrelpath + 2];
+
+    NS_tchar *c = s;
+
+    NS_tstrcpy(c, destpath);
+    c += lendestpath;
+    NS_tstrcat(c, NS_T("/"));
+    c++;
+
+    NS_tstrcat(c, relpath);
+    c += lenrelpath;
+    *c = NS_T('\0');
+    return s;
+}
+
+namespace {
+
+bool is_userprofile_in_instdir()
+{
+    return false;
+    /*
+    // the algorithm is:
+    // 1.) if userprofile path length is smaller than installation dir,
+    //      the profile is surely not in instdir
+    // 2.) else comparing the two paths looking only at the installation dir
+    //      characters should yield an equal string
+    NS_tchar userprofile[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tstrcpy(userprofile, gPatchDirPath);
+    NS_tchar *slash = (NS_tchar *) NS_tstrrchr(userprofile, NS_T('/'));
+    if (slash)
+        *slash = NS_T('\0');
+
+    size_t userprofile_len = NS_tstrlen(userprofile);
+    size_t installdir_len = NS_tstrlen(gInstallDirPath);
+
+    if (userprofile_len < installdir_len)
+        return false;
+
+    return NS_tstrncmp(userprofile, gInstallDirPath, installdir_len) == 0;
+    */
+}
+
+}
+
+/**
+ * Get a pointer in the absolute path, relative to the working or install
+ * directory. Returns itself, if not absolute or outside of the directory.
+ *
+ * @param  abs_path
+ *         An absolute path.
+ * return pointer to the location within fullpath where the relative path starts
+ *        or fullpath itself if it already looks relative.
+ */
+static const NS_tchar*
+get_relative_offset(const NS_tchar *abs_path)
+{
+    // If the path isn't absolute, just return it as-is.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (abs_path[1] != ':' && abs_path[2] != '\\')
+    {
+#else
+    if (abs_path[0] != '/')
+    {
+#endif
+        return abs_path;
+    }
+
+    NS_tchar *prefix = sStagedUpdate ? gWorkingDirPath : gInstallDirPath;
+
+    size_t len = NS_tstrlen(prefix);
+    if (NS_tstrlen(abs_path) <= len)
+        return abs_path;
+    if (0 != strncmp(abs_path, prefix, len))
+        return abs_path;
+    return abs_path + len + 1;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Gets the platform specific path and performs simple checks to the path. If
+ * the path checks don't pass nullptr will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param  line
+ *         The line from the manifest that contains the path.
+ * @param  isdir
+ *         Whether the path is a directory path. Defaults to false.
+ * @return valid filesystem path or nullptr if the path checks fail.
+ */
+static NS_tchar*
+get_valid_path(NS_tchar **line, bool isdir = false)
+{
+    NS_tchar *path = mstrtok(kQuote, line);
+    if (!path)
+    {
+        LOG(("get_valid_path: unable to determine path: " LOG_S, line));
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    // All paths must be relative from the current working directory
+    if (path[0] == NS_T('/'))
+    {
+        LOG(("get_valid_path: path must be relative: " LOG_S, path));
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    // All paths must be relative from the current working directory
+    if (path[0] == NS_T('\\') || path[1] == NS_T(':'))
+    {
+        LOG(("get_valid_path: path must be relative: " LOG_S, path));
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (isdir)
+    {
+        // Directory paths must have a trailing forward slash.
+        if (path[NS_tstrlen(path) - 1] != NS_T('/'))
+        {
+            LOG(("get_valid_path: directory paths must have a trailing forward " \
+                 "slash: " LOG_S, path));
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+
+        // Remove the trailing forward slash because stat on Windows will return
+        // ENOENT if the path has a trailing slash.
+        path[NS_tstrlen(path) - 1] = NS_T('\0');
+    }
+
+    // Don't allow relative paths that resolve to a parent directory.
+    if (NS_tstrstr(path, NS_T("..")) != nullptr)
+    {
+        LOG(("get_valid_path: paths must not contain '..': " LOG_S, path));
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    return path;
+}
+
+static NS_tchar*
+get_quoted_path(const NS_tchar *path)
+{
+    size_t lenQuote = NS_tstrlen(kQuote);
+    size_t lenPath = NS_tstrlen(path);
+    size_t len = lenQuote + lenPath + lenQuote + 1;
+
+    NS_tchar *s = (NS_tchar *) malloc(len * sizeof(NS_tchar));
+    if (!s)
+        return nullptr;
+
+    NS_tchar *c = s;
+    NS_tstrcpy(c, kQuote);
+    c += lenQuote;
+    NS_tstrcat(c, path);
+    c += lenPath;
+    NS_tstrcat(c, kQuote);
+    c += lenQuote;
+    *c = NS_T('\0');
+    c++;
+    return s;
+}
+
+static void ensure_write_permissions(const NS_tchar *path)
+{
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    (void) _wchmod(path, _S_IREAD | _S_IWRITE);
+#else
+    struct stat fs;
+    if (!stat(path, &fs) && !(fs.st_mode & S_IWUSR))
+    {
+        (void)chmod(path, fs.st_mode | S_IWUSR);
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+static int ensure_remove(const NS_tchar *path)
+{
+    ensure_write_permissions(path);
+    int rv = NS_tremove(path);
+    if (rv)
+        LOG(("ensure_remove: failed to remove file: " LOG_S ", rv: %d, err: %d",
+             path, rv, errno));
+    return rv;
+}
+
+// Remove the directory pointed to by path and all of its files and sub-directories.
+static int ensure_remove_recursive(const NS_tchar *path,
+                                   bool continueEnumOnFailure = false)
+{
+    // We use lstat rather than stat here so that we can successfully remove
+    // symlinks.
+    struct NS_tstat_t sInfo;
+    int rv = NS_tlstat(path, &sInfo);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        // This error is benign
+        return rv;
+    }
+    if (!S_ISDIR(sInfo.st_mode))
+    {
+        return ensure_remove(path);
+    }
+
+    NS_tDIR *dir;
+    NS_tdirent *entry;
+
+    dir = NS_topendir(path);
+    if (!dir)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_remove_recursive: unable to open directory: " LOG_S
+             ", rv: %d, err: %d", path, rv, errno));
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    while ((entry = NS_treaddir(dir)) != 0)
+    {
+        if (NS_tstrcmp(entry->d_name, NS_T(".")) &&
+                NS_tstrcmp(entry->d_name, NS_T("..")))
+        {
+            NS_tchar childPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+            NS_tsnprintf(childPath, sizeof(childPath)/sizeof(childPath[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s/%s"), path, entry->d_name);
+            rv = ensure_remove_recursive(childPath);
+            if (rv && !continueEnumOnFailure)
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    NS_tclosedir(dir);
+
+    if (rv == OK)
+    {
+        ensure_write_permissions(path);
+        rv = NS_trmdir(path);
+        if (rv)
+        {
+            LOG(("ensure_remove_recursive: unable to remove directory: " LOG_S
+                 ", rv: %d, err: %d", path, rv, errno));
+        }
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+static bool is_read_only(const NS_tchar *flags)
+{
+    size_t length = NS_tstrlen(flags);
+    if (length == 0)
+        return false;
+
+    // Make sure the string begins with "r"
+    if (flags[0] != NS_T('r'))
+        return false;
+
+    // Look for "r+" or "r+b"
+    if (length > 1 && flags[1] == NS_T('+'))
+        return false;
+
+    // Look for "rb+"
+    if (NS_tstrcmp(flags, NS_T("rb+")) == 0)
+        return false;
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+static FILE* ensure_open(const NS_tchar *path, const NS_tchar *flags, unsigned int options)
+{
+    ensure_write_permissions(path);
+    FILE* f = NS_tfopen(path, flags);
+    if (is_read_only(flags))
+    {
+        // Don't attempt to modify the file permissions if the file is being opened
+        // in read-only mode.
+        return f;
+    }
+    if (NS_tchmod(path, options) != 0)
+    {
+        if (f != nullptr)
+        {
+            fclose(f);
+        }
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+    struct NS_tstat_t ss;
+    if (NS_tstat(path, &ss) != 0 || ss.st_mode != options)
+    {
+        if (f != nullptr)
+        {
+            fclose(f);
+        }
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+    return f;
+}
+
+// Ensure that the directory containing this file exists.
+static int ensure_parent_dir(const NS_tchar *path)
+{
+    int rv = OK;
+
+    NS_tchar *slash = (NS_tchar *) NS_tstrrchr(path, NS_T('/'));
+    if (slash)
+    {
+        *slash = NS_T('\0');
+        rv = ensure_parent_dir(path);
+        // Only attempt to create the directory if we're not at the root
+        if (rv == OK && *path)
+        {
+            rv = NS_tmkdir(path, 0755);
+            // If the directory already exists, then ignore the error.
+            if (rv < 0 && errno != EEXIST)
+            {
+                LOG(("ensure_parent_dir: failed to create directory: " LOG_S ", " \
+                     "err: %d", path, errno));
+                rv = WRITE_ERROR;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                rv = OK;
+            }
+        }
+        *slash = NS_T('/');
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+#ifdef UNIX
+static int ensure_copy_symlink(const NS_tchar *path, const NS_tchar *dest)
+{
+    // Copy symlinks by creating a new symlink to the same target
+    NS_tchar target[MAXPATHLEN + 1] = {NS_T('\0')};
+    int rv = readlink(path, target, MAXPATHLEN);
+    if (rv == -1)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_copy_symlink: failed to read the link: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+             path, errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+    rv = symlink(target, dest);
+    if (rv == -1)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_copy_symlink: failed to create the new link: " LOG_S ", target: " LOG_S " err: %d",
+             dest, target, errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+    return 0;
+}
+#endif
+
+// Copy the file named path onto a new file named dest.
+static int ensure_copy(const NS_tchar *path, const NS_tchar *dest)
+{
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    // Fast path for Windows
+    bool result = CopyFileW(path, dest, false);
+    if (!result)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_copy: failed to copy the file " LOG_S " over to " LOG_S ", lasterr: %x",
+             path, dest, GetLastError()));
+        return WRITE_ERROR_FILE_COPY;
+    }
+    return OK;
+#else
+    struct NS_tstat_t ss;
+    int rv = NS_tlstat(path, &ss);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_copy: failed to read file status info: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+             path, errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+#ifdef UNIX
+    if (S_ISLNK(ss.st_mode))
+    {
+        return ensure_copy_symlink(path, dest);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    AutoFile infile(ensure_open(path, NS_T("rb"), ss.st_mode));
+    if (!infile)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_copy: failed to open the file for reading: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+             path, errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+    AutoFile outfile(ensure_open(dest, NS_T("wb"), ss.st_mode));
+    if (!outfile)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_copy: failed to open the file for writing: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+             dest, errno));
+        return WRITE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    // This block size was chosen pretty arbitrarily but seems like a reasonable
+    // compromise. For example, the optimal block size on a modern macOS machine
+    // is 100k */
+    const int blockSize = 32 * 1024;
+    void* buffer = malloc(blockSize);
+    if (!buffer)
+        return UPDATER_MEM_ERROR;
+
+    while (!feof(infile.get()))
+    {
+        size_t read = fread(buffer, 1, blockSize, infile);
+        if (ferror(infile.get()))
+        {
+            LOG(("ensure_copy: failed to read the file: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+                 path, errno));
+            free(buffer);
+            return READ_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        size_t written = 0;
+
+        while (written < read)
+        {
+            size_t nCount = read - written;
+            size_t chunkWritten = fwrite(buffer, 1, nCount, outfile);
+            if (chunkWritten != nCount)
+            {
+                LOG(("ensure_copy: failed to write the file: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+                     dest, errno));
+                free(buffer);
+                return WRITE_ERROR_FILE_COPY;
+            }
+
+            written += chunkWritten;
+        }
+    }
+
+    rv = NS_tchmod(dest, ss.st_mode);
+
+    free(buffer);
+    return rv;
+#endif
+}
+
+template <unsigned N>
+struct copy_recursive_skiplist
+{
+    NS_tchar paths[N][MAXPATHLEN];
+
+    void append(unsigned index, const NS_tchar *path, const NS_tchar *suffix)
+    {
+        NS_tsnprintf(paths[index], MAXPATHLEN, NS_T("%s/%s"), path, suffix);
+    }
+
+    void append(unsigned index, const NS_tchar* path)
+    {
+        NS_tstrcpy(paths[index], path);
+    }
+
+    bool find(const NS_tchar *path)
+    {
+        for (int i = 0; i < static_cast<int>(N); ++i)
+        {
+            if (!NS_tstricmp(paths[i], path))
+            {
+                return true;
+            }
+        }
+        return false;
+    }
+};
+
+// Copy all of the files and subdirectories under path to a new directory named dest.
+// The path names in the skiplist will be skipped and will not be copied.
+template <unsigned N>
+static int ensure_copy_recursive(const NS_tchar *path, const NS_tchar *dest,
+                                 copy_recursive_skiplist<N>& skiplist)
+{
+    struct NS_tstat_t sInfo;
+    int rv = NS_tlstat(path, &sInfo);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_copy_recursive: path doesn't exist: " LOG_S ", rv: %d, err: %d",
+             path, rv, errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+#ifdef UNIX
+    if (S_ISLNK(sInfo.st_mode))
+    {
+        return ensure_copy_symlink(path, dest);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (!S_ISDIR(sInfo.st_mode))
+    {
+        return ensure_copy(path, dest);
+    }
+
+    rv = NS_tmkdir(dest, sInfo.st_mode);
+    if (rv < 0 && errno != EEXIST)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_copy_recursive: could not create destination directory: " LOG_S ", rv: %d, err: %d",
+             path, rv, errno));
+        return WRITE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    NS_tDIR *dir;
+    NS_tdirent *entry;
+
+    dir = NS_topendir(path);
+    if (!dir)
+    {
+        LOG(("ensure_copy_recursive: path is not a directory: " LOG_S ", rv: %d, err: %d",
+             path, rv, errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    while ((entry = NS_treaddir(dir)) != 0)
+    {
+        if (NS_tstrcmp(entry->d_name, NS_T(".")) &&
+                NS_tstrcmp(entry->d_name, NS_T("..")))
+        {
+            NS_tchar childPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+            NS_tsnprintf(childPath, sizeof(childPath)/sizeof(childPath[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s/%s"), path, entry->d_name);
+            if (skiplist.find(childPath))
+            {
+                continue;
+            }
+            NS_tchar childPathDest[MAXPATHLEN];
+            NS_tsnprintf(childPathDest, sizeof(childPathDest)/sizeof(childPathDest[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s/%s"), dest, entry->d_name);
+            rv = ensure_copy_recursive(childPath, childPathDest, skiplist);
+            if (rv)
+            {
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    NS_tclosedir(dir);
+    return rv;
+}
+
+// Renames the specified file to the new file specified. If the destination file
+// exists it is removed.
+static int rename_file(const NS_tchar *spath, const NS_tchar *dpath,
+                       bool allowDirs = false)
+{
+    int rv = ensure_parent_dir(dpath);
+    if (rv)
+        return rv;
+
+    struct NS_tstat_t spathInfo;
+    rv = NS_tstat(spath, &spathInfo);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("rename_file: failed to read file status info: " LOG_S ", " \
+             "err: %d", spath, errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (!S_ISREG(spathInfo.st_mode))
+    {
+        if (allowDirs && !S_ISDIR(spathInfo.st_mode))
+        {
+            LOG(("rename_file: path present, but not a file: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+                 spath, errno));
+            return RENAME_ERROR_EXPECTED_FILE;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            LOG(("rename_file: proceeding to rename the directory"));
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (!NS_taccess(dpath, F_OK))
+    {
+        if (ensure_remove(dpath))
+        {
+            LOG(("rename_file: destination file exists and could not be " \
+                 "removed: " LOG_S, dpath));
+            return WRITE_ERROR_DELETE_FILE;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (NS_trename(spath, dpath) != 0)
+    {
+        LOG(("rename_file: failed to rename file - src: " LOG_S ", " \
+             "dst:" LOG_S ", err: %d", spath, dpath, errno));
+        return WRITE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+// Remove the directory pointed to by path and all of its files and
+// sub-directories. If a file is in use move it to the tobedeleted directory
+// and attempt to schedule removal of the file on reboot
+static int remove_recursive_on_reboot(const NS_tchar *path, const NS_tchar *deleteDir)
+{
+    struct NS_tstat_t sInfo;
+    int rv = NS_tlstat(path, &sInfo);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        // This error is benign
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    if (!S_ISDIR(sInfo.st_mode))
+    {
+        NS_tchar tmpDeleteFile[MAXPATHLEN];
+        GetTempFileNameW(deleteDir, L"rep", 0, tmpDeleteFile);
+        NS_tremove(tmpDeleteFile);
+        rv = rename_file(path, tmpDeleteFile, false);
+        if (MoveFileEx(rv ? path : tmpDeleteFile, nullptr, MOVEFILE_DELAY_UNTIL_REBOOT))
+        {
+            LOG(("remove_recursive_on_reboot: file will be removed on OS reboot: "
+                 LOG_S, rv ? path : tmpDeleteFile));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            LOG(("remove_recursive_on_reboot: failed to schedule OS reboot removal of "
+                 "file: " LOG_S, rv ? path : tmpDeleteFile));
+        }
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    NS_tDIR *dir;
+    NS_tdirent *entry;
+
+    dir = NS_topendir(path);
+    if (!dir)
+    {
+        LOG(("remove_recursive_on_reboot: unable to open directory: " LOG_S
+             ", rv: %d, err: %d",
+             path, rv, errno));
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    while ((entry = NS_treaddir(dir)) != 0)
+    {
+        if (NS_tstrcmp(entry->d_name, NS_T(".")) &&
+                NS_tstrcmp(entry->d_name, NS_T("..")))
+        {
+            NS_tchar childPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+            NS_tsnprintf(childPath, sizeof(childPath)/sizeof(childPath[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s/%s"), path, entry->d_name);
+            // There is no need to check the return value of this call since this
+            // function is only called after an update is successful and there is not
+            // much that can be done to recover if it isn't successful. There is also
+            // no need to log the value since it will have already been logged.
+            remove_recursive_on_reboot(childPath, deleteDir);
+        }
+    }
+
+    NS_tclosedir(dir);
+
+    if (rv == OK)
+    {
+        ensure_write_permissions(path);
+        rv = NS_trmdir(path);
+        if (rv)
+        {
+            LOG(("remove_recursive_on_reboot: unable to remove directory: " LOG_S
+                 ", rv: %d, err: %d", path, rv, errno));
+        }
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+#endif
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+// Create a backup of the specified file by renaming it.
+static int backup_create(const NS_tchar *path)
+{
+    NS_tchar backup[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(backup, sizeof(backup)/sizeof(backup[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s") BACKUP_EXT, path);
+
+    return rename_file(path, backup);
+}
+
+// Rename the backup of the specified file that was created by renaming it back
+// to the original file.
+static int backup_restore(const NS_tchar *path, const NS_tchar *relPath)
+{
+    NS_tchar backup[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(backup, sizeof(backup)/sizeof(backup[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s") BACKUP_EXT, path);
+
+    NS_tchar relBackup[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(relBackup, sizeof(relBackup) / sizeof(relBackup[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s") BACKUP_EXT, relPath);
+
+    if (NS_taccess(backup, F_OK))
+    {
+        LOG(("backup_restore: backup file doesn't exist: " LOG_S, relBackup));
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    return rename_file(backup, path);
+}
+
+// Discard the backup of the specified file that was created by renaming it.
+static int backup_discard(const NS_tchar *path, const NS_tchar *relPath)
+{
+    NS_tchar backup[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(backup, sizeof(backup)/sizeof(backup[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s") BACKUP_EXT, path);
+
+    NS_tchar relBackup[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(relBackup, sizeof(relBackup) / sizeof(relBackup[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s") BACKUP_EXT, relPath);
+
+    // Nothing to discard
+    if (NS_taccess(backup, F_OK))
+    {
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    int rv = ensure_remove(backup);
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+    if (rv && !sStagedUpdate && !sReplaceRequest)
+    {
+        LOG(("backup_discard: unable to remove: " LOG_S, relBackup));
+        NS_tchar path[MAXPATHLEN];
+        GetTempFileNameW(gDeleteDirPath, L"moz", 0, path);
+        if (rename_file(backup, path))
+        {
+            LOG(("backup_discard: failed to rename file:" LOG_S ", dst:" LOG_S,
+                 relBackup, relPath));
+            return WRITE_ERROR_DELETE_BACKUP;
+        }
+        // The MoveFileEx call to remove the file on OS reboot will fail if the
+        // process doesn't have write access to the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE registry key
+        // but this is ok since the installer / uninstaller will delete the
+        // directory containing the file along with its contents after an update is
+        // applied, on reinstall, and on uninstall.
+        if (MoveFileEx(path, nullptr, MOVEFILE_DELAY_UNTIL_REBOOT))
+        {
+            LOG(("backup_discard: file renamed and will be removed on OS " \
+                 "reboot: " LOG_S, relPath));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            LOG(("backup_discard: failed to schedule OS reboot removal of " \
+                 "file: " LOG_S, relPath));
+        }
+    }
+#else
+    if (rv)
+        return WRITE_ERROR_DELETE_BACKUP;
+#endif
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+// Helper function for post-processing a temporary backup.
+static void backup_finish(const NS_tchar *path, const NS_tchar *relPath,
+                          int status)
+{
+    if (status == OK)
+        backup_discard(path, relPath);
+    else
+        backup_restore(path, relPath);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+static int DoUpdate(ArchiveReader& ArchiveReader);
+
+class Action
+{
+public:
+    Action() : mProgressCost(1), mNext(nullptr) { }
+    virtual ~Action() { }
+
+    virtual int Parse(NS_tchar *line) = 0;
+
+    // Do any preprocessing to ensure that the action can be performed.  Execute
+    // will be called if this Action and all others return OK from this method.
+    virtual int Prepare() = 0;
+
+    // Perform the operation.  Return OK to indicate success.  After all actions
+    // have been executed, Finish will be called.  A requirement of Execute is
+    // that its operation be reversible from Finish.
+    virtual int Execute() = 0;
+
+    // Finish is called after execution of all actions.  If status is OK, then
+    // all actions were successfully executed.  Otherwise, some action failed.
+    virtual void Finish(int status) = 0;
+
+    int mProgressCost;
+private:
+    Action* mNext;
+
+    friend class ActionList;
+};
+
+class RemoveFile : public Action
+{
+public:
+    RemoveFile() : mSkip(0) { }
+
+    int Parse(NS_tchar *line);
+    int Prepare();
+    int Execute();
+    void Finish(int status);
+
+private:
+    std::unique_ptr<const NS_tchar[]> mFile;
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> mRelPath;
+    int mSkip;
+};
+
+int
+RemoveFile::Parse(NS_tchar *line)
+{
+    // format "<deadfile>"
+
+    NS_tchar* validPath = get_valid_path(&line);
+    if (!validPath)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    mRelPath.reset(new NS_tchar[MAXPATHLEN]);
+    NS_tstrcpy(mRelPath.get(), validPath);
+
+    mFile.reset(new_absolute_path(validPath));
+    if (!mFile)
+    {
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+RemoveFile::Prepare()
+{
+    // Skip the file if it already doesn't exist.
+    int rv = NS_taccess(mFile.get(), F_OK);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        mSkip = 1;
+        mProgressCost = 0;
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    LOG(("PREPARE REMOVEFILE " LOG_S, mRelPath.get()));
+
+    // Make sure that we're actually a file...
+    struct NS_tstat_t fileInfo;
+    rv = NS_tstat(mFile.get(), &fileInfo);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("failed to read file status info: " LOG_S ", err: %d", mFile.get(),
+             errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (!S_ISREG(fileInfo.st_mode))
+    {
+        LOG(("path present, but not a file: " LOG_S, mFile.get()));
+        return DELETE_ERROR_EXPECTED_FILE;
+    }
+
+    NS_tchar *slash = (NS_tchar *) NS_tstrrchr(mFile.get(), NS_T('/'));
+    if (slash)
+    {
+        *slash = NS_T('\0');
+        rv = NS_taccess(mFile.get(), W_OK);
+        *slash = NS_T('/');
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rv = NS_taccess(NS_T("."), W_OK);
+    }
+
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("access failed: %d", errno));
+        return WRITE_ERROR_FILE_ACCESS_DENIED;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+RemoveFile::Execute()
+{
+    if (mSkip)
+        return OK;
+
+    LOG(("EXECUTE REMOVEFILE " LOG_S, mRelPath.get()));
+
+    // The file is checked for existence here and in Prepare since it might have
+    // been removed by a separate instruction: bug 311099.
+    int rv = NS_taccess(mFile.get(), F_OK);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("file cannot be removed because it does not exist; skipping"));
+        mSkip = 1;
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    // Rename the old file. It will be removed in Finish.
+    rv = backup_create(mFile.get());
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("backup_create failed: %d", rv));
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void
+RemoveFile::Finish(int status)
+{
+    if (mSkip)
+        return;
+
+    LOG(("FINISH REMOVEFILE " LOG_S, mRelPath.get()));
+
+    backup_finish(mFile.get(), mRelPath.get(), status);
+}
+
+class RemoveDir : public Action
+{
+public:
+    RemoveDir() : mSkip(0) { }
+
+    virtual int Parse(NS_tchar *line);
+    virtual int Prepare(); // check that the source dir exists
+    virtual int Execute();
+    virtual void Finish(int status);
+
+private:
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> mDir;
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> mRelPath;
+    int mSkip;
+};
+
+int
+RemoveDir::Parse(NS_tchar *line)
+{
+    // format "<deaddir>/"
+
+    NS_tchar* validPath = get_valid_path(&line, true);
+    if (!validPath)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    mRelPath.reset(new NS_tchar[MAXPATHLEN]);
+    NS_tstrcpy(mRelPath.get(), validPath);
+
+    mDir.reset(new_absolute_path(validPath));
+    if (!mDir)
+    {
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+RemoveDir::Prepare()
+{
+    // We expect the directory to exist if we are to remove it.
+    int rv = NS_taccess(mDir.get(), F_OK);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        mSkip = 1;
+        mProgressCost = 0;
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    LOG(("PREPARE REMOVEDIR " LOG_S "/", mRelPath.get()));
+
+    // Make sure that we're actually a dir.
+    struct NS_tstat_t dirInfo;
+    rv = NS_tstat(mDir.get(), &dirInfo);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("failed to read directory status info: " LOG_S ", err: %d", mRelPath.get(),
+             errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (!S_ISDIR(dirInfo.st_mode))
+    {
+        LOG(("path present, but not a directory: " LOG_S, mRelPath.get()));
+        return DELETE_ERROR_EXPECTED_DIR;
+    }
+
+    rv = NS_taccess(mDir.get(), W_OK);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("access failed: %d, %d", rv, errno));
+        return WRITE_ERROR_DIR_ACCESS_DENIED;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+RemoveDir::Execute()
+{
+    if (mSkip)
+        return OK;
+
+    LOG(("EXECUTE REMOVEDIR " LOG_S "/", mRelPath.get()));
+
+    // The directory is checked for existence at every step since it might have
+    // been removed by a separate instruction: bug 311099.
+    int rv = NS_taccess(mDir.get(), F_OK);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("directory no longer exists; skipping"));
+        mSkip = 1;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void
+RemoveDir::Finish(int status)
+{
+    if (mSkip || status != OK)
+        return;
+
+    LOG(("FINISH REMOVEDIR " LOG_S "/", mRelPath.get()));
+
+    // The directory is checked for existence at every step since it might have
+    // been removed by a separate instruction: bug 311099.
+    int rv = NS_taccess(mDir.get(), F_OK);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("directory no longer exists; skipping"));
+        return;
+    }
+
+
+    if (status == OK)
+    {
+        if (NS_trmdir(mDir.get()))
+        {
+            LOG(("non-fatal error removing directory: " LOG_S "/, rv: %d, err: %d",
+                 mRelPath.get(), rv, errno));
+        }
+    }
+}
+
+class AddFile : public Action
+{
+public:
+    AddFile(ArchiveReader& ar) : mAdded(false), mArchiveReader(ar) { }
+
+    virtual int Parse(NS_tchar *line);
+    virtual int Prepare();
+    virtual int Execute();
+    virtual void Finish(int status);
+
+private:
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> mFile;
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> mRelPath;
+    bool mAdded;
+    ArchiveReader& mArchiveReader;
+};
+
+int
+AddFile::Parse(NS_tchar *line)
+{
+    // format "<newfile>"
+
+    NS_tchar* validPath = get_valid_path(&line);
+    if (!validPath)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    mRelPath.reset(new NS_tchar[MAXPATHLEN]);
+    NS_tstrcpy(mRelPath.get(), validPath);
+
+    mFile.reset(new_absolute_path(validPath));
+    if (!mFile)
+    {
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+AddFile::Prepare()
+{
+    LOG(("PREPARE ADD " LOG_S, mRelPath.get()));
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+AddFile::Execute()
+{
+    LOG(("EXECUTE ADD " LOG_S, mRelPath.get()));
+
+    int rv;
+
+    // First make sure that we can actually get rid of any existing file.
+    rv = NS_taccess(mFile.get(), F_OK);
+    if (rv == 0)
+    {
+        rv = backup_create(mFile.get());
+        if (rv)
+            return rv;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        rv = ensure_parent_dir(mFile.get());
+        if (rv)
+            return rv;
+    }
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    char sourcefile[MAXPATHLEN];
+    if (!WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, mRelPath.get(), -1, sourcefile,
+                             MAXPATHLEN, nullptr, nullptr))
+    {
+        LOG(("error converting wchar to utf8: %d", GetLastError()));
+        return STRING_CONVERSION_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    rv = mArchiveReader.ExtractFile(sourcefile, mFile.get());
+#else
+    rv = mArchiveReader.ExtractFile(mRelPath.get(), mFile.get());
+#endif
+    if (!rv)
+    {
+        mAdded = true;
+    }
+    return rv;
+}
+
+void
+AddFile::Finish(int status)
+{
+    LOG(("FINISH ADD " LOG_S, mRelPath.get()));
+    // When there is an update failure and a file has been added it is removed
+    // here since there might not be a backup to replace it.
+    if (status && mAdded)
+        NS_tremove(mFile.get());
+    backup_finish(mFile.get(), mRelPath.get(), status);
+}
+
+class PatchFile : public Action
+{
+public:
+    PatchFile(ArchiveReader& ar) : mPatchFile(nullptr), mPatchIndex(-1), buf(nullptr), mArchiveReader(ar) { }
+
+    virtual ~PatchFile();
+
+    virtual int Parse(NS_tchar *line);
+    virtual int Prepare(); // should check for patch file and for checksum here
+    virtual int Execute();
+    virtual void Finish(int status);
+
+private:
+    int LoadSourceFile(FILE* ofile);
+
+    static int sPatchIndex;
+
+    const NS_tchar *mPatchFile;
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar> mFile;
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar> mFileRelPath;
+    int mPatchIndex;
+    MBSPatchHeader header;
+    unsigned char *buf;
+    NS_tchar spath[MAXPATHLEN];
+    AutoFile mPatchStream;
+    ArchiveReader& mArchiveReader;
+};
+
+int PatchFile::sPatchIndex = 0;
+
+PatchFile::~PatchFile()
+{
+    // Make sure mPatchStream gets unlocked on Windows; the system will do that,
+    // but not until some indeterminate future time, and we want determinism.
+    // Normally this happens at the end of Execute, when we close the stream;
+    // this call is here in case Execute errors out.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (mPatchStream)
+    {
+        UnlockFile((HANDLE)_get_osfhandle(fileno(mPatchStream)), (DWORD)0, (DWORD)0, (DWORD)-1, (DWORD)-1);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // delete the temporary patch file
+    if (spath[0])
+        NS_tremove(spath);
+
+    if (buf)
+        free(buf);
+}
+
+int
+PatchFile::LoadSourceFile(FILE* ofile)
+{
+    struct stat os;
+    int rv = fstat(fileno((FILE *)ofile), &os);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("LoadSourceFile: unable to stat destination file: " LOG_S ", " \
+             "err: %d", mFileRelPath.get(), errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    if (uint32_t(os.st_size) != header.slen)
+    {
+        LOG(("LoadSourceFile: destination file size %d does not match expected size %d",
+             uint32_t(os.st_size), header.slen));
+        return LOADSOURCE_ERROR_WRONG_SIZE;
+    }
+
+    buf = (unsigned char *) malloc(header.slen);
+    if (!buf)
+        return UPDATER_MEM_ERROR;
+
+    size_t r = header.slen;
+    unsigned char *rb = buf;
+    while (r)
+    {
+        const size_t count = std::min<size_t>(SSIZE_MAX, r);
+        size_t c = fread(rb, 1, count, ofile);
+        if (c != count)
+        {
+            LOG(("LoadSourceFile: error reading destination file: " LOG_S,
+                 mFileRelPath.get()));
+            return READ_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        r -= c;
+        rb += c;
+    }
+
+    // Verify that the contents of the source file correspond to what we expect.
+
+    unsigned int crc = crc32(buf, header.slen);
+
+    if (crc != header.scrc32)
+    {
+        LOG(("LoadSourceFile: destination file crc %d does not match expected " \
+             "crc %d", crc, header.scrc32));
+        return CRC_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+PatchFile::Parse(NS_tchar *line)
+{
+    // format "<patchfile>" "<filetopatch>"
+
+    // Get the path to the patch file inside of the mar
+    mPatchFile = mstrtok(kQuote, &line);
+    if (!mPatchFile)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    // consume whitespace between args
+    NS_tchar *q = mstrtok(kQuote, &line);
+    if (!q)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    NS_tchar* validPath = get_valid_path(&line);
+    if (!validPath)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+    mFileRelPath.reset(new NS_tchar[MAXPATHLEN]);
+    NS_tstrcpy(mFileRelPath.get(), validPath);
+
+    mFile.reset(new_absolute_path(validPath));
+    if (!mFile)
+    {
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+PatchFile::Prepare()
+{
+    LOG(("PREPARE PATCH " LOG_S, mFileRelPath.get()));
+
+    // extract the patch to a temporary file
+    mPatchIndex = sPatchIndex++;
+
+    int nWrittenBytes = NS_tsnprintf(spath, sizeof(spath)/sizeof(spath[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s/updating/%d.patch"), gWorkingDirPath, mPatchIndex);
+    (void) nWrittenBytes;
+
+    NS_tremove(spath);
+
+    mPatchStream = NS_tfopen(spath, NS_T("wb+"));
+    if (!mPatchStream)
+        return WRITE_ERROR;
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    // Lock the patch file, so it can't be messed with between
+    // when we're done creating it and when we go to apply it.
+    if (!LockFile((HANDLE)_get_osfhandle(fileno(mPatchStream)), (DWORD)0, (DWORD)0, (DWORD)-1, (DWORD)-1))
+    {
+        LOG(("Couldn't lock patch file: %d", GetLastError()));
+        // TODO: moggi: fix the build problem with LOCK_ERROR_PATCH_FILE
+        return WRITE_ERROR; //return LOCK_ERROR_PATCH_FILE;
+    }
+    char sourcefile[MAXPATHLEN];
+    if (!WideCharToMultiByte(CP_UTF8, 0, mPatchFile, -1, sourcefile, MAXPATHLEN,
+                             nullptr, nullptr))
+    {
+        LOG(("error converting wchar to utf8: %d", GetLastError()));
+        return STRING_CONVERSION_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    int rv = mArchiveReader.ExtractFileToStream(sourcefile, mPatchStream);
+#else
+    int rv = mArchiveReader.ExtractFileToStream(mPatchFile, mPatchStream);
+#endif
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+int
+PatchFile::Execute()
+{
+    LOG(("EXECUTE PATCH " LOG_S, mFileRelPath.get()));
+
+    fseek(mPatchStream, 0, SEEK_SET);
+
+    int rv = MBS_ReadHeader(mPatchStream, &header);
+    if (rv)
+        return rv;
+
+    FILE *origfile = nullptr;
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (NS_tstrcmp(mFileRelPath.get(), gCallbackRelPath) == 0)
+    {
+        // Read from the copy of the callback when patching since the callback can't
+        // be opened for reading to prevent the application from being launched.
+        origfile = NS_tfopen(gCallbackBackupPath, NS_T("rb"));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        origfile = NS_tfopen(mFile.get(), NS_T("rb"));
+    }
+#else
+    origfile = NS_tfopen(mFile.get(), NS_T("rb"));
+#endif
+
+    if (!origfile)
+    {
+        LOG(("unable to open destination file: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+             mFileRelPath.get(), errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    rv = LoadSourceFile(origfile);
+    fclose(origfile);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("LoadSourceFile failed"));
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    // Rename the destination file if it exists before proceeding so it can be
+    // used to restore the file to its original state if there is an error.
+    struct NS_tstat_t ss;
+    rv = NS_tstat(mFile.get(), &ss);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("failed to read file status info: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+             mFileRelPath.get(), errno));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    rv = backup_create(mFile.get());
+    if (rv)
+        return rv;
+
+#if defined(HAVE_POSIX_FALLOCATE)
+    AutoFile ofile(ensure_open(mFile.get(), NS_T("wb+"), ss.st_mode));
+    posix_fallocate(fileno((FILE *)ofile), 0, header.dlen);
+#elif defined(_WIN32)
+    bool shouldTruncate = true;
+    // Creating the file, setting the size, and then closing the file handle
+    // lessens fragmentation more than any other method tested. Other methods that
+    // have been tested are:
+    // 1. _chsize / _chsize_s reduced fragmentation though not completely.
+    // 2. _get_osfhandle and then setting the size reduced fragmentation though
+    //    not completely. There are also reports of _get_osfhandle failing on
+    //    mingw.
+    HANDLE hfile = CreateFileW(mFile.get(),
+                               GENERIC_WRITE,
+                               0,
+                               nullptr,
+                               CREATE_ALWAYS,
+                               FILE_ATTRIBUTE_NORMAL,
+                               nullptr);
+
+    if (hfile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        if (SetFilePointer(hfile, header.dlen,
+                           nullptr, FILE_BEGIN) != INVALID_SET_FILE_POINTER &&
+                SetEndOfFile(hfile) != 0)
+        {
+            shouldTruncate = false;
+        }
+        CloseHandle(hfile);
+    }
+
+    AutoFile ofile(ensure_open(mFile.get(), shouldTruncate ? NS_T("wb+") : NS_T("rb+"),
+                               ss.st_mode));
+#elif defined(MACOSX)
+    AutoFile ofile(ensure_open(mFile.get(), NS_T("wb+"), ss.st_mode));
+    // Modified code from FileUtils.cpp
+    fstore_t store = {F_ALLOCATECONTIG, F_PEOFPOSMODE, 0, header.dlen};
+    // Try to get a continuous chunk of disk space
+    rv = fcntl(fileno((FILE *)ofile), F_PREALLOCATE, &store);
+    if (rv == -1)
+    {
+        // OK, perhaps we are too fragmented, allocate non-continuous
+        store.fst_flags = F_ALLOCATEALL;
+        rv = fcntl(fileno((FILE *)ofile), F_PREALLOCATE, &store);
+    }
+
+    if (rv != -1)
+    {
+        ftruncate(fileno((FILE *)ofile), header.dlen);
+    }
+#else
+    AutoFile ofile(ensure_open(mFile.get(), NS_T("wb+"), ss.st_mode));
+#endif
+
+    if (ofile == nullptr)
+    {
+        LOG(("unable to create new file: " LOG_S ", err: %d", mFileRelPath.get(),
+             errno));
+        return WRITE_ERROR_OPEN_PATCH_FILE;
+    }
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (!shouldTruncate)
+    {
+        fseek(ofile, 0, SEEK_SET);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    rv = MBS_ApplyPatch(&header, mPatchStream, buf, ofile);
+
+    // Go ahead and do a bit of cleanup now to minimize runtime overhead.
+    // Make sure mPatchStream gets unlocked on Windows; the system will do that,
+    // but not until some indeterminate future time, and we want determinism.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    UnlockFile((HANDLE)_get_osfhandle(fileno(mPatchStream)), (DWORD)0, (DWORD)0, (DWORD)-1, (DWORD)-1);
+#endif
+    // Set mPatchStream to nullptr to make AutoFile close the file,
+    // so it can be deleted on Windows.
+    mPatchStream = nullptr;
+    NS_tremove(spath);
+    spath[0] = NS_T('\0');
+    free(buf);
+    buf = nullptr;
+    return rv;
+}
+
+void
+PatchFile::Finish(int status)
+{
+    LOG(("FINISH PATCH " LOG_S, mFileRelPath.get()));
+
+    backup_finish(mFile.get(), mFileRelPath.get(), status);
+}
+
+class AddIfFile : public AddFile
+{
+public:
+    AddIfFile(ArchiveReader& archiveReader);
+
+    virtual int Parse(NS_tchar *line);
+    virtual int Prepare();
+    virtual int Execute();
+    virtual void Finish(int status);
+
+protected:
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> mTestFile;
+};
+
+AddIfFile::AddIfFile(ArchiveReader& archiveReader):
+    AddFile(archiveReader)
+{
+}
+
+int
+AddIfFile::Parse(NS_tchar *line)
+{
+    // format "<testfile>" "<newfile>"
+
+    mTestFile.reset(new_absolute_path(get_valid_path(&line)));
+    if (!mTestFile)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    // consume whitespace between args
+    NS_tchar *q = mstrtok(kQuote, &line);
+    if (!q)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    return AddFile::Parse(line);
+}
+
+int
+AddIfFile::Prepare()
+{
+    // If the test file does not exist, then skip this action.
+    if (NS_taccess(mTestFile.get(), F_OK))
+    {
+        mTestFile = nullptr;
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    return AddFile::Prepare();
+}
+
+int
+AddIfFile::Execute()
+{
+    if (!mTestFile)
+        return OK;
+
+    return AddFile::Execute();
+}
+
+void
+AddIfFile::Finish(int status)
+{
+    if (!mTestFile)
+        return;
+
+    AddFile::Finish(status);
+}
+
+class AddIfNotFile : public AddFile
+{
+public:
+    AddIfNotFile(ArchiveReader& archiveReader);
+
+    virtual int Parse(NS_tchar *line);
+    virtual int Prepare();
+    virtual int Execute();
+    virtual void Finish(int status);
+
+protected:
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> mTestFile;
+};
+
+AddIfNotFile::AddIfNotFile(ArchiveReader& archiveReader):
+    AddFile(archiveReader)
+{
+}
+
+int
+AddIfNotFile::Parse(NS_tchar *line)
+{
+    // format "<testfile>" "<newfile>"
+
+    mTestFile.reset(new_absolute_path(get_valid_path(&line)));
+    if (!mTestFile)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    // consume whitespace between args
+    NS_tchar *q = mstrtok(kQuote, &line);
+    if (!q)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    return AddFile::Parse(line);
+}
+
+int
+AddIfNotFile::Prepare()
+{
+    // If the test file exists, then skip this action.
+    if (!NS_taccess(mTestFile.get(), F_OK))
+    {
+        mTestFile = NULL;
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    return AddFile::Prepare();
+}
+
+int
+AddIfNotFile::Execute()
+{
+    if (!mTestFile)
+        return OK;
+
+    return AddFile::Execute();
+}
+
+void
+AddIfNotFile::Finish(int status)
+{
+    if (!mTestFile)
+        return;
+
+    AddFile::Finish(status);
+}
+
+class PatchIfFile : public PatchFile
+{
+public:
+    PatchIfFile(ArchiveReader& archiveReader);
+
+    virtual int Parse(NS_tchar *line);
+    virtual int Prepare(); // should check for patch file and for checksum here
+    virtual int Execute();
+    virtual void Finish(int status);
+
+private:
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> mTestFile;
+};
+
+PatchIfFile::PatchIfFile(ArchiveReader& archiveReader):
+    PatchFile(archiveReader)
+{
+}
+
+int
+PatchIfFile::Parse(NS_tchar *line)
+{
+    // format "<testfile>" "<patchfile>" "<filetopatch>"
+
+    mTestFile.reset(new_absolute_path(get_valid_path(&line)));
+    if (!mTestFile)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    // consume whitespace between args
+    NS_tchar *q = mstrtok(kQuote, &line);
+    if (!q)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    return PatchFile::Parse(line);
+}
+
+int
+PatchIfFile::Prepare()
+{
+    // If the test file does not exist, then skip this action.
+    if (NS_taccess(mTestFile.get(), F_OK))
+    {
+        mTestFile = nullptr;
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    return PatchFile::Prepare();
+}
+
+int
+PatchIfFile::Execute()
+{
+    if (!mTestFile)
+        return OK;
+
+    return PatchFile::Execute();
+}
+
+void
+PatchIfFile::Finish(int status)
+{
+    if (!mTestFile)
+        return;
+
+    PatchFile::Finish(status);
+}
+
+//-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+
+/**
+ * Launch the post update application (helper.exe). It takes in the path of the
+ * callback application to calculate the path of helper.exe. For service updates
+ * this is called from both the system account and the current user account.
+ *
+ * @param  installationDir The path to the callback application binary.
+ * @param  updateInfoDir   The directory where update info is stored.
+ * @return true if there was no error starting the process.
+ */
+bool
+LaunchWinPostProcess(const WCHAR *installationDir,
+                     const WCHAR *updateInfoDir)
+{
+    WCHAR workingDirectory[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(workingDirectory, installationDir, MAX_PATH);
+
+    // TODO: moggi: needs adaptation for LibreOffice
+    // Most likely we don't have the helper method yet. Check if we really need it.
+
+    // Launch helper.exe to perform post processing (e.g. registry and log file
+    // modifications) for the update.
+    WCHAR inifile[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(inifile, installationDir, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(inifile, L"updater.ini"))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR exefile[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    WCHAR exearg[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    WCHAR exeasync[10];
+    bool async = true;
+    if (!GetPrivateProfileStringW(L"PostUpdateWin", L"ExeRelPath", nullptr,
+                                  exefile, MAX_PATH + 1, inifile))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (!GetPrivateProfileStringW(L"PostUpdateWin", L"ExeArg", nullptr, exearg,
+                                  MAX_PATH + 1, inifile))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    if (!GetPrivateProfileStringW(L"PostUpdateWin", L"ExeAsync", L"TRUE",
+                                  exeasync,
+                                  sizeof(exeasync)/sizeof(exeasync[0]),
+                                  inifile))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    // Verify that exeFile doesn't contain relative paths
+    if (wcsstr(exefile, L"..") != nullptr)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR exefullpath[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(exefullpath, installationDir, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(exefullpath, exefile))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+#if !defined(TEST_UPDATER) && defined(MAINTENANCE_SERVICE)
+    if (sUsingService &&
+            !DoesBinaryMatchAllowedCertificates(installationDir, exefullpath))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    WCHAR dlogFile[MAX_PATH + 1];
+    if (!PathGetSiblingFilePath(dlogFile, exefullpath, L"uninstall.update"))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR slogFile[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(slogFile, updateInfoDir, MAX_PATH);
+    if (!PathAppendSafe(slogFile, L"update.log"))
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    WCHAR dummyArg[14] = { L'\0' };
+    wcsncpy(dummyArg, L"argv0ignored ", sizeof(dummyArg) / sizeof(dummyArg[0]) - 1);
+
+    size_t len = wcslen(exearg) + wcslen(dummyArg);
+    WCHAR *cmdline = (WCHAR *) malloc((len + 1) * sizeof(WCHAR));
+    if (!cmdline)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+
+    wcsncpy(cmdline, dummyArg, len);
+    wcscat(cmdline, exearg);
+
+    if (sUsingService ||
+            !_wcsnicmp(exeasync, L"false", 6) ||
+            !_wcsnicmp(exeasync, L"0", 2))
+    {
+        async = false;
+    }
+
+    // We want to launch the post update helper app to update the Windows
+    // registry even if there is a failure with removing the uninstall.update
+    // file or copying the update.log file.
+    CopyFileW(slogFile, dlogFile, false);
+
+    STARTUPINFOW si = {sizeof(si), 0};
+    si.lpDesktop = L"";
+    PROCESS_INFORMATION pi = {0};
+
+    bool ok = CreateProcessW(exefullpath,
+                             cmdline,
+                             nullptr,  // no special security attributes
+                             nullptr,  // no special thread attributes
+                             false,    // don't inherit filehandles
+                             0,        // No special process creation flags
+                             nullptr,  // inherit my environment
+                             workingDirectory,
+                             &si,
+                             &pi);
+    free(cmdline);
+    if (ok)
+    {
+        if (!async)
+        {
+            WaitForSingleObject(pi.hProcess, INFINITE);
+        }
+        CloseHandle(pi.hProcess);
+        CloseHandle(pi.hThread);
+    }
+    return ok;
+}
+
+#endif
+
+static void
+LaunchCallbackApp(const NS_tchar *workingDir,
+                  int argc,
+                  NS_tchar **argv,
+                  bool usingService)
+{
+    putenv(const_cast<char*>("NO_EM_RESTART="));
+    putenv(const_cast<char*>("MOZ_LAUNCHED_CHILD=1"));
+
+    // Run from the specified working directory (see bug 312360). This is not
+    // necessary on Windows CE since the application that launches the updater
+    // passes the working directory as an --environ: command line argument.
+    if (NS_tchdir(workingDir) != 0)
+    {
+        LOG(("Warning: chdir failed"));
+    }
+
+#if defined(USE_EXECV)
+    (void) argc;
+    (void) usingService; // avoid warnings
+    execv(argv[0], argv);
+#elif defined(MACOSX)
+    LaunchChild(argc, (const char**)argv);
+#elif defined(_WIN32)
+    // Do not allow the callback to run when running an update through the
+    // service as session 0.  The unelevated updater.exe will do the launching.
+    if (!usingService)
+    {
+        WinLaunchChild(argv[0], argc, argv, nullptr);
+    }
+#else
+# warning "Need implementation of LaunchCallbackApp"
+#endif
+}
+
+static bool
+WriteStatusFile(const char* aStatus)
+{
+    NS_tchar filename[MAXPATHLEN] = {NS_T('\0')};
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+    // The temp file is not removed on failure since there is client code that
+    // will remove it.
+    GetTempFileNameW(gPatchDirPath, L"sta", 0, filename);
+#else
+    NS_tsnprintf(filename, sizeof(filename)/sizeof(filename[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s/update.status"), gPatchDirPath);
+#endif
+
+    // Make sure that the directory for the update status file exists
+    if (ensure_parent_dir(filename))
+        return false;
+
+    // This is scoped to make the AutoFile close the file so it is possible to
+    // move the temp file to the update.status file on Windows.
+    {
+        AutoFile file(NS_tfopen(filename, NS_T("wb+")));
+        if (file == nullptr)
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+
+        if (fwrite(aStatus, strlen(aStatus), 1, file) != 1)
+        {
+            return false;
+        }
+    }
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+    NS_tchar dstfilename[MAXPATHLEN] = {NS_T('\0')};
+    NS_tsnprintf(dstfilename, sizeof(dstfilename)/sizeof(dstfilename[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s\\update.status"), gPatchDirPath);
+    if (MoveFileExW(filename, dstfilename, MOVEFILE_REPLACE_EXISTING) == 0)
+    {
+        return false;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return true;
+}
+
+static void
+WriteStatusFile(int status)
+{
+    const char *text;
+
+    char buf[32];
+    if (status == OK)
+    {
+        if (sStagedUpdate)
+        {
+            text = "applied\n";
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            text = "succeeded\n";
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf)/sizeof(buf[0]), "failed: %d\n", status);
+        text = buf;
+    }
+
+    WriteStatusFile(text);
+}
+
+#ifdef MAINTENANCE_SERVICE
+/*
+ * Read the update.status file and sets isPendingService to true if
+ * the status is set to pending-service.
+ *
+ * @param  isPendingService Out parameter for specifying if the status
+ *         is set to pending-service or not.
+ * @return true if the information was retrieved and it is pending
+ *         or pending-service.
+ */
+static bool
+IsUpdateStatusPendingService()
+{
+    NS_tchar filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(filename, sizeof(filename)/sizeof(filename[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s/update.status"), gPatchDirPath);
+
+    AutoFile file(NS_tfopen(filename, NS_T("rb")));
+    if (file == nullptr)
+        return false;
+
+    char buf[32] = { 0 };
+    fread(buf, sizeof(buf), 1, file);
+
+    const char kPendingService[] = "pending-service";
+    const char kAppliedService[] = "applied-service";
+
+    return (strncmp(buf, kPendingService,
+                    sizeof(kPendingService) - 1) == 0) ||
+           (strncmp(buf, kAppliedService,
+                    sizeof(kAppliedService) - 1) == 0);
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+/*
+ * Read the update.status file and sets isSuccess to true if
+ * the status is set to succeeded.
+ *
+ * @param  isSucceeded Out parameter for specifying if the status
+ *         is set to succeeded or not.
+ * @return true if the information was retrieved and it is succeeded.
+ */
+static bool
+IsUpdateStatusSucceeded(bool &isSucceeded)
+{
+    isSucceeded = false;
+    NS_tchar filename[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(filename, sizeof(filename)/sizeof(filename[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s/update.status"), gPatchDirPath);
+
+    AutoFile file(NS_tfopen(filename, NS_T("rb")));
+    if (file == nullptr)
+        return false;
+
+    char buf[32] = { 0 };
+    fread(buf, sizeof(buf), 1, file);
+
+    const char kSucceeded[] = "succeeded";
+    isSucceeded = strncmp(buf, kSucceeded,
+                          sizeof(kSucceeded) - 1) == 0;
+    return true;
+}
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Copy the entire contents of the application installation directory to the
+ * destination directory for the update process.
+ *
+ * @return 0 if successful, an error code otherwise.
+ */
+static int
+CopyInstallDirToDestDir()
+{
+    // These files should not be copied over to the updated app
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#define SKIPLIST_COUNT 4
+#elif defined(MACOSX)
+#define SKIPLIST_COUNT 1
+#else
+#define SKIPLIST_COUNT 3
+#endif
+    copy_recursive_skiplist<SKIPLIST_COUNT> skiplist;
+
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> pUserProfile(new NS_tchar[MAXPATHLEN]);
+    NS_tstrcpy(pUserProfile.get(), gPatchDirPath);
+    NS_tchar *slash = (NS_tchar *) NS_tstrrchr(pUserProfile.get(), NS_T('/'));
+    if (slash)
+        *slash = NS_T('\0');
+
+    LOG(("ignore user profile directory during copy: " LOG_S, pUserProfile.get()));
+
+    skiplist.append(0, pUserProfile.get());
+#ifndef MACOSX
+    skiplist.append(1, gInstallDirPath, NS_T("updated"));
+    skiplist.append(2, gInstallDirPath, NS_T("updates/0"));
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    skiplist.append(4, gInstallDirPath, NS_T("updated.update_in_progress.lock"));
+#endif
+#endif
+
+    return ensure_copy_recursive(gInstallDirPath, gWorkingDirPath, skiplist);
+}
+
+/*
+ * Replace the application installation directory with the destination
+ * directory in order to finish a staged update task
+ *
+ * @return 0 if successful, an error code otherwise.
+ */
+static int
+ProcessReplaceRequest()
+{
+    // TODO: moggi: handle the user profile in the installation dir also
+    // during the replacement request
+    // The replacement algorithm is like this:
+    // 1. Move destDir to tmpDir.  In case of failure, abort.
+    // 2. Move newDir to destDir.  In case of failure, revert step 1 and abort.
+    // 3. Delete tmpDir (or defer it to the next reboot).
+
+#ifdef MACOSX
+    NS_tchar destDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(destDir, sizeof(destDir)/sizeof(destDir[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s/Contents"), gInstallDirPath);
+#elif defined(_WIN32)
+    // Windows preserves the case of the file/directory names.  We use the
+    // GetLongPathName API in order to get the correct case for the directory
+    // name, so that if the user has used a different case when launching the
+    // application, the installation directory's name does not change.
+    NS_tchar destDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+    if (!GetLongPathNameW(gInstallDirPath, destDir,
+                          sizeof(destDir)/sizeof(destDir[0])))
+    {
+        return NO_INSTALLDIR_ERROR;
+    }
+#else
+    NS_tchar* destDir = gInstallDirPath;
+#endif
+
+    NS_tchar tmpDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(tmpDir, sizeof(tmpDir)/sizeof(tmpDir[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s.bak"), destDir);
+
+    // First try to remove the possibly existing temp directory, because if this
+    // directory exists, we will fail to rename destDir.
+    // No need to error check here because if this fails, we will fail in the
+    // next step anyways.
+    ensure_remove_recursive(tmpDir);
+
+    LOG(("Begin moving destDir (" LOG_S ") to tmpDir (" LOG_S ")",
+         destDir, tmpDir));
+    LogFlush();
+    int rv = rename_file(destDir, tmpDir, true);
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    // On Windows, if Firefox is launched using the shortcut, it will hold a handle
+    // to its installation directory open, which might not get released in time.
+    // Therefore we wait a little bit here to see if the handle is released.
+    // If it's not released, we just fail to perform the replace request.
+    const int max_retries = 10;
+    int retries = 0;
+    while (rv == WRITE_ERROR && (retries++ < max_retries))
+    {
+        LOG(("PerformReplaceRequest: destDir rename attempt %d failed. " \
+             "File: " LOG_S ". Last error: %d, err: %d", retries,
+             destDir, GetLastError(), rv));
+
+        Sleep(100);
+
+        rv = rename_file(destDir, tmpDir, true);
+    }
+#endif
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        // The status file will have 'pending' written to it so there is no value in
+        // returning an error specific for this failure.
+        LOG(("Moving destDir to tmpDir failed, err: %d", rv));
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    NS_tchar newDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+    if (is_userprofile_in_instdir())
+    {
+        LOG(("user profile in instdir"));
+        NS_tstrcpy(newDir, tmpDir);
+        NS_tstrcat(newDir, gWorkingDirPath + NS_tstrlen(gInstallDirPath));
+        LOG((LOG_S, newDir));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        NS_tsnprintf(newDir, sizeof(newDir)/sizeof(newDir[0]),
+                NS_T("%s"),
+                gWorkingDirPath);
+    }
+
+    LOG(("Begin moving newDir (" LOG_S ") to destDir (" LOG_S ")",
+         newDir, destDir));
+    rv = rename_file(newDir, destDir, true);
+#ifdef MACOSX
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("Moving failed. Begin copying newDir (" LOG_S ") to destDir (" LOG_S ")",
+             newDir, destDir));
+        copy_recursive_skiplist<0> skiplist;
+        rv = ensure_copy_recursive(newDir, destDir, skiplist);
+    }
+#endif
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("Moving newDir to destDir failed, err: %d", rv));
+        LOG(("Now, try to move tmpDir back to destDir"));
+        ensure_remove_recursive(destDir);
+        int rv2 = rename_file(tmpDir, destDir, true);
+        if (rv2)
+        {
+            LOG(("Moving tmpDir back to destDir failed, err: %d", rv2));
+        }
+        // The status file will be have 'pending' written to it so there is no value
+        // in returning an error specific for this failure.
+        return rv;
+    }
+
+    if (is_userprofile_in_instdir())
+    {
+        // 1.) calculate path of the user profile in the backup directory
+        // 2.) move the user profile from the backup to the install directory
+        NS_tchar backup_user_profile[MAXPATHLEN];
+        NS_tchar userprofile[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+        NS_tstrcpy(userprofile, gPatchDirPath);
+        NS_tchar* slash = (NS_tchar *) NS_tstrrchr(userprofile, NS_T('/'));
+        if (slash)
+            *slash = NS_T('\0');
+        NS_tstrcpy(backup_user_profile, tmpDir);
+        size_t installdir_len = NS_tstrlen(destDir);
+
+        NS_tstrcat(backup_user_profile, userprofile + installdir_len);
+        LOG(("copy user profile back from " LOG_S " to " LOG_S, backup_user_profile, userprofile));
+        int rv2 = rename_file(backup_user_profile, userprofile);
+        if (rv2)
+        {
+            LOG(("failed to copy user profile back"));
+        }
+        if (slash)
+            *slash = NS_T('/');
+    }
+
+#if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MACOSX)
+    // Platforms that have their updates directory in the installation directory
+    // need to have the last-update.log and backup-update.log files moved from the
+    // old installation directory to the new installation directory.
+    NS_tchar tmpLog[MAXPATHLEN];
+    int nWrittenBytes = NS_tsnprintf(tmpLog, sizeof(tmpLog)/sizeof(tmpLog[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s/updates/last-update.log"), tmpDir);
+    (void) nWrittenBytes;
+    if (!NS_taccess(tmpLog, F_OK))
+    {
+        NS_tchar destLog[MAXPATHLEN];
+        NS_tsnprintf(destLog, sizeof(destLog)/sizeof(destLog[0]),
+                     NS_T("%s/updates/last-update.log"), destDir);
+        NS_tremove(destLog);
+        NS_trename(tmpLog, destLog);
+    }
+#endif
+
+    LOG(("Now, remove the tmpDir"));
+    rv = ensure_remove_recursive(tmpDir, true);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("Removing tmpDir failed, err: %d", rv));
+#ifdef _WIN32
+        NS_tchar deleteDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+        NS_tsnprintf(deleteDir, sizeof(deleteDir)/sizeof(deleteDir[0]),
+                     NS_T("%s\\%s"), destDir, DELETE_DIR);
+        // Attempt to remove the tobedeleted directory and then recreate it if it
+        // was successfully removed.
+        _wrmdir(deleteDir);
+        if (NS_taccess(deleteDir, F_OK))
+        {
+            NS_tmkdir(deleteDir, 0755);
+        }
+        remove_recursive_on_reboot(tmpDir, deleteDir);
+#endif
+    }
+
+#ifdef MACOSX
+    // On macOS, we need to remove the staging directory after its Contents
+    // directory has been moved.
+    NS_tchar updatedAppDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(updatedAppDir, sizeof(updatedAppDir)/sizeof(updatedAppDir[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s/Updated.app"), gPatchDirPath);
+    ensure_remove_recursive(updatedAppDir);
+#endif
+
+    gSucceeded = true;
+
+    return 0;
+}
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+static void
+WaitForServiceFinishThread(void* /*param*/)
+{
+    // We wait at most 10 minutes, we already waited 5 seconds previously
+    // before deciding to show this UI.
+    WaitForServiceStop(SVC_NAME, 595);
+    QuitProgressUI();
+}
+#endif
+
+#ifdef VERIFY_MAR_SIGNATURE
+/**
+ * This function reads in the ACCEPTED_MAR_CHANNEL_IDS from update-settings.ini
+ *
+ * @param path    The path to the ini file that is to be read
+ * @param results A pointer to the location to store the read strings
+ * @return OK on success
+ */
+static int
+ReadMARChannelIDs(const NS_tchar *path, MARChannelStringTable *results)
+{
+    // TODO: moggi: needs adaptation for LibreOffice
+    // Check where this function gets its parameters from
+    const unsigned int kNumStrings = 1;
+    const char *kUpdaterKeys = "ACCEPTED_MAR_CHANNEL_IDS\0";
+    char updater_strings[kNumStrings][MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+
+    int result = ReadStrings(path, kUpdaterKeys, kNumStrings,
+                             updater_strings, "Settings");
+
+    strncpy(results->MARChannelID, updater_strings[0], MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1);
+    results->MARChannelID[MAX_TEXT_LEN - 1] = 0;
+
+    return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+static int
+GetUpdateFileNames(std::vector<tstring>& fileNames)
+{
+    NS_tchar fileName[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tsnprintf(fileName, MAXPATHLEN,
+                 NS_T("%s/update.mar"), gPatchDirPath);
+    fileNames.push_back(fileName);
+
+    // add the language packs
+    NS_tDIR* dir = NS_topendir(gPatchDirPath);
+    if (!dir)
+    {
+        LOG(("Could not open directory " LOG_S, gPatchDirPath));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    NS_tdirent* entry;
+    while ((entry = NS_treaddir(dir)) != nullptr)
+    {
+        if (NS_tstrcmp(entry->d_name, NS_T(".")) &&
+                NS_tstrcmp(entry->d_name, NS_T("..")) &&
+                NS_tstrcmp(entry->d_name, NS_T("update.mar")))
+        {
+            if (NS_tstrncmp(entry->d_name, NS_T("update"), 6) == 0)
+            {
+                NS_tchar *dot = NS_tstrrchr(entry->d_name, NS_T('.'));
+                if (dot && !NS_tstrcmp(dot, NS_T(".mar")))
+                {
+                    NS_tchar updatePath[MAXPATHLEN];
+                    NS_tsnprintf(updatePath, sizeof(updatePath)/sizeof(updatePath[0]),
+                            NS_T("%s/%s"), gPatchDirPath, entry->d_name);
+
+                    LOG (("Found language update file: " LOG_S, updatePath));
+                    fileNames.push_back(updatePath);
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+    return OK;
+}
+
+static int
+CheckSignature(ArchiveReader& archiveReader)
+{
+#ifdef VERIFY_MAR_SIGNATURE
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    HKEY baseKey = nullptr;
+    wchar_t valueName[] = L"Image Path";
+    wchar_t rasenh[] = L"rsaenh.dll";
+    bool reset = false;
+    if (RegOpenKeyExW(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,
+                      L"SOFTWARE\\Microsoft\\Cryptography\\Defaults\\Provider\\Microsoft Enhanced Cryptographic Provider v1.0",
+                      0, KEY_READ | KEY_WRITE,
+                      &baseKey) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
+    {
+        wchar_t path[MAX_PATH + 1];
+        DWORD size = sizeof(path);
+        DWORD type;
+        if (RegQueryValueExW(baseKey, valueName, 0, &type,
+                             (LPBYTE)path, &size) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            if (type == REG_SZ && wcscmp(path, rasenh) == 0)
+            {
+                wchar_t rasenhFullPath[] = L"%SystemRoot%\\System32\\rsaenh.dll";
+                if (RegSetValueExW(baseKey, valueName, 0, REG_SZ,
+                                   (const BYTE*)rasenhFullPath,
+                                   sizeof(rasenhFullPath)) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
+                {
+                    reset = true;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+    int rv = archiveReader.VerifySignature();
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (baseKey)
+    {
+        if (reset)
+        {
+            RegSetValueExW(baseKey, valueName, 0, REG_SZ,
+                           (const BYTE*)rasenh,
+                           sizeof(rasenh));
+        }
+        RegCloseKey(baseKey);
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+    if (rv == OK)
+    {
+        if (rv == OK)
+        {
+            NS_tchar updateSettingsPath[MAX_TEXT_LEN];
+
+            // TODO: moggi: needs adaptation for LibreOffice
+            // These paths need to be adapted for us.
+            int nWrittenBytes = NS_tsnprintf(updateSettingsPath,
+                         sizeof(updateSettingsPath) / sizeof(updateSettingsPath[0]),
+#ifdef MACOSX
+                         NS_T("%s/Contents/Resources/update-settings.ini"),
+#else
+                         NS_T("%s/update-settings.ini"),
+#endif
+                         gWorkingDirPath);
+            (void) nWrittenBytes;
+            MARChannelStringTable MARStrings;
+            if (ReadMARChannelIDs(updateSettingsPath, &MARStrings) != OK)
+            {
+                // If we can't read from update-settings.ini then we shouldn't impose
+                // a MAR restriction.  Some installations won't even include this file.
+                MARStrings.MARChannelID[0] = '\0';
+            }
+
+            rv = archiveReader.VerifyProductInformation(MARStrings.MARChannelID,
+                    LIBO_VERSION_DOTTED);
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+static void
+UpdateThreadFunc(void * /*param*/)
+{
+    // open ZIP archive and process...
+    int rv = OK;
+    if (sReplaceRequest)
+    {
+        rv = ProcessReplaceRequest();
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        std::vector<tstring> fileNames;
+        GetUpdateFileNames(fileNames);
+
+        for (auto& fileName: fileNames)
+        {
+            ArchiveReader archiveReader;
+            rv = archiveReader.Open(fileName.c_str());
+            if (rv != OK)
+            {
+                LOG(("Could not open " LOG_S, fileName.c_str()));
+                break;
+            }
+
+            rv = CheckSignature(archiveReader);
+            if (rv != OK)
+            {
+                LOG(("Could not verify the signature of " LOG_S, fileName.c_str()));
+                break;
+            }
+        }
+
+        if (rv == OK && sStagedUpdate)
+        {
+            rv = CopyInstallDirToDestDir();
+        }
+
+        if (rv == OK)
+        {
+            for (auto& fileName: fileNames)
+            {
+                ArchiveReader archiveReader;
+                archiveReader.Open(fileName.c_str());
+                rv = DoUpdate(archiveReader);
+            }
+            NS_tchar updatingDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+            int nWrittenBytes = NS_tsnprintf(updatingDir, sizeof(updatingDir)/sizeof(updatingDir[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s/updating"), gWorkingDirPath);
+            (void) nWrittenBytes;
+            ensure_remove_recursive(updatingDir);
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (rv && (sReplaceRequest || sStagedUpdate))
+    {
+#ifdef _WIN32
+        // On Windows, the current working directory of the process should be changed
+        // so that it's not locked.
+        if (sStagedUpdate)
+        {
+            NS_tchar sysDir[MAX_PATH + 1] = { L'\0' };
+            if (GetSystemDirectoryW(sysDir, MAX_PATH + 1))
+            {
+                NS_tchdir(sysDir);
+            }
+        }
+#endif
+        ensure_remove_recursive(gWorkingDirPath);
+        // When attempting to replace the application, we should fall back
+        // to non-staged updates in case of a failure.  We do this by
+        // setting the status to pending, exiting the updater, and
+        // launching the callback application.  The callback application's
+        // startup path will see the pending status, and will start the
+        // updater application again in order to apply the update without
+        // staging.
+        if (sReplaceRequest)
+        {
+            WriteStatusFile(sUsingService ? "pending-service" : "pending");
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            WriteStatusFile(rv);
+        }
+#ifdef TEST_UPDATER
+        // Some tests need to use --test-process-updates again.
+        putenv(const_cast<char*>("MOZ_TEST_PROCESS_UPDATES="));
+#endif
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (rv)
+        {
+            LOG(("failed: %d", rv));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+#ifdef MACOSX
+            // If the update was successful we need to update the timestamp on the
+            // top-level macOS bundle directory so that macOS's Launch Services
+            // picks up any major changes when the bundle is updated.
+            if (!sStagedUpdate && utimes(gInstallDirPath, nullptr) != 0)
+            {
+                LOG(("Couldn't set access/modification time on application bundle."));
+            }
+#endif
+
+            LOG(("succeeded"));
+        }
+        WriteStatusFile(rv);
+    }
+
+    LOG(("calling QuitProgressUI"));
+    QuitProgressUI();
+}
+
+#ifdef MACOSX
+static void
+ServeElevatedUpdateThreadFunc(void* param)
+{
+    UpdateServerThreadArgs* threadArgs = (UpdateServerThreadArgs*)param;
+    gSucceeded = ServeElevatedUpdate(threadArgs->argc, threadArgs->argv);
+    if (!gSucceeded)
+    {
+        WriteStatusFile(ELEVATION_CANCELED);
+    }
+    QuitProgressUI();
+}
+
+void freeArguments(int argc, char** argv)
+{
+    for (int i = 0; i < argc; i++)
+    {
+        free(argv[i]);
+    }
+    free(argv);
+}
+#endif
+
+int LaunchCallbackAndPostProcessApps(int argc, NS_tchar** argv,
+                                     int callbackIndex
+#ifdef _WIN32
+                                     , const WCHAR* elevatedLockFilePath
+                                     , HANDLE updateLockFileHandle
+#elif defined(MACOSX)
+                                     , bool isElevated
+#endif
+                                    )
+{
+    if (argc > callbackIndex)
+    {
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+        if (gSucceeded)
+        {
+            if (!LaunchWinPostProcess(gInstallDirPath, gPatchDirPath))
+            {
+                fprintf(stderr, "The post update process was not launched");
+            }
+
+            // The service update will only be executed if it is already installed.
+            // For first time installs of the service, the install will happen from
+            // the PostUpdate process. We do the service update process here
+            // because it's possible we are updating with updater.exe without the
+            // service if the service failed to apply the update. We want to update
+            // the service to a newer version in that case. If we are not running
+            // through the service, then USING_SERVICE will not exist.
+            if (!sUsingService)
+            {
+                StartServiceUpdate(gInstallDirPath);
+            }
+        }
+        EXIT_WHEN_ELEVATED(elevatedLockFilePath, updateLockFileHandle, 0);
+#elif defined(MACOSX)
+        if (!isElevated)
+        {
+            if (gSucceeded)
+            {
+                LaunchMacPostProcess(gInstallDirPath);
+            }
+#endif
+
+        LaunchCallbackApp(argv[5],
+                          argc - callbackIndex,
+                          argv + callbackIndex,
+                          sUsingService);
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+    } // if (!isElevated)
+#endif /* XP_MACOSX */
+}
+return 0;
+}
+
+int NS_main(int argc, NS_tchar **argv)
+{
+    // The callback is the remaining arguments starting at callbackIndex.
+    // The argument specified by callbackIndex is the callback executable and the
+    // argument prior to callbackIndex is the working directory.
+    const int callbackIndex = 6;
+
+#ifdef MACOSX
+    // TODO: moggi: needs adaptation for LibreOffice
+    bool isElevated =
+        strstr(argv[0], "/Library/PrivilegedHelperTools/org.mozilla.updater") != 0;
+    if (isElevated)
+    {
+        if (!ObtainUpdaterArguments(&argc, &argv))
+        {
+            // Won't actually get here because ObtainUpdaterArguments will terminate
+            // the current process on failure.
+            return 1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+#if defined(VERIFY_MAR_SIGNATURE) && !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(MACOSX)
+    // On Windows and Mac we rely on native APIs to do verifications so we don't
+    // need to initialize NSS at all there.
+    // Otherwise, minimize the amount of NSS we depend on by avoiding all the NSS
+    // databases.
+    if (NSS_NoDB_Init(NULL) != SECSuccess)
+    {
+        PRErrorCode error = PR_GetError();
+        fprintf(stderr, "Could not initialize NSS: %s (%d)",
+                PR_ErrorToName(error), (int) error);
+        _exit(1);
+    }
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MACOSX
+    if (!isElevated)
+    {
+#endif
+        InitProgressUI(&argc, &argv);
+#ifdef MACOSX
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // To process an update the updater command line must at a minimum have the
+    // directory path containing the updater.mar file to process as the first
+    // argument, the install directory as the second argument, and the directory
+    // to apply the update to as the third argument. When the updater is launched
+    // by another process the PID of the parent process should be provided in the
+    // optional fourth argument and the updater will wait on the parent process to
+    // exit if the value is non-zero and the process is present. This is necessary
+    // due to not being able to update files that are in use on Windows. The
+    // optional fifth argument is the callback's working directory and the
+    // optional sixth argument is the callback path. The callback is the
+    // application to launch after updating and it will be launched when these
+    // arguments are provided whether the update was successful or not. All
+    // remaining arguments are optional and are passed to the callback when it is
+    // launched.
+    if (argc < 4)
+    {
+        fprintf(stderr, "Usage: updater patch-dir install-dir apply-to-dir [wait-pid [callback-working-dir callback-path args...]]\n");
+#ifdef MACOSX
+        if (isElevated)
+        {
+            freeArguments(argc, argv);
+            CleanupElevatedMacUpdate(true);
+        }
+#endif
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    // The directory containing the update information.
+    gPatchDirPath = argv[1];
+
+    // The directory we're going to update to.
+    // We copy this string because we need to remove trailing slashes.  The C++
+    // standard says that it's always safe to write to strings pointed to by argv
+    // elements, but I don't necessarily believe it.
+    NS_tstrncpy(gInstallDirPath, argv[2], MAXPATHLEN);
+    gInstallDirPath[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = NS_T('\0');
+    NS_tchar *slash = NS_tstrrchr(gInstallDirPath, NS_SLASH);
+    if (slash && !slash[1])
+    {
+        *slash = NS_T('\0');
+    }
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    bool useService = false;
+    bool testOnlyFallbackKeyExists = false;
+    bool noServiceFallback = false;
+
+    // We never want the service to be used unless we build with
+    // the maintenance service.
+#ifdef MAINTENANCE_SERVICE
+    useService = IsUpdateStatusPendingService();
+    // Our tests run with a different apply directory for each test.
+    // We use this registry key on our test slaves to store the
+    // allowed name/issuers.
+    testOnlyFallbackKeyExists = DoesFallbackKeyExist();
+#endif
+
+    // Remove everything except close window from the context menu
+    {
+        // TODO: moggi: needs adaptation for LibreOffice
+        HKEY hkApp = nullptr;
+        RegCreateKeyExW(HKEY_CURRENT_USER, L"Software\\Classes\\Applications",
+                        0, nullptr, REG_OPTION_NON_VOLATILE, KEY_SET_VALUE, nullptr,
+                        &hkApp, nullptr);
+        RegCloseKey(hkApp);
+        if (RegCreateKeyExW(HKEY_CURRENT_USER,
+                            L"Software\\Classes\\Applications\\updater.exe",
+                            0, nullptr, REG_OPTION_VOLATILE, KEY_SET_VALUE, nullptr,
+                            &hkApp, nullptr) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
+        {
+            RegSetValueExW(hkApp, L"IsHostApp", 0, REG_NONE, 0, 0);
+            RegSetValueExW(hkApp, L"NoOpenWith", 0, REG_NONE, 0, 0);
+            RegSetValueExW(hkApp, L"NoStartPage", 0, REG_NONE, 0, 0);
+            RegCloseKey(hkApp);
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    // If there is a PID specified and it is not '0' then wait for the process to exit.
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    __int64 pid = 0;
+#else
+    int pid = 0;
+#endif
+    if (argc > 4)
+    {
+#ifdef _WIN32
+        pid = _wtoi64(argv[4]);
+#else
+        pid = atoi(argv[4]);
+#endif
+        if (pid == -1)
+        {
+            // This is a signal from the parent process that the updater should stage
+            // the update.
+            sStagedUpdate = true;
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrstr(argv[4], NS_T("/replace")))
+        {
+            // We're processing a request to replace the application with a staged
+            // update.
+            sReplaceRequest = true;
+        }
+    }
+
+    // The directory we're going to update to.
+    // We copy this string because we need to remove trailing slashes.  The C++
+    // standard says that it's always safe to write to strings pointed to by argv
+    // elements, but I don't necessarily believe it.
+    NS_tstrncpy(gWorkingDirPath, argv[3], MAXPATHLEN);
+    gWorkingDirPath[MAXPATHLEN - 1] = NS_T('\0');
+    slash = NS_tstrrchr(gWorkingDirPath, NS_SLASH);
+    if (slash && !slash[1])
+    {
+        *slash = NS_T('\0');
+    }
+
+#ifdef MACOSX
+    if (!isElevated && !IsRecursivelyWritable(argv[2]))
+    {
+        // If the app directory isn't recursively writeable, an elevated update is
+        // required.
+        UpdateServerThreadArgs threadArgs;
+        threadArgs.argc = argc;
+        threadArgs.argv = const_cast<const NS_tchar**>(argv);
+
+        Thread t1;
+        if (t1.Run(ServeElevatedUpdateThreadFunc, &threadArgs) == 0)
+        {
+            // Show an indeterminate progress bar while an elevated update is in
+            // progress.
+            ShowProgressUI(true);
+        }
+        t1.Join();
+
+        LaunchCallbackAndPostProcessApps(argc, argv, callbackIndex, false);
+        return gSucceeded ? 0 : 1;
+    }
+#endif
+
+    LogInit(gPatchDirPath, NS_T("update.log"));
+
+    if (!WriteStatusFile("applying"))
+    {
+        LOG(("failed setting status to 'applying'"));
+#ifdef MACOSX
+        if (isElevated)
+        {
+            freeArguments(argc, argv);
+            CleanupElevatedMacUpdate(true);
+        }
+#endif
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    if (sStagedUpdate)
+    {
+        LOG(("Performing a staged update"));
+    }
+    else if (sReplaceRequest)
+    {
+        LOG(("Performing a replace request"));
+    }
+
+    LOG(("PATCH DIRECTORY " LOG_S, gPatchDirPath));
+    LOG(("INSTALLATION DIRECTORY " LOG_S, gInstallDirPath));
+    LOG(("WORKING DIRECTORY " LOG_S, gWorkingDirPath));
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (_wcsnicmp(gWorkingDirPath, gInstallDirPath, MAX_PATH) != 0)
+    {
+        if (!sStagedUpdate && !sReplaceRequest)
+        {
+            WriteStatusFile(INVALID_APPLYTO_DIR_ERROR);
+            LOG(("Installation directory and working directory must be the same "
+                 "for non-staged updates. Exiting."));
+            LogFinish();
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+        NS_tchar workingDirParent[MAX_PATH];
+        NS_tsnprintf(workingDirParent,
+                     sizeof(workingDirParent) / sizeof(workingDirParent[0]),
+                     NS_T("%s"), gWorkingDirPath);
+        if (!PathRemoveFileSpecW(workingDirParent))
+        {
+            WriteStatusFile(REMOVE_FILE_SPEC_ERROR);
+            LOG(("Error calling PathRemoveFileSpecW: %d", GetLastError()));
+            LogFinish();
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+        if (_wcsnicmp(workingDirParent, gInstallDirPath, MAX_PATH) != 0)
+        {
+            WriteStatusFile(INVALID_APPLYTO_DIR_STAGED_ERROR);
+            LOG(("The apply-to directory must be the same as or "
+                 "a child of the installation directory! Exiting."));
+            LogFinish();
+            return 1;
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (pid > 0)
+    {
+        HANDLE parent = OpenProcess(SYNCHRONIZE, false, (DWORD) pid);
+        // May return nullptr if the parent process has already gone away.
+        // Otherwise, wait for the parent process to exit before starting the
+        // update.
+        if (parent)
+        {
+            DWORD waitTime = PARENT_WAIT;
+            DWORD result = WaitForSingleObject(parent, waitTime);
+            CloseHandle(parent);
+            if (result != WAIT_OBJECT_0)
+                return 1;
+        }
+    }
+#else
+    if (pid > 0)
+        waitpid(pid, nullptr, 0);
+#endif
+
+#if defined(_WIN32)
+#ifdef MAINTENANCE_SERVICE
+    sUsingService = EnvHasValue("USING_SERVICE");
+    putenv(const_cast<char*>("USING_SERVICE="));
+#endif
+    // lastFallbackError keeps track of the last error for the service not being
+    // used, in case of an error when fallback is not enabled we write the
+    // error to the update.status file.
+    // When fallback is disabled (MOZ_NO_SERVICE_FALLBACK does not exist) then
+    // we will instead fallback to not using the service and display a UAC prompt.
+    int lastFallbackError = FALLBACKKEY_UNKNOWN_ERROR;
+
+    // Launch a second instance of the updater with the runas verb on Windows
+    // when write access is denied to the installation directory.
+    HANDLE updateLockFileHandle = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+    NS_tchar elevatedLockFilePath[MAXPATHLEN] = {NS_T('\0')};
+    if (!sUsingService &&
+            (argc > callbackIndex || sStagedUpdate || sReplaceRequest))
+    {
+        NS_tchar updateLockFilePath[MAXPATHLEN];
+        if (sStagedUpdate)
+        {
+            // When staging an update, the lock file is:
+            // <install_dir>\updated.update_in_progress.lock
+            NS_tsnprintf(updateLockFilePath,
+                         sizeof(updateLockFilePath)/sizeof(updateLockFilePath[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s/updated.update_in_progress.lock"), gInstallDirPath);
+        }
+        else if (sReplaceRequest)
+        {
+            // When processing a replace request, the lock file is:
+            // <install_dir>\..\moz_update_in_progress.lock
+            NS_tchar installDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+            NS_tstrcpy(installDir, gInstallDirPath);
+            NS_tchar *slash = (NS_tchar *) NS_tstrrchr(installDir, NS_SLASH);
+            *slash = NS_T('\0');
+            NS_tsnprintf(updateLockFilePath,
+                         sizeof(updateLockFilePath)/sizeof(updateLockFilePath[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s\\moz_update_in_progress.lock"), installDir);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // In the non-staging update case, the lock file is:
+            // <install_dir>\<app_name>.exe.update_in_progress.lock
+            NS_tsnprintf(updateLockFilePath,
+                         sizeof(updateLockFilePath)/sizeof(updateLockFilePath[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s.update_in_progress.lock"), argv[callbackIndex]);
+        }
+
+        // The update_in_progress.lock file should only exist during an update. In
+        // case it exists attempt to remove it and exit if that fails to prevent
+        // simultaneous updates occurring.
+        if (!_waccess(updateLockFilePath, F_OK) &&
+                NS_tremove(updateLockFilePath) != 0)
+        {
+            // Try to fall back to the old way of doing updates if a staged
+            // update fails.
+            if (sStagedUpdate || sReplaceRequest)
+            {
+                // Note that this could fail, but if it does, there isn't too much we
+                // can do in order to recover anyways.
+                WriteStatusFile("pending");
+            }
+            LOG(("Update already in progress! Exiting"));
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+        updateLockFileHandle = CreateFileW(updateLockFilePath,
+                                           GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
+                                           0,
+                                           nullptr,
+                                           OPEN_ALWAYS,
+                                           FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE,
+                                           nullptr);
+
+        NS_tsnprintf(elevatedLockFilePath,
+                     sizeof(elevatedLockFilePath)/sizeof(elevatedLockFilePath[0]),
+                     NS_T("%s/update_elevated.lock"), gPatchDirPath);
+
+        // Even if a file has no sharing access, you can still get its attributes
+        bool startedFromUnelevatedUpdater =
+            GetFileAttributesW(elevatedLockFilePath) != INVALID_FILE_ATTRIBUTES;
+
+        // If we're running from the service, then we were started with the same
+        // token as the service so the permissions are already dropped.  If we're
+        // running from an elevated updater that was started from an unelevated
+        // updater, then we drop the permissions here. We do not drop the
+        // permissions on the originally called updater because we use its token
+        // to start the callback application.
+        if (startedFromUnelevatedUpdater)
+        {
+            // Disable every privilege we don't need. Processes started using
+            // CreateProcess will use the same token as this process.
+            UACHelper::DisablePrivileges(nullptr);
+        }
+
+        if (updateLockFileHandle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE ||
+                (useService && testOnlyFallbackKeyExists && noServiceFallback))
+        {
+            if (!_waccess(elevatedLockFilePath, F_OK) &&
+                    NS_tremove(elevatedLockFilePath) != 0)
+            {
+                fprintf(stderr, "Unable to create elevated lock file! Exiting\n");
+                return 1;
+            }
+
+            HANDLE elevatedFileHandle;
+            elevatedFileHandle = CreateFileW(elevatedLockFilePath,
+                                             GENERIC_READ | GENERIC_WRITE,
+                                             0,
+                                             nullptr,
+                                             OPEN_ALWAYS,
+                                             FILE_FLAG_DELETE_ON_CLOSE,
+                                             nullptr);
+
+            if (elevatedFileHandle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+            {
+                LOG(("Unable to create elevated lock file! Exiting"));
+                return 1;
+            }
+
+            wchar_t *cmdLine = MakeCommandLine(argc - 1, argv + 1);
+            if (!cmdLine)
+            {
+                CloseHandle(elevatedFileHandle);
+                return 1;
+            }
+
+            // Make sure the path to the updater to use for the update is on local.
+            // We do this check to make sure that file locking is available for
+            // race condition security checks.
+            if (useService)
+            {
+                BOOL isLocal = FALSE;
+                useService = IsLocalFile(argv[0], isLocal) && isLocal;
+            }
+
+            // If we have unprompted elevation we should NOT use the service
+            // for the update. Service updates happen with the SYSTEM account
+            // which has more privs than we need to update with.
+            // Windows 8 provides a user interface so users can configure this
+            // behavior and it can be configured in the registry in all Windows
+            // versions that support UAC.
+            if (useService)
+            {
+                BOOL unpromptedElevation;
+                if (IsUnpromptedElevation(unpromptedElevation))
+                {
+                    useService = !unpromptedElevation;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Make sure the service registry entries for the installation path
+            // are available.  If not don't use the service.
+            if (useService)
+            {
+                WCHAR maintenanceServiceKey[MAX_PATH + 1];
+                // TODO: moggi: needs adaptation for LibreOffice
+                // Most likely the registry part is not correct yet
+                if (CalculateRegistryPathFromFilePath(gInstallDirPath,
+                                                      maintenanceServiceKey))
+                {
+                    HKEY baseKey = nullptr;
+                    if (RegOpenKeyExW(HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE,
+                                      maintenanceServiceKey, 0,
+                                      KEY_READ | KEY_WOW64_64KEY,
+                                      &baseKey) == ERROR_SUCCESS)
+                    {
+                        RegCloseKey(baseKey);
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+#ifdef TEST_UPDATER
+                        useService = testOnlyFallbackKeyExists;
+#endif
+                        if (!useService)
+                        {
+                            lastFallbackError = FALLBACKKEY_NOKEY_ERROR;
+                        }
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    useService = false;
+                    lastFallbackError = FALLBACKKEY_REGPATH_ERROR;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // Originally we used to write "pending" to update.status before
+            // launching the service command.  This is no longer needed now
+            // since the service command is launched from updater.exe.  If anything
+            // fails in between, we can fall back to using the normal update process
+            // on our own.
+
+            // If we still want to use the service try to launch the service
+            // command for the update.
+            if (useService)
+            {
+                // If the update couldn't be started, then set useService to false so
+                // we do the update the old way.
+                DWORD ret = LaunchServiceSoftwareUpdateCommand(argc, (LPCWSTR *)argv);
+                useService = (ret == ERROR_SUCCESS);
+                // If the command was launched then wait for the service to be done.
+                if (useService)
+                {
+                    bool showProgressUI = false;
+                    // Never show the progress UI when staging updates.
+                    if (!sStagedUpdate)
+                    {
+                        // We need to call this separately instead of allowing ShowProgressUI
+                        // to initialize the strings because the service will move the
+                        // ini file out of the way when running updater.
+                        showProgressUI = !InitProgressUIStrings();
+                    }
+
+                    // Wait for the service to stop for 5 seconds.  If the service
+                    // has still not stopped then show an indeterminate progress bar.
+                    DWORD lastState = WaitForServiceStop(SVC_NAME, 5);
+                    if (lastState != SERVICE_STOPPED)
+                    {
+                        std::thread waitThread(WaitForServiceFinishThread, nullptr);
+                        if (showProgressUI)
+                        {
+                            ShowProgressUI(true, false);
+                        }
+                        waitThread.join();
+                    }
+
+                    lastState = WaitForServiceStop(SVC_NAME, 1);
+                    if (lastState != SERVICE_STOPPED)
+                    {
+                        // If the service doesn't stop after 10 minutes there is
+                        // something seriously wrong.
+                        lastFallbackError = FALLBACKKEY_SERVICE_NO_STOP_ERROR;
+                        useService = false;
+                    }
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    lastFallbackError = FALLBACKKEY_LAUNCH_ERROR;
+                }
+            }
+
+            // If the service can't be used when staging and update, make sure that
+            // the UAC prompt is not shown! In this case, just set the status to
+            // pending and the update will be applied during the next startup.
+            if (!useService && sStagedUpdate)
+            {
+                if (updateLockFileHandle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+                {
+                    CloseHandle(updateLockFileHandle);
+                }
+                WriteStatusFile("pending");
+                return 0;
+            }
+
+            // If we started the service command, and it finished, check the
+            // update.status file to make sure it succeeded, and if it did
+            // we need to manually start the PostUpdate process from the
+            // current user's session of this unelevated updater.exe the
+            // current process is running as.
+            // Note that we don't need to do this if we're just staging the update,
+            // as the PostUpdate step runs when performing the replacing in that case.
+            if (useService && !sStagedUpdate)
+            {
+                bool updateStatusSucceeded = false;
+                if (IsUpdateStatusSucceeded(updateStatusSucceeded) &&
+                        updateStatusSucceeded)
+                {
+                    if (!LaunchWinPostProcess(gInstallDirPath, gPatchDirPath))
+                    {
+                        fprintf(stderr, "The post update process which runs as the user"
+                                " for service update could not be launched.");
+                    }
+                }
+            }
+
+            // If we didn't want to use the service at all, or if an update was
+            // already happening, or launching the service command failed, then
+            // launch the elevated updater.exe as we do without the service.
+            // We don't launch the elevated updater in the case that we did have
+            // write access all along because in that case the only reason we're
+            // using the service is because we are testing.
+            if (!useService && !noServiceFallback &&
+                    updateLockFileHandle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+            {
+                SHELLEXECUTEINFO sinfo;
+                memset(&sinfo, 0, sizeof(SHELLEXECUTEINFO));
+                sinfo.cbSize       = sizeof(SHELLEXECUTEINFO);
+                sinfo.fMask        = SEE_MASK_FLAG_NO_UI |
+                                     SEE_MASK_FLAG_DDEWAIT |
+                                     SEE_MASK_NOCLOSEPROCESS;
+                sinfo.hwnd         = nullptr;
+                sinfo.lpFile       = argv[0];
+                sinfo.lpParameters = cmdLine;
+                sinfo.lpVerb       = L"runas";
+                sinfo.nShow        = SW_SHOWNORMAL;
+
+                bool result = ShellExecuteEx(&sinfo);
+                free(cmdLine);
+
+                if (result)
+                {
+                    WaitForSingleObject(sinfo.hProcess, INFINITE);
+                    CloseHandle(sinfo.hProcess);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    WriteStatusFile(ELEVATION_CANCELED);
+                }
+            }
+
+            if (argc > callbackIndex)
+            {
+                LaunchCallbackApp(argv[5], argc - callbackIndex,
+                                  argv + callbackIndex, sUsingService);
+            }
+
+            CloseHandle(elevatedFileHandle);
+
+            if (!useService && !noServiceFallback &&
+                    INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE == updateLockFileHandle)
+            {
+                // We didn't use the service and we did run the elevated updater.exe.
+                // The elevated updater.exe is responsible for writing out the
+                // update.status file.
+                return 0;
+            }
+            else if (useService)
+            {
+                // The service command was launched. The service is responsible for
+                // writing out the update.status file.
+                if (updateLockFileHandle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+                {
+                    CloseHandle(updateLockFileHandle);
+                }
+                return 0;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Otherwise the service command was not launched at all.
+                // We are only reaching this code path because we had write access
+                // all along to the directory and a fallback key existed, and we
+                // have fallback disabled (MOZ_NO_SERVICE_FALLBACK env var exists).
+                // We only currently use this env var from XPCShell tests.
+                CloseHandle(updateLockFileHandle);
+                WriteStatusFile(lastFallbackError);
+                return 0;
+            }
+        }
+    }
+#endif
+
+    if (sStagedUpdate)
+    {
+        // When staging updates, blow away the old installation directory and create
+        // it from scratch.
+        ensure_remove_recursive(gWorkingDirPath);
+    }
+    if (!sReplaceRequest)
+    {
+        // Try to create the destination directory if it doesn't exist
+        int rv = NS_tmkdir(gWorkingDirPath, 0755);
+        if (rv != OK && errno != EEXIST)
+        {
+#ifdef MACOSX
+            if (isElevated)
+            {
+                freeArguments(argc, argv);
+                CleanupElevatedMacUpdate(true);
+            }
+#endif
+            return 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    // For replace requests, we don't need to do any real updates, so this is not
+    // necessary.
+    if (!sReplaceRequest)
+    {
+        // Allocate enough space for the length of the path an optional additional
+        // trailing slash and null termination.
+        NS_tchar *destpath = (NS_tchar *) malloc((NS_tstrlen(gWorkingDirPath) + 2) * sizeof(NS_tchar));
+        if (!destpath)
+            return 1;
+
+        NS_tchar *c = destpath;
+        NS_tstrcpy(c, gWorkingDirPath);
+        c += NS_tstrlen(gWorkingDirPath);
+        if (gWorkingDirPath[NS_tstrlen(gWorkingDirPath) - 1] != NS_T('/') &&
+                gWorkingDirPath[NS_tstrlen(gWorkingDirPath) - 1] != NS_T('\\'))
+        {
+            NS_tstrcat(c, NS_T("/"));
+            c += NS_tstrlen(NS_T("/"));
+        }
+        *c = NS_T('\0');
+        c++;
+
+        gDestPath = destpath;
+    }
+
+    NS_tchar applyDirLongPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+    if (!GetLongPathNameW(gWorkingDirPath, applyDirLongPath,
+                          sizeof(applyDirLongPath)/sizeof(applyDirLongPath[0])))
+    {
+        LOG(("NS_main: unable to find apply to dir: " LOG_S, gWorkingDirPath));
+        LogFinish();
+        WriteStatusFile(WRITE_ERROR_APPLY_DIR_PATH);
+        EXIT_WHEN_ELEVATED(elevatedLockFilePath, updateLockFileHandle, 1);
+        if (argc > callbackIndex)
+        {
+            LaunchCallbackApp(argv[5], argc - callbackIndex,
+                              argv + callbackIndex, sUsingService);
+        }
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    HANDLE callbackFile = INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE;
+    if (argc > callbackIndex)
+    {
+        // If the callback executable is specified it must exist for a successful
+        // update.  It is important we null out the whole buffer here because later
+        // we make the assumption that the callback application is inside the
+        // apply-to dir.  If we don't have a fully null'ed out buffer it can lead
+        // to stack corruption which causes crashes and other problems.
+        NS_tchar callbackLongPath[MAXPATHLEN];
+        ZeroMemory(callbackLongPath, sizeof(callbackLongPath));
+        NS_tchar *targetPath = argv[callbackIndex];
+        NS_tchar buffer[MAXPATHLEN * 2] = { NS_T('\0') };
+        size_t bufferLeft = MAXPATHLEN * 2;
+        if (sReplaceRequest)
+        {
+            // In case of replace requests, we should look for the callback file in
+            // the destination directory.
+            size_t commonPrefixLength = PathCommonPrefixW(argv[callbackIndex],
+                                        gInstallDirPath,
+                                        nullptr);
+            NS_tchar *p = buffer;
+            NS_tstrncpy(p, argv[callbackIndex], commonPrefixLength);
+            p += commonPrefixLength;
+            bufferLeft -= commonPrefixLength;
+            NS_tstrncpy(p, gInstallDirPath + commonPrefixLength, bufferLeft);
+
+            size_t len = NS_tstrlen(gInstallDirPath + commonPrefixLength);
+            p += len;
+            bufferLeft -= len;
+            *p = NS_T('\\');
+            ++p;
+            bufferLeft--;
+            *p = NS_T('\0');
+            NS_tchar installDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+            NS_tstrcpy(installDir, gInstallDirPath);
+            size_t callbackPrefixLength = PathCommonPrefixW(argv[callbackIndex],
+                                          installDir,
+                                          nullptr);
+            NS_tstrncpy(p, argv[callbackIndex] + std::max(callbackPrefixLength,
+                        commonPrefixLength), bufferLeft);
+            targetPath = buffer;
+        }
+        if (!GetLongPathNameW(targetPath, callbackLongPath,
+                              sizeof(callbackLongPath)/sizeof(callbackLongPath[0])))
+        {
+            LOG(("NS_main: unable to find callback file: " LOG_S, targetPath));
+            LogFinish();
+            WriteStatusFile(WRITE_ERROR_CALLBACK_PATH);
+            EXIT_WHEN_ELEVATED(elevatedLockFilePath, updateLockFileHandle, 1);
+            if (argc > callbackIndex)
+            {
+                LaunchCallbackApp(argv[5],
+                                  argc - callbackIndex,
+                                  argv + callbackIndex,
+                                  sUsingService);
+            }
+            return 1;
+        }
+
+        // Doing this is only necessary when we're actually applying a patch.
+        if (!sReplaceRequest)
+        {
+            int len = NS_tstrlen(applyDirLongPath);
+            NS_tchar *s = callbackLongPath;
+            NS_tchar *d = gCallbackRelPath;
+            // advance to the apply to directory and advance past the trailing backslash
+            // if present.
+            s += len;
+            if (*s == NS_T('\\'))
+                ++s;
+
+            // Copy the string and replace backslashes with forward slashes along the
+            // way.
+            do
+            {
+                if (*s == NS_T('\\'))
+                    *d = NS_T('/');
+                else
+                    *d = *s;
+                ++s;
+                ++d;
+            }
+            while (*s);
+            *d = NS_T('\0');
+            ++d;
+
+            // Make a copy of the callback executable so it can be read when patching.
+            NS_tsnprintf(gCallbackBackupPath,
+                         sizeof(gCallbackBackupPath)/sizeof(gCallbackBackupPath[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s" CALLBACK_BACKUP_EXT), argv[callbackIndex]);
+            NS_tremove(gCallbackBackupPath);
+            if (!CopyFileW(argv[callbackIndex], gCallbackBackupPath, true))
+            {
+                DWORD copyFileError = GetLastError();
+                LOG(("NS_main: failed to copy callback file " LOG_S
+                     " into place at " LOG_S, argv[callbackIndex], gCallbackBackupPath));
+                LogFinish();
+                if (copyFileError == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)
+                {
+                    WriteStatusFile(WRITE_ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED);
+                }
+                else
+                {
+                    WriteStatusFile(WRITE_ERROR_CALLBACK_APP);
+                }
+
+                EXIT_WHEN_ELEVATED(elevatedLockFilePath, updateLockFileHandle, 1);
+                LaunchCallbackApp(argv[callbackIndex],
+                                  argc - callbackIndex,
+                                  argv + callbackIndex,
+                                  sUsingService);
+                return 1;
+            }
+
+            // Since the process may be signaled as exited by WaitForSingleObject before
+            // the release of the executable image try to lock the main executable file
+            // multiple times before giving up.  If we end up giving up, we won't
+            // fail the update.
+            const int max_retries = 10;
+            int retries = 1;
+            DWORD lastWriteError = 0;
+            do
+            {
+                // By opening a file handle without FILE_SHARE_READ to the callback
+                // executable, the OS will prevent launching the process while it is
+                // being updated.
+                callbackFile = CreateFileW(targetPath,
+                                           DELETE | GENERIC_WRITE,
+                                           // allow delete, rename, and write
+                                           FILE_SHARE_DELETE | FILE_SHARE_WRITE,
+                                           nullptr, OPEN_EXISTING, 0, nullptr);
+                if (callbackFile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+                    break;
+
+                lastWriteError = GetLastError();
+                LOG(("NS_main: callback app file open attempt %d failed. " \
+                     "File: " LOG_S ". Last error: %d", retries,
+                     targetPath, lastWriteError));
+
+                Sleep(100);
+            }
+            while (++retries <= max_retries);
+
+            // CreateFileW will fail if the callback executable is already in use.
+            if (callbackFile == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+            {
+                // Only fail the update if the last error was not a sharing violation.
+                if (lastWriteError != ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION)
+                {
+                    LOG(("NS_main: callback app file in use, failed to exclusively open " \
+                         "executable file: " LOG_S, argv[callbackIndex]));
+                    LogFinish();
+                    if (lastWriteError == ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED)
+                    {
+                        WriteStatusFile(WRITE_ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED);
+                    }
+                    else
+                    {
+                        WriteStatusFile(WRITE_ERROR_CALLBACK_APP);
+                    }
+
+                    NS_tremove(gCallbackBackupPath);
+                    EXIT_WHEN_ELEVATED(elevatedLockFilePath, updateLockFileHandle, 1);
+                    LaunchCallbackApp(argv[5],
+                                      argc - callbackIndex,
+                                      argv + callbackIndex,
+                                      sUsingService);
+                    return 1;
+                }
+                LOG(("NS_main: callback app file in use, continuing without " \
+                     "exclusive access for executable file: " LOG_S,
+                     argv[callbackIndex]));
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    // DELETE_DIR is not required when performing a staged update or replace
+    // request; it can be used during a replace request but then it doesn't
+    // use gDeleteDirPath.
+    if (!sStagedUpdate && !sReplaceRequest)
+    {
+        // The directory to move files that are in use to on Windows. This directory
+        // will be deleted after the update is finished, on OS reboot using
+        // MoveFileEx if it contains files that are in use, or by the post update
+        // process after the update finishes. On Windows when performing a normal
+        // update (e.g. the update is not a staged update and is not a replace
+        // request) gWorkingDirPath is the same as gInstallDirPath and
+        // gWorkingDirPath is used because it is the destination directory.
+        NS_tsnprintf(gDeleteDirPath,
+                     sizeof(gDeleteDirPath) / sizeof(gDeleteDirPath[0]),
+                     NS_T("%s/%s"), gWorkingDirPath, DELETE_DIR);
+
+        if (NS_taccess(gDeleteDirPath, F_OK))
+        {
+            NS_tmkdir(gDeleteDirPath, 0755);
+        }
+    }
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+
+    // Run update process on a background thread. ShowProgressUI may return
+    // before QuitProgressUI has been called, so wait for UpdateThreadFunc to
+    // terminate. Avoid showing the progress UI when staging an update, or if this
+    // is an elevated process on OSX.
+    std::thread t(UpdateThreadFunc, nullptr);
+    if (!sStagedUpdate && !sReplaceRequest
+#ifdef XP_MACOSX
+            && !isElevated
+#endif
+       )
+    {
+        ShowProgressUI();
+    }
+    t.join();
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+    if (argc > callbackIndex && !sReplaceRequest)
+    {
+        if (callbackFile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+            CloseHandle(callbackFile);
+        }
+        // Remove the copy of the callback executable.
+        NS_tremove(gCallbackBackupPath);
+    }
+
+    if (!sStagedUpdate && !sReplaceRequest && _wrmdir(gDeleteDirPath))
+    {
+        LOG(("NS_main: unable to remove directory: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+             DELETE_DIR, errno));
+        // The directory probably couldn't be removed due to it containing files
+        // that are in use and will be removed on OS reboot. The call to remove the
+        // directory on OS reboot is done after the calls to remove the files so the
+        // files are removed first on OS reboot since the directory must be empty
+        // for the directory removal to be successful. The MoveFileEx call to remove
+        // the directory on OS reboot will fail if the process doesn't have write
+        // access to the HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE registry key but this is ok since the
+        // installer / uninstaller will delete the directory along with its contents
+        // after an update is applied, on reinstall, and on uninstall.
+        if (MoveFileEx(gDeleteDirPath, nullptr, MOVEFILE_DELAY_UNTIL_REBOOT))
+        {
+            LOG(("NS_main: directory will be removed on OS reboot: " LOG_S,
+                 DELETE_DIR));
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            LOG(("NS_main: failed to schedule OS reboot removal of " \
+                 "directory: " LOG_S, DELETE_DIR));
+        }
+    }
+#endif /* _WIN32 */
+
+
+#ifdef MACOSX
+    // When the update is successful remove the precomplete file in the root of
+    // the application bundle and move the distribution directory from
+    // Contents/MacOS to Contents/Resources and if both exist delete the
+    // directory under Contents/MacOS (see Bug 1068439).
+    if (gSucceeded && !sStagedUpdate)
+    {
+        NS_tchar oldPrecomplete[MAXPATHLEN];
+        NS_tsnprintf(oldPrecomplete, sizeof(oldPrecomplete)/sizeof(oldPrecomplete[0]),
+                     NS_T("%s/precomplete"), gInstallDirPath);
+        NS_tremove(oldPrecomplete);
+
+        NS_tchar oldDistDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+        NS_tsnprintf(oldDistDir, sizeof(oldDistDir)/sizeof(oldDistDir[0]),
+                     NS_T("%s/Contents/MacOS/distribution"), gInstallDirPath);
+        int rv = NS_taccess(oldDistDir, F_OK);
+        if (!rv)
+        {
+            NS_tchar newDistDir[MAXPATHLEN];
+            NS_tsnprintf(newDistDir, sizeof(newDistDir)/sizeof(newDistDir[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s/Contents/Resources/distribution"), gInstallDirPath);
+            rv = NS_taccess(newDistDir, F_OK);
+            if (!rv)
+            {
+                LOG(("New distribution directory already exists... removing old " \
+                     "distribution directory: " LOG_S, oldDistDir));
+                rv = ensure_remove_recursive(oldDistDir);
+                if (rv)
+                {
+                    LOG(("Removing old distribution directory failed - err: %d", rv));
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                LOG(("Moving old distribution directory to new location. src: " LOG_S \
+                     ", dst:" LOG_S, oldDistDir, newDistDir));
+                rv = rename_file(oldDistDir, newDistDir, true);
+                if (rv)
+                {
+                    LOG(("Moving old distribution directory to new location failed - " \
+                         "err: %d", rv));
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (isElevated)
+    {
+        SetGroupOwnershipAndPermissions(gInstallDirPath);
+        freeArguments(argc, argv);
+        CleanupElevatedMacUpdate(false);
+    }
+    else if (IsOwnedByGroupAdmin(gInstallDirPath))
+    {
+        // If the group ownership of the Firefox .app bundle was set to the "admin"
+        // group during a previous elevated update, we need to ensure that all files
+        // in the bundle have group ownership of "admin" as well as write permission
+        // for the group to not break updates in the future.
+        SetGroupOwnershipAndPermissions(gInstallDirPath);
+    }
+#endif /* MACOSX */
+
+    LogFinish();
+
+    int retVal = LaunchCallbackAndPostProcessApps(argc, argv, callbackIndex
+#ifdef _WIN32
+                 , elevatedLockFilePath
+                 , updateLockFileHandle
+#elif defined(MACOSX)
+                 , isElevated
+#endif
+                                                 );
+
+    return retVal ? retVal : (gSucceeded ? 0 : 1);
+}
+
+class ActionList
+{
+public:
+    ActionList() : mFirst(nullptr), mLast(nullptr), mCount(0) { }
+    ~ActionList();
+
+    void Append(Action* action);
+    int Prepare();
+    int Execute();
+    void Finish(int status);
+
+private:
+    Action *mFirst;
+    Action *mLast;
+    int     mCount;
+};
+
+ActionList::~ActionList()
+{
+    Action* a = mFirst;
+    while (a)
+    {
+        Action *b = a;
+        a = a->mNext;
+        delete b;
+    }
+}
+
+void
+ActionList::Append(Action *action)
+{
+    if (mLast)
+        mLast->mNext = action;
+    else
+        mFirst = action;
+
+    mLast = action;
+    mCount++;
+}
+
+int
+ActionList::Prepare()
+{
+    // If the action list is empty then we should fail in order to signal that
+    // something has gone wrong. Otherwise we report success when nothing is
+    // actually done. See bug 327140.
+    if (mCount == 0)
+    {
+        LOG(("empty action list"));
+        return MAR_ERROR_EMPTY_ACTION_LIST;
+    }
+
+    Action *a = mFirst;
+    int i = 0;
+    while (a)
+    {
+        int rv = a->Prepare();
+        if (rv)
+            return rv;
+
+        float percent = float(++i) / float(mCount);
+        UpdateProgressUI(PROGRESS_PREPARE_SIZE * percent);
+
+        a = a->mNext;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int
+ActionList::Execute()
+{
+    int currentProgress = 0, maxProgress = 0;
+    Action *a = mFirst;
+    while (a)
+    {
+        maxProgress += a->mProgressCost;
+        a = a->mNext;
+    }
+
+    a = mFirst;
+    while (a)
+    {
+        int rv = a->Execute();
+        if (rv)
+        {
+            LOG(("### execution failed"));
+            return rv;
+        }
+
+        currentProgress += a->mProgressCost;
+        float percent = float(currentProgress) / float(maxProgress);
+        UpdateProgressUI(PROGRESS_PREPARE_SIZE +
+                         PROGRESS_EXECUTE_SIZE * percent);
+
+        a = a->mNext;
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+void
+ActionList::Finish(int status)
+{
+    Action *a = mFirst;
+    int i = 0;
+    while (a)
+    {
+        a->Finish(status);
+
+        float percent = float(++i) / float(mCount);
+        UpdateProgressUI(PROGRESS_PREPARE_SIZE +
+                         PROGRESS_EXECUTE_SIZE +
+                         PROGRESS_FINISH_SIZE * percent);
+
+        a = a->mNext;
+    }
+
+    if (status == OK)
+        gSucceeded = true;
+}
+
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+int add_dir_entries(const NS_tchar *dirpath, ActionList *list)
+{
+    int rv = OK;
+    WIN32_FIND_DATAW finddata;
+    HANDLE hFindFile;
+    NS_tchar searchspec[MAXPATHLEN];
+    NS_tchar foundpath[MAXPATHLEN];
+
+    NS_tsnprintf(searchspec, sizeof(searchspec)/sizeof(searchspec[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s*"), dirpath);
+    std::unique_ptr<const NS_tchar[]> pszSpec(new_absolute_path(searchspec));
+
+    hFindFile = FindFirstFileW(pszSpec.get(), &finddata);
+    if (hFindFile != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        do
+        {
+            // Don't process the current or parent directory.
+            if (NS_tstrcmp(finddata.cFileName, NS_T(".")) == 0 ||
+                    NS_tstrcmp(finddata.cFileName, NS_T("..")) == 0)
+                continue;
+
+            NS_tsnprintf(foundpath, sizeof(foundpath)/sizeof(foundpath[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s%s"), dirpath, finddata.cFileName);
+            if (finddata.dwFileAttributes & FILE_ATTRIBUTE_DIRECTORY)
+            {
+                NS_tsnprintf(foundpath, sizeof(foundpath)/sizeof(foundpath[0]),
+                             NS_T("%s/"), foundpath);
+                // Recurse into the directory.
+                rv = add_dir_entries(foundpath, list);
+                if (rv)
+                {
+                    LOG(("add_dir_entries error: " LOG_S ", err: %d", foundpath, rv));
+                    return rv;
+                }
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                // Add the file to be removed to the ActionList.
+                NS_tchar *quotedpath = get_quoted_path(foundpath);
+                if (!quotedpath)
+                    return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+                Action *action = new RemoveFile();
+                rv = action->Parse(quotedpath);
+                if (rv)
+                {
+                    LOG(("add_dir_entries Parse error on recurse: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+                         quotedpath, rv));
+                    return rv;
+                }
+                free(quotedpath);
+
+                list->Append(action);
+            }
+        }
+        while (FindNextFileW(hFindFile, &finddata) != 0);
+
+        FindClose(hFindFile);
+        {
+            // Add the directory to be removed to the ActionList.
+            NS_tchar *quotedpath = get_quoted_path(dirpath);
+            if (!quotedpath)
+                return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+            Action *action = new RemoveDir();
+            rv = action->Parse(quotedpath);
+            if (rv)
+                LOG(("add_dir_entries Parse error on close: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+                     quotedpath, rv));
+            else
+                list->Append(action);
+            free(quotedpath);
+        }
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+#elif defined(__sun)
+int add_dir_entries(const NS_tchar *dirpath, ActionList *list)
+{
+    int rv = OK;
+    NS_tchar foundpath[MAXPATHLEN];
+    struct
+    {
+        dirent dent_buffer;
+        char chars[MAXNAMLEN];
+    } ent_buf;
+    struct dirent* ent;
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> searchpath(new_absolute_path(dirpath));
+
+    DIR* dir = opendir(searchpath.get());
+    if (!dir)
+    {
+        LOG(("add_dir_entries error on opendir: " LOG_S ", err: %d", searchpath.get(),
+             errno));
+        return UNEXPECTED_FILE_OPERATION_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    while (readdir_r(dir, (dirent *)&ent_buf, &ent) == 0 && ent)
+    {
+        if ((strcmp(ent->d_name, ".") == 0) ||
+                (strcmp(ent->d_name, "..") == 0))
+            continue;
+
+        NS_tsnprintf(foundpath, sizeof(foundpath)/sizeof(foundpath[0]),
+                     NS_T("%s%s"), searchpath.get(), ent->d_name);
+        struct stat64 st_buf;
+        int test = stat64(foundpath, &st_buf);
+        if (test)
+        {
+            closedir(dir);
+            return UNEXPECTED_FILE_OPERATION_ERROR;
+        }
+        if (S_ISDIR(st_buf.st_mode))
+        {
+            NS_tsnprintf(foundpath, sizeof(foundpath)/sizeof(foundpath[0]),
+                         NS_T("%s/"), foundpath);
+            // Recurse into the directory.
+            rv = add_dir_entries(foundpath, list);
+            if (rv)
+            {
+                LOG(("add_dir_entries error: " LOG_S ", err: %d", foundpath, rv));
+                closedir(dir);
+                return rv;
+            }
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            // Add the file to be removed to the ActionList.
+            NS_tchar *quotedpath = get_quoted_path(get_relative_offset(foundpath));
+            if (!quotedpath)
+            {
+                closedir(dir);
+                return PARSE_ERROR;
+            }
+
+            Action *action = new RemoveFile();
+            rv = action->Parse(quotedpath);
+            if (rv)
+            {
+                LOG(("add_dir_entries Parse error on recurse: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+                     quotedpath, rv));
+                closedir(dir);
+                return rv;
+            }
+
+            list->Append(action);
+        }
+    }
+    closedir(dir);
+
+    // Add the directory to be removed to the ActionList.
+    NS_tchar *quotedpath = get_quoted_path(get_relative_offset(dirpath));
+    if (!quotedpath)
+        return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+    Action *action = new RemoveDir();
+    rv = action->Parse(quotedpath);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("add_dir_entries Parse error on close: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+             quotedpath, rv));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        list->Append(action);
+    }
+
+    return rv;
+}
+
+#else
+
+int add_dir_entries(const NS_tchar *dirpath, ActionList *list)
+{
+    int rv = OK;
+    FTS *ftsdir;
+    FTSENT *ftsdirEntry;
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> searchpath(new_absolute_path(dirpath));
+
+    // Remove the trailing slash so the paths don't contain double slashes. The
+    // existence of the slash has already been checked in DoUpdate.
+    searchpath.get()[NS_tstrlen(searchpath.get()) - 1] = NS_T('\0');
+    char* const pathargv[] = {searchpath.get(), nullptr};
+
+    // FTS_NOCHDIR is used so relative paths from the destination directory are
+    // returned.
+    if (!(ftsdir = fts_open(pathargv,
+                            FTS_PHYSICAL | FTS_NOSTAT | FTS_XDEV | FTS_NOCHDIR,
+                            nullptr)))
+        return UNEXPECTED_FILE_OPERATION_ERROR;
+
+    while ((ftsdirEntry = fts_read(ftsdir)) != nullptr)
+    {
+        NS_tchar foundpath[MAXPATHLEN];
+        NS_tchar *quotedpath = nullptr;
+        Action *action = nullptr;
+
+        switch (ftsdirEntry->fts_info)
+        {
+            // Filesystem objects that shouldn't be in the application's directories
+            case FTS_SL:
+            case FTS_SLNONE:
+            case FTS_DEFAULT:
+                LOG(("add_dir_entries: found a non-standard file: " LOG_S,
+                     ftsdirEntry->fts_path));
+            /* Fall through */ // and try to remove as a file
+
+            // Files
+            case FTS_F:
+            case FTS_NSOK:
+                // Add the file to be removed to the ActionList.
+                NS_tsnprintf(foundpath, sizeof(foundpath)/sizeof(foundpath[0]),
+                             NS_T("%s"), ftsdirEntry->fts_accpath);
+                quotedpath = get_quoted_path(get_relative_offset(foundpath));
+                if (!quotedpath)
+                {
+                    rv = UPDATER_QUOTED_PATH_MEM_ERROR;
+                    break;
+                }
+                action = new RemoveFile();
+                rv = action->Parse(quotedpath);
+                free(quotedpath);
+                if (!rv)
+                    list->Append(action);
+                break;
+
+            // Directories
+            case FTS_DP:
+                rv = OK;
+                // Add the directory to be removed to the ActionList.
+                NS_tsnprintf(foundpath, sizeof(foundpath)/sizeof(foundpath[0]),
+                             NS_T("%s/"), ftsdirEntry->fts_accpath);
+                quotedpath = get_quoted_path(get_relative_offset(foundpath));
+                if (!quotedpath)
+                {
+                    rv = UPDATER_QUOTED_PATH_MEM_ERROR;
+                    break;
+                }
+
+                action = new RemoveDir();
+                rv = action->Parse(quotedpath);
+                free(quotedpath);
+                if (!rv)
+                    list->Append(action);
+                break;
+
+            // Errors
+            case FTS_DNR:
+            case FTS_NS:
+                // ENOENT is an acceptable error for FTS_DNR and FTS_NS and means that
+                // we're racing with ourselves. Though strange, the entry will be
+                // removed anyway.
+                if (ENOENT == ftsdirEntry->fts_errno)
+                {
+                    rv = OK;
+                    break;
+                }
+            // Fall through
+
+            case FTS_ERR:
+                rv = UNEXPECTED_FILE_OPERATION_ERROR;
+                LOG(("add_dir_entries: fts_read() error: " LOG_S ", err: %d",
+                     ftsdirEntry->fts_path, ftsdirEntry->fts_errno));
+                break;
+
+            case FTS_DC:
+                rv = UNEXPECTED_FILE_OPERATION_ERROR;
+                LOG(("add_dir_entries: fts_read() returned FT_DC: " LOG_S,
+                     ftsdirEntry->fts_path));
+                break;
+
+            default:
+                // FTS_D is ignored and FTS_DP is used instead (post-order).
+                rv = OK;
+                break;
+        }
+
+        if (rv != OK)
+            break;
+    }
+
+    fts_close(ftsdir);
+
+    return rv;
+}
+#endif
+
+static NS_tchar*
+GetManifestContents(const NS_tchar *manifest)
+{
+    AutoFile mfile(NS_tfopen(manifest, NS_T("rb")));
+    if (mfile == nullptr)
+    {
+        LOG(("GetManifestContents: error opening manifest file: " LOG_S, manifest));
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    struct stat ms;
+    int rv = fstat(fileno((FILE *)mfile), &ms);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        LOG(("GetManifestContents: error stating manifest file: " LOG_S, manifest));
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    char *mbuf = (char *) malloc(ms.st_size + 1);
+    if (!mbuf)
+        return nullptr;
+
+    size_t r = ms.st_size;
+    char *rb = mbuf;
+    while (r)
+    {
+        const size_t count = std::min<size_t>(SSIZE_MAX, r);
+        size_t c = fread(rb, 1, count, mfile);
+        if (c != count)
+        {
+            LOG(("GetManifestContents: error reading manifest file: " LOG_S, manifest));
+            free(mbuf);
+            return nullptr;
+        }
+
+        r -= c;
+        rb += c;
+    }
+    mbuf[ms.st_size] = '\0';
+    rb = mbuf;
+
+#ifndef _WIN32
+    return rb;
+#else
+    NS_tchar *wrb = (NS_tchar *) malloc((ms.st_size + 1) * sizeof(NS_tchar));
+    if (!wrb)
+    {
+        free(mbuf);
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+
+    if (!MultiByteToWideChar(CP_UTF8, MB_ERR_INVALID_CHARS, rb, -1, wrb,
+                             ms.st_size + 1))
+    {
+        LOG(("GetManifestContents: error converting utf8 to utf16le: %d", GetLastError()));
+        free(mbuf);
+        free(wrb);
+        return nullptr;
+    }
+    free(mbuf);
+
+    return wrb;
+#endif
+}
+
+int AddPreCompleteActions(ActionList *list)
+{
+#ifdef MACOSX
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> manifestPath(new_absolute_path(
+            NS_T("Contents/Resources/precomplete")));
+#else
+    std::unique_ptr<NS_tchar[]> manifestPath(new_absolute_path(
+            NS_T("precomplete")));
+#endif
+
+    NS_tchar *rb = GetManifestContents(manifestPath.get());
+    if (rb == nullptr)
+    {
+        LOG(("AddPreCompleteActions: error getting contents of precomplete " \
+             "manifest"));
+        // Applications aren't required to have a precomplete manifest. The mar
+        // generation scripts enforce the presence of a precomplete manifest.
+        return OK;
+    }
+
+    int rv;
+    NS_tchar *line;
+    while ((line = mstrtok(kNL, &rb)) != 0)
+    {
+        // skip comments
+        if (*line == NS_T('#'))
+            continue;
+
+        NS_tchar *token = mstrtok(kWhitespace, &line);
+        if (!token)
+        {
+            LOG(("AddPreCompleteActions: token not found in manifest"));
+            return PARSE_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        Action *action = nullptr;
+        if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("remove")) == 0)   // rm file
+        {
+            action = new RemoveFile();
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("remove-cc")) == 0)   // no longer supported
+        {
+            continue;
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("rmdir")) == 0)   // rmdir if  empty
+        {
+            action = new RemoveDir();
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            LOG(("AddPreCompleteActions: unknown token: " LOG_S, token));
+            return PARSE_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        if (!action)
+            return BAD_ACTION_ERROR;
+
+        rv = action->Parse(line);
+        if (rv)
+            return rv;
+
+        list->Append(action);
+    }
+
+    return OK;
+}
+
+int DoUpdate(ArchiveReader& archiveReader)
+{
+    NS_tchar manifest[MAXPATHLEN];
+    int nWrittenBytes = NS_tsnprintf(manifest, sizeof(manifest)/sizeof(manifest[0]),
+                 NS_T("%s/updating/update.manifest"), gWorkingDirPath);
+    (void) nWrittenBytes;
+    ensure_parent_dir(manifest);
+
+    // extract the manifest
+    // TODO: moggi: needs adaptation for LibreOffice
+    // Why would we need the manifest? Even if we need it why would we need 2?
+    int rv = archiveReader.ExtractFile("updatev3.manifest", manifest);
+    if (rv)
+    {
+        rv = archiveReader.ExtractFile("updatev2.manifest", manifest);
+        if (rv)
+        {
+            LOG(("DoUpdate: error extracting manifest file"));
+            return rv;
+        }
+    }
+
+    NS_tchar *rb = GetManifestContents(manifest);
+    NS_tremove(manifest);
+    if (rb == nullptr)
+    {
+        LOG(("DoUpdate: error opening manifest file: " LOG_S, manifest));
+        return READ_ERROR;
+    }
+
+    ActionList list;
+    NS_tchar *line;
+    bool isFirstAction = true;
+
+    while ((line = mstrtok(kNL, &rb)) != 0)
+    {
+        // skip comments
+        if (*line == NS_T('#'))
+            continue;
+
+        NS_tchar *token = mstrtok(kWhitespace, &line);
+        if (!token)
+        {
+            LOG(("DoUpdate: token not found in manifest"));
+            return PARSE_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        if (isFirstAction)
+        {
+            isFirstAction = false;
+            // The update manifest isn't required to have a type declaration. The mar
+            // generation scripts enforce the presence of the type declaration.
+            if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("type")) == 0)
+            {
+                const NS_tchar *type = mstrtok(kQuote, &line);
+                LOG(("UPDATE TYPE " LOG_S, type));
+                if (NS_tstrcmp(type, NS_T("complete")) == 0)
+                {
+                    rv = AddPreCompleteActions(&list);
+                    if (rv)
+                        return rv;
+                }
+                continue;
+            }
+        }
+
+        Action *action = nullptr;
+        if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("remove")) == 0)   // rm file
+        {
+            action = new RemoveFile();
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("rmdir")) == 0)   // rmdir if empty
+        {
+            action = new RemoveDir();
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("rmrfdir")) == 0)   // rmdir recursive
+        {
+            const NS_tchar *reldirpath = mstrtok(kQuote, &line);
+            if (!reldirpath)
+                return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+            if (reldirpath[NS_tstrlen(reldirpath) - 1] != NS_T('/'))
+                return PARSE_ERROR;
+
+            rv = add_dir_entries(reldirpath, &list);
+            if (rv)
+                return rv;
+
+            continue;
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("add")) == 0)
+        {
+            action = new AddFile(archiveReader);
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("patch")) == 0)
+        {
+            action = new PatchFile(archiveReader);
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("add-if")) == 0)   // Add if exists
+        {
+            action = new AddIfFile(archiveReader);
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("add-if-not")) == 0)   // Add if not exists
+        {
+            action = new AddIfNotFile(archiveReader);
+        }
+        else if (NS_tstrcmp(token, NS_T("patch-if")) == 0)   // Patch if exists
+        {
+            action = new PatchIfFile(archiveReader);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            LOG(("DoUpdate: unknown token: " LOG_S, token));
+            return PARSE_ERROR;
+        }
+
+        if (!action)
+            return BAD_ACTION_ERROR;
+
+        rv = action->Parse(line);
+        if (rv)
+            return rv;
+
+        list.Append(action);
+    }
+
+    rv = list.Prepare();
+    if (rv)
+        return rv;
+
+    rv = list.Execute();
+
+    list.Finish(rv);
+    return rv;
+}
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.exe.comctl32.manifest b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.exe.comctl32.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9a6cdb565
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.exe.comctl32.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,38 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
+<assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0">
+<assemblyIdentity
+        version="1.0.0.0"
+        processorArchitecture="*"
+        name="Updater"
+        type="win32"
+/>
+<description>Updater</description>
+<dependency>
+  <dependentAssembly>
+    <assemblyIdentity
+            type="win32"
+            name="Microsoft.Windows.Common-Controls"
+            version="6.0.0.0"
+            processorArchitecture="*"
+            publicKeyToken="6595b64144ccf1df"
+            language="*"
+    />
+  </dependentAssembly>
+</dependency>
+<ms_asmv3:trustInfo xmlns:ms_asmv3="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v3">
+  <ms_asmv3:security>
+    <ms_asmv3:requestedPrivileges>
+      <ms_asmv3:requestedExecutionLevel level="asInvoker" uiAccess="false" />
+    </ms_asmv3:requestedPrivileges>
+  </ms_asmv3:security>
+</ms_asmv3:trustInfo>
+  <compatibility xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:compatibility.v1">
+    <application>
+      <supportedOS Id="{8e0f7a12-bfb3-4fe8-b9a5-48fd50a15a9a}"/>
+      <supportedOS Id="{1f676c76-80e1-4239-95bb-83d0f6d0da78}"/>
+      <supportedOS Id="{4a2f28e3-53b9-4441-ba9c-d69d4a4a6e38}"/>
+      <supportedOS Id="{35138b9a-5d96-4fbd-8e2d-a2440225f93a}"/>
+      <supportedOS Id="{e2011457-1546-43c5-a5fe-008deee3d3f0}"/>
+    </application>
+  </compatibility>
+</assembly>
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.exe.manifest b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.exe.manifest
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..cd229c954
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.exe.manifest
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="yes"?>
+<assembly xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v1" manifestVersion="1.0">
+<assemblyIdentity
+        version="1.0.0.0"
+        processorArchitecture="*"
+        name="Updater"
+        type="win32"
+/>
+<description>Updater</description>
+<ms_asmv3:trustInfo xmlns:ms_asmv3="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:asm.v3">
+  <ms_asmv3:security>
+    <ms_asmv3:requestedPrivileges>
+      <ms_asmv3:requestedExecutionLevel level="asInvoker" uiAccess="false" />
+    </ms_asmv3:requestedPrivileges>
+  </ms_asmv3:security>
+</ms_asmv3:trustInfo>
+  <compatibility xmlns="urn:schemas-microsoft-com:compatibility.v1">
+    <application>
+      <supportedOS Id="{8e0f7a12-bfb3-4fe8-b9a5-48fd50a15a9a}"/>
+      <supportedOS Id="{1f676c76-80e1-4239-95bb-83d0f6d0da78}"/>
+      <supportedOS Id="{4a2f28e3-53b9-4441-ba9c-d69d4a4a6e38}"/>
+      <supportedOS Id="{35138b9a-5d96-4fbd-8e2d-a2440225f93a}"/>
+      <supportedOS Id="{e2011457-1546-43c5-a5fe-008deee3d3f0}"/>
+    </application>
+  </compatibility>
+</assembly>
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.ico b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.ico
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..7b20ba3ec
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.ico
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.png b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.png
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..9d8c6df77
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.png
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.rc b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.rc
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d77cea2fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.rc
@@ -0,0 +1,137 @@
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+// Microsoft Visual C++ generated resource script.
+//
+#ifdef TEST_UPDATER
+#include "../resource.h"
+#define MANIFEST_PATH "../updater.exe.manifest"
+#define COMCTL32_MANIFEST_PATH "../updater.exe.comctl32.manifest"
+#define ICON_PATH "../updater.ico"
+#else
+#include "resource.h"
+#define MANIFEST_PATH "updater.exe.manifest"
+#define COMCTL32_MANIFEST_PATH "updater.exe.comctl32.manifest"
+#define ICON_PATH "updater.ico"
+#endif
+
+#define APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Generated from the TEXTINCLUDE 2 resource.
+//
+#include "winresrc.h"
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#undef APSTUDIO_READONLY_SYMBOLS
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+// English (U.S.) resources
+
+#if !defined(AFX_RESOURCE_DLL) || defined(AFX_TARG_ENU)
+#ifdef _WIN32
+LANGUAGE LANG_ENGLISH, SUBLANG_ENGLISH_US
+#pragma code_page(1252)
+#endif //_WIN32
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// RT_MANIFEST
+//
+
+1                       RT_MANIFEST             MANIFEST_PATH
+IDR_COMCTL32_MANIFEST   RT_MANIFEST             COMCTL32_MANIFEST_PATH
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Icon
+//
+
+IDI_DIALOG ICON ICON_PATH
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Embedded an identifier to uniquely identify this as a Mozilla updater.
+//
+
+STRINGTABLE
+{
+  IDS_UPDATER_IDENTITY, "libreoffice-updater.exe-7bab28a0-0599-4f37-9efe-f7f8b71f05e3"
+}
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Dialog
+//
+
+IDD_DIALOG DIALOGEX 0, 0, 253, 41
+STYLE DS_SETFONT | DS_MODALFRAME | DS_FIXEDSYS | WS_POPUP | WS_CAPTION
+FONT 8, "MS Shell Dlg", 400, 0, 0x1
+BEGIN
+    CONTROL         "",IDC_PROGRESS,"msctls_progress32",WS_BORDER,7,24,239,10
+    LTEXT           "",IDC_INFO,7,8,239,13,SS_NOPREFIX
+END
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// DESIGNINFO
+//
+
+#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+GUIDELINES DESIGNINFO
+BEGIN
+    IDD_DIALOG, DIALOG
+    BEGIN
+        LEFTMARGIN, 7
+        RIGHTMARGIN, 246
+        TOPMARGIN, 7
+        BOTTOMMARGIN, 39
+    END
+END
+#endif    // APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+
+
+#ifdef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// TEXTINCLUDE
+//
+
+1 TEXTINCLUDE
+BEGIN
+    "resource.h\0"
+END
+
+2 TEXTINCLUDE
+BEGIN
+    "#include ""winresrc.h""\r\n"
+    "\0"
+END
+
+3 TEXTINCLUDE
+BEGIN
+    "\r\n"
+    "\0"
+END
+
+#endif    // APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+
+#endif    // English (U.S.) resources
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+
+
+
+#ifndef APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+//
+// Generated from the TEXTINCLUDE 3 resource.
+//
+
+
+/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
+#endif    // not APSTUDIO_INVOKED
+
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.svg b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.svg
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..6a3e88563
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/updater.svg
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+<svg height="32" viewBox="0 0 32 32.000001" width="32" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2000/svg" xmlns:xlink="http://www.w3.org/1999/xlink"><radialGradient id="a" cx="5" cy="13.375" gradientTransform="matrix(2.6502653 .00000002 0 1.1249099 -5.937606 7.116442)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" r="5" xlink:href="#b"/><linearGradient id="b"><stop offset="0" stop-color="#fff"/><stop offset="1" stop-color="#fff" stop-opacity=".487603"/></linearGradient><linearGradient id="c" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="312.625" x2="312.0625" xlink:href="#d" y1="196.541335" y2="191.797335"/><linearGradient id="d"><stop offset="0"/><stop offset="1" stop-opacity="0"/></linearGradient><filter id="e" color-interpolation-filters="sRGB" height="1.588154" width="1.259382" x="-.129691" y="-.294077"><feGaussianBlur stdDeviation=".86460582"/></filter><linearGradient id="f" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="17.92817" x2="17.92817" y1="8.43984" y2="5.29526"><stop offset="0" stop-color="#e9b96e"/><stop offset="1" stop-color="#eeeeec"/></linearGradient><linearGradient id="g" gradientTransform="matrix(.06998908 0 0 .06896555 12.18409 2.80365)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="174.01562" x2="30" y1="236" y2="64"><stop offset="0" stop-color="#c17d11"/><stop offset="1" stop-color="#e9b96e"/></linearGradient><radialGradient id="h" cx="321.86331" cy="70.499977" gradientTransform="matrix(.6227245 0 0 .09677408 -177.2342 3.75694)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" r="15.500023"><stop offset="0" stop-color="#faefde"/><stop offset=".68321055" stop-color="#e9b96e"/><stop offset="1" stop-color="#e9b96e" stop-opacity="0"/></radialGradient><radialGradient id="i" cx="321.7785" cy="91.857727" gradientTransform="matrix(2.0837843 0 0 .3006166 -644.48535 -10.03444)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" r="15.5"><stop offset="0" stop-color="#e9b96e"/><stop offset="1" stop-color="#e9b96e" stop-opacity="0"/></radialGradient><radialGradient id="j" cx="323.89844" cy="70.5" gradientTransform="matrix(.3715153 0 0 .3516126 -97.26516 -14.20919)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" r="15.5" xlink:href="#b"/><linearGradient id="k" gradientTransform="matrix(.3791614 0 0 .6106884 -99.96394 -32.72591)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="316.90683" x2="322.41666" xlink:href="#d" y1="69.553268" y2="69.553268"/><linearGradient id="l" gradientTransform="matrix(.970062 -.2428574 0 1 -362.71624 -176.92048)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="394.59244" x2="389.02057" y1="277.23956" y2="280.54391"><stop offset="0" stop-color="#eeeeec"/><stop offset="1" stop-color="#e9b96e"/></linearGradient><linearGradient id="m" gradientTransform="matrix(.3925197 0 0 .6106884 -104.79786 -32.72591)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="333.88629" x2="326.32867" xlink:href="#d" y1="69.490768" y2="69.490768"/><linearGradient id="n" gradientTransform="matrix(1.0000001 1.0190348 0 1.0165713 -342.71627 -558.00916)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="373.8385" x2="375.07596" y1="187.7484" y2="181.79832"><stop offset="0" stop-color="#e9b96e"/><stop offset="1" stop-color="#c17d11"/></linearGradient><linearGradient id="o" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="19.53376" x2="22.28376" xlink:href="#b" y1="14.70452" y2="5.98577"/><linearGradient id="p" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="24.81501" x2="27.63508" xlink:href="#b" y1="5.51702" y2="7.37133"/><linearGradient id="q" gradientTransform="matrix(.970062 -.2428574 0 1 -362.71624 -176.92048)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="391.0188" x2="389.73026" xlink:href="#b" y1="277.72043" y2="279.4614"/><filter id="r" color-interpolation-filters="sRGB" height="1.86087" width="1.2475" x="-.12375" y="-.430435"><feGaussianBlur stdDeviation=".515625"/></filter><radialGradient id="s" cx="5" cy="13.375" gradientTransform="matrix(2.6502653 .00000002 0 1.1249099 1.062394 13.293218)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" r="5" xlink:href="#b"/><linearGradient id="t" gradientTransform="matrix(1.2807984 0 0 1.2807976 -376.53809 -266.21095)" gradientUnits="userSpaceOnUse" x1="305.62964" x2="299.38138" y1="222.08656" y2="217.11935"><stop offset="0" stop-color="#fff"/><stop offset="1" stop-color="#babdb6"/></linearGradient><rect fill="url(#c)" filter="url(#e)" height="7.056155" opacity=".753425" rx="1.3125" transform="matrix(1.0441942 0 0 1 -306.59321 -176.92048)" width="16" x="306" y="190.17233"/><rect filter="url(#r)" height="2.875" opacity=".579208" rx="1.25" ry="1.4375" transform="matrix(1.15 0 0 1 -591.83312 5.636224)" width="10" x="515.875" y="16.625"/><rect fill="#d9a452" fill-rule="evenodd" height="8.000001" rx=".09427" ry=".094274" stroke="#8f5902" width="9.015612" x="2.798108" y="16.474611"/><rect fill="#e8c48d" fill-rule="evenodd" height="4.1875" rx=".09427" ry=".094274" transform="scale(-1 1)" width="8.125" x="-11.37622" y="16.912111"/><path d="m3.75122 17.412112v6.125h7.125v-6.125z" fill="none" opacity=".439759" stroke="url(#a)"/><path d="m4.2582637 17.108049 7.3125003-.151651-.170181.91895-6.9783737.173896-.1639456 2.064009 7.0710683-.08839.08839 1.149048-8.1317282-.08839-.088388-4.154253z" fill="#f5efe4" fill-rule="evenodd"/><rect filter="url(#r)" height="2.875" opacity=".579208" rx="1.25" ry="1.4375" transform="matrix(1.15 0 0 1 -584.83312 11.636224)" width="10" x="515.875" y="16.625"/><rect fill="#d9a452" fill-rule="evenodd" height="8.000001" rx=".09427" ry=".094274" stroke="#8f5902" width="9.015612" x="9.798108" y="22.651388"/><rect fill="#e8c48d" fill-rule="evenodd" height="4.1875" rx=".09427" ry=".094274" transform="scale(-1 1)" width="8.125" x="-18.376221" y="23.088888"/><path d="m10.75122 23.588888v6.125h7.125v-6.125z" fill="none" opacity=".439759" stroke="url(#s)"/><path d="m11.258264 23.284825 7.3125-.151651-7.18713.986747-.12537 2.170108 7.071068-.08839.08839 1.149048-8.131727-.08839-.08839-4.154253 1.060661.176777z" fill="#f5efe4" fill-rule="evenodd"/><rect fill="url(#f)" height="14.999985" rx="1.016466" stroke="#8f5902" stroke-dashoffset=".5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round" width="15" x="13.78376" y="4.579536"/><path d="m18.28175 8.07952h7.90593v1.00676h-7.90593z" fill="#fff" opacity=".2"/><path d="m14.7037 10.07952c-.23265 0-.41994.18455-.41994.41378v7.89657.27586c0 .22924.18729.41379.41994.41379h13.16012c.23265 0 .41994-.18455.41994-.41379v-8.17243c0-.22923-.18729-.41378-.41994-.41378z" fill="url(#g)" fill-rule="evenodd"/><path d="m14.78376 5.57952h13v13.00002h-13z" style="opacity:.342342;fill:none;stroke-linecap:round;stroke-linejoin:round;stroke-dashoffset:.5;stroke:url(#o)"/><path d="m14.34513 9.07952-.0562 2.96875 13.98983.0312-.0562-3h-13.87753z" fill="url(#h)" fill-rule="evenodd" opacity=".5"/><path d="m14.7037 10.07952c-.23265 0-.41994.18454-.41994.41379v7.89655.27587c0 .22925.18729.41379.41994.41379h13.16012c.23265 0 .41994-.18455.41994-.41379v-8.17242c0-.22925-.18729-.41379-.41994-.41379z" fill="url(#i)" fill-rule="evenodd" opacity=".815315"/><path d="m14.28376 10.07952h14v1h-14z" fill="url(#j)" opacity=".747748"/><path d="m18.28175 7.07952h6.18718v1.00676h-6.18718z" fill="#c17d11" opacity=".40991"/><path d="m16.3849 5.07952c-.0485 0-.0757.0294-.11659.11449-.0409.0851-.0772.2227-.10363.3626l-.88092 4.52291h7v-5z" fill="url(#k)" fill-rule="evenodd" opacity=".468468"/><path d="m13.783748 9.4403349v-3.97196c0-.56176.453339-1.1275045 1.01646-1.2684833l4.955804-1.2406977c.563131-.1409811 1.01647.1977743 1.01647.7595343v3.97196c0 .56176-.453339 1.1275046-1.01647 1.2684857l-4.03474.6503971" fill="url(#l)" stroke="#8f5902" stroke-dashoffset=".5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/><path d="m22.28376 5.07952v5h5l-.99706-4.59925c-.0288-.13456-.0614-.26033-.10264-.32442-.04126-.06408-.0783-.07633-.14664-.07633z" fill="url(#m)" fill-rule="evenodd" opacity=".468468"/><path d="m28.78376 10.14202v-4.03125c0-.57245-.46814-1.48866-1.03125-2.0625l-2.9375-3.03125s-.48496-.76809-1.71875-.4375c-.18373-.00045-.3125.15128-.3125.4375v4.03125c0 .57245.46812 1.48866 1.03125 2.0625l3.00562 2.51312" fill="url(#n)" stroke="#8f5902" stroke-dashoffset=".5" stroke-linecap="round" stroke-linejoin="round"/><path d="m13.271484 6.2226562c-5.2651384 1.0467841-9.271484 5.7180798-9.271484 11.2773438 0 6.321666 5.1783326 11.5 11.5 11.5 6.321667 0 11.5-5.178334 11.5-11.5 0-4.428937-2.546314-8.2880167-6.242188-10.2070312v6.3710932c.779838 1.072341 1.242188 2.393081 1.242188 3.835938 0 3.619464-2.880531 6.5-6.5 6.5s-6.5-2.880536-6.5-6.5c0-2.833183 1.768714-5.206891 4.271484-6.107422z" fill="#888a85"/><g fill="none"><g stroke-linecap="round"><path d="m23.75251 1.52093v3.52734c0 .0439.36048.96696.74609 1.37109l2.77344 2.31055.54297.14649v-2.76563c0-.0443-.36385-.98728-.75391-1.38477a.96884687.96884687 0 0 1 -.004-.004l-2.9375-3.03125a.96884687.96884687 0 0 1 -.12305-.15625s.0335.0321-.043-.01c-.0253-.0139-.15681.009-.20117-.004z" opacity=".572072" stroke="url(#p)" stroke-dashoffset=".5" stroke-linejoin="round"/><path d="m23.69001 1.32952c.14068 1.70518-.31678 3.76924.5625 5.03125" opacity=".414414" stroke="#fff"/><path d="m14.819765 5.2499556v3.16797l1.115949.097569 3.794989-.6258648v-3.86914z" opacity=".716216" stroke="url(#q)" stroke-dashoffset=".5"/></g><path d="m24.78174 9.58626h-5v5" stroke="#888a85" stroke-linecap="square" stroke-width="5"/></g><path d="m13.322266 7.2519531c-4.740376 1.0081786-8.322266 5.2153889-8.322266 10.2480469 0 5.781225 4.7187725 10.5 10.5 10.5 5.781228 0 10.5-4.718775 10.5-10.5 0-4.918766-3.420176-9.0588504-8-10.1875v3.119141c2.91831 1.024849 5 3.787879 5 7.068359 0 4.159904-3.340092 7.499999-7.5 7.5-4.159908 0-7.5-3.340096-7.5-7.5 0-3.399893 2.235404-6.239226 5.322266-7.166016z" fill="url(#t)"/><path d="m24.78174 9.58626h-5v5" fill="none" stroke="#fff" stroke-linecap="square" stroke-width="3"/><path d="m17.281748 7.0863v1 6h1v-6h7v-1h-7z" fill="#888a85"/></svg>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/win_dirent.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/win_dirent.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..2368613ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/win_dirent.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 2; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim:set ts=2 sw=2 sts=2 et cindent: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+#include "win_dirent.h"
+#include <errno.h>
+#include <string.h>
+
+// This file implements the minimum set of dirent APIs used by updater.cpp on
+// Windows.  If updater.cpp is modified to use more of this API, we need to
+// implement those parts here too.
+
+static dirent gDirEnt;
+
+DIR::DIR(const WCHAR* path)
+    : findHandle(INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+{
+    memset(name, 0, sizeof(name));
+    wcsncpy(name, path, sizeof(name)/sizeof(name[0]));
+    wcsncat(name, L"\\*", sizeof(name)/sizeof(name[0]) - wcslen(name) - 1);
+}
+
+DIR::~DIR()
+{
+    if (findHandle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        FindClose(findHandle);
+    }
+}
+
+dirent::dirent()
+{
+    d_name[0] = L'\0';
+}
+
+DIR*
+opendir(const WCHAR* path)
+{
+    return new DIR(path);
+}
+
+int
+closedir(DIR* dir)
+{
+    delete dir;
+    return 0;
+}
+
+dirent* readdir(DIR* dir)
+{
+    WIN32_FIND_DATAW data;
+    if (dir->findHandle != INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+    {
+        BOOL result = FindNextFileW(dir->findHandle, &data);
+        if (!result)
+        {
+            if (GetLastError() != ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+            {
+                errno = ENOENT;
+            }
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // Reading the first directory entry
+        dir->findHandle = FindFirstFileW(dir->name, &data);
+        if (dir->findHandle == INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE)
+        {
+            if (GetLastError() == ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND)
+            {
+                errno = ENOENT;
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                errno = EBADF;
+            }
+            return 0;
+        }
+    }
+    memset(gDirEnt.d_name, 0, sizeof(gDirEnt.d_name));
+    wcsncpy(gDirEnt.d_name, data.cFileName,
+            sizeof(gDirEnt.d_name)/sizeof(gDirEnt.d_name[0]));
+    return &gDirEnt;
+}
+#endif
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/xpcom/glue/nsVersionComparator.cxx b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/xpcom/glue/nsVersionComparator.cxx
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..17ee57ec4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/xpcom/glue/nsVersionComparator.cxx
@@ -0,0 +1,429 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#include "nsVersionComparator.h"
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(UPDATER_NO_STRING_GLUE_STL)
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include "Char16.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+// from Mozilla's nsAlgorithm.h
+template <class T> inline const T& XPCOM_MIN(const T& aA, const T& aB) { return aB < aA ? aB : aA; }
+#endif
+
+struct VersionPart
+{
+    int32_t numA;
+
+    const char* strB; // NOT null-terminated, can be a null pointer
+    uint32_t strBlen;
+
+    int32_t numC;
+
+    char* extraD; // null-terminated
+};
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+struct VersionPartW
+{
+    int32_t numA;
+
+    wchar_t* strB; // NOT null-terminated, can be a null pointer
+    uint32_t strBlen;
+
+    int32_t numC;
+
+    wchar_t* extraD; // null-terminated
+};
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Parse a version part into a number and "extra text".
+ *
+ * @returns A pointer to the next versionpart, or null if none.
+ */
+static char* ParseVP(char* aPart, VersionPart& aResult)
+{
+    char* dot;
+
+    aResult.numA = 0;
+    aResult.strB = nullptr;
+    aResult.strBlen = 0;
+    aResult.numC = 0;
+    aResult.extraD = nullptr;
+
+    if (!aPart)
+    {
+        return aPart;
+    }
+
+    dot = strchr(aPart, '.');
+    if (dot)
+    {
+        *dot = '\0';
+    }
+
+    if (aPart[0] == '*' && aPart[1] == '\0')
+    {
+        aResult.numA = INT32_MAX;
+        aResult.strB = "";
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aResult.numA = strtol(aPart, const_cast<char**>(&aResult.strB), 10);
+    }
+
+    if (!*aResult.strB)
+    {
+        aResult.strB = nullptr;
+        aResult.strBlen = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (aResult.strB[0] == '+')
+        {
+            static const char kPre[] = "pre";
+
+            ++aResult.numA;
+            aResult.strB = kPre;
+            aResult.strBlen = sizeof(kPre) - 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const char* numstart = strpbrk(aResult.strB, "0123456789+-");
+            if (!numstart)
+            {
+                aResult.strBlen = strlen(aResult.strB);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                aResult.strBlen = numstart - aResult.strB;
+
+                aResult.numC = strtol(numstart, &aResult.extraD, 10);
+                if (!*aResult.extraD)
+                {
+                    aResult.extraD = nullptr;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (dot)
+    {
+        ++dot;
+
+        if (!*dot)
+        {
+            dot = nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return dot;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Parse a version part into a number and "extra text".
+ *
+ * @returns A pointer to the next versionpart, or null if none.
+ */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+static wchar_t* ParseVP(wchar_t* aPart, VersionPartW& aResult)
+{
+    wchar_t* dot;
+
+    aResult.numA = 0;
+    aResult.strB = nullptr;
+    aResult.strBlen = 0;
+    aResult.numC = 0;
+    aResult.extraD = nullptr;
+
+    if (!aPart)
+    {
+        return aPart;
+    }
+
+    dot = wcschr(aPart, '.');
+    if (dot)
+    {
+        *dot = '\0';
+    }
+
+    if (aPart[0] == '*' && aPart[1] == '\0')
+    {
+        aResult.numA = INT32_MAX;
+        aResult.strB = L"";
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        aResult.numA = wcstol(aPart, const_cast<wchar_t**>(&aResult.strB), 10);
+    }
+
+    if (!*aResult.strB)
+    {
+        aResult.strB = nullptr;
+        aResult.strBlen = 0;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        if (aResult.strB[0] == '+')
+        {
+            static wchar_t kPre[] = L"pre";
+
+            ++aResult.numA;
+            aResult.strB = kPre;
+            aResult.strBlen = sizeof(kPre) - 1;
+        }
+        else
+        {
+            const wchar_t* numstart = wcspbrk(aResult.strB, L"0123456789+-");
+            if (!numstart)
+            {
+                aResult.strBlen = wcslen(aResult.strB);
+            }
+            else
+            {
+                aResult.strBlen = numstart - aResult.strB;
+
+                aResult.numC = wcstol(numstart, &aResult.extraD, 10);
+                if (!*aResult.extraD)
+                {
+                    aResult.extraD = nullptr;
+                }
+            }
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (dot)
+    {
+        ++dot;
+
+        if (!*dot)
+        {
+            dot = nullptr;
+        }
+    }
+
+    return dot;
+}
+#endif
+
+// compare two null-terminated strings, which may be null pointers
+static int32_t ns_strcmp(const char* aStr1, const char* aStr2)
+{
+    // any string is *before* no string
+    if (!aStr1)
+    {
+        return aStr2 != 0;
+    }
+
+    if (!aStr2)
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    return strcmp(aStr1, aStr2);
+}
+
+// compare two length-specified string, which may be null pointers
+static int32_t ns_strnncmp(const char* aStr1, uint32_t aLen1, const char* aStr2, uint32_t aLen2)
+{
+    // any string is *before* no string
+    if (!aStr1)
+    {
+        return aStr2 != 0;
+    }
+
+    if (!aStr2)
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    for (; aLen1 && aLen2; --aLen1, --aLen2, ++aStr1, ++aStr2)
+    {
+        if (*aStr1 < *aStr2)
+        {
+            return -1;
+        }
+
+        if (*aStr1 > *aStr2)
+        {
+            return 1;
+        }
+    }
+
+    if (aLen1 == 0)
+    {
+        return aLen2 == 0 ? 0 : -1;
+    }
+
+    return 1;
+}
+
+// compare two int32_t
+static int32_t ns_cmp(int32_t aNum1, int32_t aNum2)
+{
+    if (aNum1 < aNum2)
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    return aNum1 != aNum2;
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compares two VersionParts
+ */
+static int32_t CompareVP(VersionPart& aVer1, VersionPart& aVer2)
+{
+    int32_t r = ns_cmp(aVer1.numA, aVer2.numA);
+    if (r)
+    {
+        return r;
+    }
+
+    r = ns_strnncmp(aVer1.strB, aVer1.strBlen, aVer2.strB, aVer2.strBlen);
+    if (r)
+    {
+        return r;
+    }
+
+    r = ns_cmp(aVer1.numC, aVer2.numC);
+    if (r)
+    {
+        return r;
+    }
+
+    return ns_strcmp(aVer1.extraD, aVer2.extraD);
+}
+
+/**
+ * Compares two VersionParts
+ */
+#ifdef _WIN32
+static int32_t CompareVP(VersionPartW& aVer1, VersionPartW& aVer2)
+{
+    int32_t r = ns_cmp(aVer1.numA, aVer2.numA);
+    if (r)
+    {
+        return r;
+    }
+
+    r = wcsncmp(aVer1.strB, aVer2.strB, XPCOM_MIN(aVer1.strBlen, aVer2.strBlen));
+    if (r)
+    {
+        return r;
+    }
+
+    r = ns_cmp(aVer1.numC, aVer2.numC);
+    if (r)
+    {
+        return r;
+    }
+
+    if (!aVer1.extraD)
+    {
+        return aVer2.extraD != 0;
+    }
+
+    if (!aVer2.extraD)
+    {
+        return -1;
+    }
+
+    return wcscmp(aVer1.extraD, aVer2.extraD);
+}
+#endif
+
+namespace mozilla
+{
+#ifdef _WIN32
+int32_t CompareVersions(const wchar_t* aStrA, const wchar_t* aStrB)
+{
+    wchar_t* A2 = wcsdup(aStrA);
+    if (!A2)
+    {
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    wchar_t* B2 = wcsdup(aStrB);
+    if (!B2)
+    {
+        free(A2);
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    int32_t result;
+    wchar_t* a = A2;
+    wchar_t* b = B2;
+
+    do
+    {
+        VersionPartW va, vb;
+
+        a = ParseVP(a, va);
+        b = ParseVP(b, vb);
+
+        result = CompareVP(va, vb);
+        if (result)
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+
+    } while (a || b);
+
+    free(A2);
+    free(B2);
+
+    return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+int32_t CompareVersions(const char* aStrA, const char* aStrB)
+{
+    char* A2 = strdup(aStrA);
+    if (!A2)
+    {
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    char* B2 = strdup(aStrB);
+    if (!B2)
+    {
+        free(A2);
+        return 1;
+    }
+
+    int32_t result;
+    char* a = A2;
+    char* b = B2;
+
+    do
+    {
+        VersionPart va, vb;
+
+        a = ParseVP(a, va);
+        b = ParseVP(b, vb);
+
+        result = CompareVP(va, vb);
+        if (result)
+        {
+            break;
+        }
+
+    } while (a || b);
+
+    free(A2);
+    free(B2);
+
+    return result;
+}
+
+} // namespace mozilla
diff --git a/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/xpcom/glue/nsVersionComparator.h b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/xpcom/glue/nsVersionComparator.h
new file mode 100644
index 000000000..d793e345e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/onlineupdate/source/update/updater/xpcom/glue/nsVersionComparator.h
@@ -0,0 +1,174 @@
+/* -*- Mode: C++; tab-width: 8; indent-tabs-mode: nil; c-basic-offset: 2 -*- */
+/* vim: set ts=8 sts=2 et sw=2 tw=80: */
+/* This Source Code Form is subject to the terms of the Mozilla Public
+ * License, v. 2.0. If a copy of the MPL was not distributed with this
+ * file, You can obtain one at http://mozilla.org/MPL/2.0/. */
+
+#ifndef nsVersionComparator_h__
+#define nsVersionComparator_h__
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+#include <string.h>
+#include <assert.h>
+#if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(UPDATER_NO_STRING_GLUE_STL)
+#include <wchar.h>
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * In order to compare version numbers in Mozilla, you need to use the
+ * mozilla::Version class.  You can construct an object of this type by passing
+ * in a string version number to the constructor.  Objects of this type can be
+ * compared using the standard comparison operators.
+ *
+ * For example, let's say that you want to make sure that a given version
+ * number is not older than 15.a2.  Here's how you would write a function to
+ * do that.
+ *
+ * bool IsVersionValid(const char* version) {
+ *   return mozilla::Version("15.a2") <= mozilla::Version(version);
+ * }
+ *
+ * Or, since Version's constructor is implicit, you can simplify this code:
+ *
+ * bool IsVersionValid(const char* version) {
+ *   return mozilla::Version("15.a2") <= version;
+ * }
+ *
+ * On Windows, if your version strings are wide characters, you should use the
+ * mozilla::VersionW variant instead.  The semantics of that class is the same
+ * as Version.
+ */
+
+namespace mozilla {
+
+int32_t CompareVersions(const char* aStrA, const char* aStrB);
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+int32_t CompareVersions(const wchar_t* aStrA, const wchar_t* aStrB);
+#endif
+
+struct Version
+{
+    explicit Version(const char* aVersionString)
+    {
+        versionContent = strdup(aVersionString);
+    }
+
+    const char* ReadContent() const
+    {
+        return versionContent;
+    }
+
+    ~Version()
+    {
+        free(versionContent);
+    }
+
+    bool operator<(const Version& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs.ReadContent()) == -1;
+    }
+    bool operator<=(const Version& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs.ReadContent()) < 1;
+    }
+    bool operator>(const Version& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs.ReadContent()) == 1;
+    }
+    bool operator>=(const Version& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs.ReadContent()) > -1;
+    }
+    bool operator==(const Version& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs.ReadContent()) == 0;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const Version& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs.ReadContent()) != 0;
+    }
+    bool operator<(const char* aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs) == -1;
+    }
+    bool operator<=(const char* aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs) < 1;
+    }
+    bool operator>(const char* aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs) == 1;
+    }
+    bool operator>=(const char* aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs) > -1;
+    }
+    bool operator==(const char* aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs) == 0;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const char* aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContent, aRhs) != 0;
+    }
+
+private:
+    char* versionContent;
+};
+
+#ifdef _WIN32
+struct VersionW
+{
+    explicit VersionW(const wchar_t* aVersionStringW)
+    {
+        versionContentW =
+            reinterpret_cast<wchar_t*>(wcsdup(aVersionStringW));
+    }
+
+    const wchar_t* ReadContentW() const
+    {
+        return versionContentW;
+    }
+
+    ~VersionW()
+    {
+        free(versionContentW);
+    }
+
+    bool operator<(const VersionW& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContentW, aRhs.ReadContentW()) == -1;
+    }
+    bool operator<=(const VersionW& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContentW, aRhs.ReadContentW()) < 1;
+    }
+    bool operator>(const VersionW& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContentW, aRhs.ReadContentW()) == 1;
+    }
+    bool operator>=(const VersionW& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContentW, aRhs.ReadContentW()) > -1;
+    }
+    bool operator==(const VersionW& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContentW, aRhs.ReadContentW()) == 0;
+    }
+    bool operator!=(const VersionW& aRhs) const
+    {
+        return CompareVersions(versionContentW, aRhs.ReadContentW()) != 0;
+    }
+
+private:
+    wchar_t* versionContentW;
+};
+#endif
+
+} // namespace mozilla
+
+#endif // nsVersionComparator_h__
+